Mercury NZ Limited/Announcement
Mercury NZ Limited logo

Mercury results unlock up to $1 billion of investment

Full Year Results19 August 2024MCYUtilities

Results announcement




Results for announcement to the market

Name of issuer Mercury NZ Limited (MCY)

Reporting Period 12 months to 30 June 2024

Previous Reporting Period 12 months to 30 June 2023

Currency NZD

Amount (000s) Percentage change

Revenue from continuing

operations

$3,424,000 +25.4%

Total Revenue $3,424,000 +25.4%

Net profit/(loss) from

continuing operations

$290,000 +158.9%

Total net profit/(loss) $290,000 +158.9%

Final Dividend

Amount per Quoted Equity

Security

$0.14000000

Imputed amount per Quoted

Equity Security

$0.05444444

Record Date 12 September 2024

Dividend Payment Date 30 September 2024

Current period Prior comparable period

Net tangible assets per

Quoted Equity Security

$3.38 $3.41

A brief explanation of any of

the figures above necessary

to enable the figures to be

understood

Refer to accompanying audited financial statements.

The percentage changes detailed in the above table and the

prior comparable period net tangible assets per quoted equity

security are based on FY23 restated figures as outlined in

further detail in the FY24 financial statements.

Authority for this announcement

Name of person


authorised

to make this announcement

Howard Thomas, Company Secretary

Contact person for this

announcement

Howard Thomas, Company Secretary

Contact phone number +64 9 308 8200

Contact email address Howard.Thomas@Mercury.co.nz

Date of release through MAP


20/08/2024


Audited financial statements accompany this announcement.

---

The Mercury Building, 33 Broadway, Newmarket 1023
PO Box 90399, Auckland 1142







STOCK EXCHANGE LISTINGS: NZX (MCY) / ASX (MCY)


NEWS RELEASE

Mercury results unlock up to $1 billion of investment

FY24 Financial Results Summary



FY2024 FY2023 Change %

NET PROFIT AFTER TAX ($M) 290 112 159

EBITDAF ($M) 877 841 4

STAY-IN-BUSINESS CAPITAL EXPENDITURE ($M) 142 119 19

ELECTRICITY GENERATION (GWh) 8,780 9,038 -3

FINAL FULLY IMPUTED ORDINARY DIVIDEND (CENTS PER SHARE) 14.0 13.1 7

TOTAL ORDINARY DIVIDEND (CENTS PER SHARE), FULLY IMPUTED 23.3 21.8 7


20 August 2024 – Mercury’s focus on growth and execution has continued, with the company progressing major

renewable projects in FY24.

Mercury Chief Executive Vince Hawksworth said, “We’ve continued to deliver more renewable generation for New Zealand this

year. This includes $700 million committed to the expansions of Kaiwera Downs wind farm and Ngā Tamariki geothermal station

and more planned. These will help support Aotearoa’s shift to an electrified future.”

The impact of significant investment to increase scale, together with strong generation performance, helped secure Mercury’s

results over the period.

A rapidly changing landscape

Mercury Chair Scott St John said, “The energy transition will deliver long term gains for the nation; however, it requires careful

navigation – particularly to maintain reliable power while rapidly and affordably scaling up renewables. This is front of mind for

our strategic considerations.”

Mr St John said the company expected electricity price pressure to continue for some time, reflecting the ongoing need for

higher cost thermal generation in the system.

“As we continue to invest in renewables, generating capacity must remain flexible enough to quickly adjust to changing

environmental conditions, such as low rainfall or cloudy, still days.

“Gas has a critical role as a transition fuel. Gas supply challenges need to be addressed head on with recent projections

highlighting this may continue to impact energy markets through to early 2026

1

.”

To help facilitate the transition Mercury has supported the ongoing operation of the Huntly Power Station with purchases

through the Market Security and Huntly Firming Options.

Mr St John said lower than usual hydro inflow at 5

th

percentile nationally from 1 February 2024 to 18 August 2024 had

compounded current challenges, contributing to high spot and wholesale prices.

“While a few are exposed to these current high spot prices, 98% of our sales volume across residential, small and large

business customers are protected from these elevated prices due to fixed-rate agreements.”

FY25 guidance

Mercury’s FY25 EBITDAF guidance has been set at $820 million. Guidance may change and remains subject to any material

events, significant one-off expenses or other unforeseen circumstances including changes to hydrological conditions.


1

Gas Industry Company, June 2024 Quarterly Report



The Mercury Building, 33 Broadway, Newmarket 1023

PO Box 90399, Auckland 1142

FY25 stay-in-business CAPEX guidance is $160 million. FY25 ordinary dividend guidance is 24.0 cps, representing a 3%

increase on FY24 and the 17

th

consecutive year of ordinary dividend increase.

FY24 financial overview

Mercury’s net profit after tax lifted to $290 million, largely due to changes in the fair value of unhedged financial instruments.

Mercury reported $877 million EBITDAF, up 4% on the prior year, due to increased wind and geothermal generation and higher

customer prices, offset by reduced hydro generation and higher operating costs.

Taupō storage was impacted by 30

th

percentile inflows during the financial year, and hydro generation was 4,096GWh, down

21% on the prior year’s record generation. Wind generation of 2,062GWh was up 40% on the prior year with the addition of new

generation from Turitea South wind farm and stage 1 of the Kaiwera Downs wind farm. Geothermal generation was 2,622GWh,

up 11% on the prior year due to improved resilience.

Operating costs were $385 million, up 11% on the prior year, primarily due to an increase in the number of full-time employees

and new generation maintenance costs relating to the operation of Kaiwera Downs wind farm. Stay-in-business capital

expenditure (CAPEX) was $142 million, up 19% on the prior year, with the geothermal drilling campaign ramped up during the

year and continuing into FY25.

Delivering more generation for New Zealand

Mr Hawksworth said a key focus of the year was executing against Mercury’s commitment to invest up to $1 billion over the

financial year in new generation projects. Two of the three projects signalled were progressed during the year. Higher

procurement and construction costs lifted the cost of these projects, bringing Mercury’s combined total FY24 commitment to

these two renewables projects to over $700 million.

“This included the $220 million expansion of Ngā Tamariki geothermal station, which adds another net 46MW through the

addition of a fifth generating unit,” said Mr Hawksworth.

“We also began construction of the $486 million, 155MW second stage of Kaiwera Downs wind farm after signing a long-term

supply agreement with New Zealand Aluminium Smelters. This agreement gave us further confidence to execute on our high-

quality generation development pipeline.”

The third signalled project, Kaiwaikawe wind farm, was delayed due to procurement and construction logistics but is now

nearing final investment decision. In addition, Mercury celebrated the opening of stage one of Kaiwera Downs in November

2023, completed under budget and on schedule.

Innovating for customers

Mr Hawksworth said another focus of the year was innovation, including giving all Mercury customers access to a broader range

of products and services including a range of telecommunications solutions.

The integration of Mercury and Trustpower was completed on time and on budget in December 2023, following Mercury’s

acquisition of the Trustpower retail business in May 2022. The company anticipates exceeding the integration synergies

previously forecast, however inflationary pressures remain. Most synergies are expected to be realised in FY25.

“We believe this is one of the largest and most complex technology integration projects for the sector, and its success is a

testament to the commitment and capability of our people. We are now seeing the benefits of this, particularly the considerable

capability for product bundling.”

Mercury continued to provide wraparound support for customers experiencing hardship and focus on developing solutions that

address the broader challenges related to affordability.

“We’re proud of the meaningful impact our early intervention efforts and close community partnerships are having. Year-on-year,

our post-pay disconnections were down 76% (to 299 total, or 0.03%) as a result of the intervention and support of our team and

partners,” said Mr Hawksworth.

“Among other initiatives, we continue to provide significant commercial support to social retailers, Nau Mai Rā and Toast

Electric, to further help whanāu in need.”

Chief Executive appointment

The Board has announced Mr Hawksworth’s decision to retire from 31 August 2024, with Mercury’s Executive GM Generation,

Stew Hamilton, appointed to the role of Chief Executive to succeed Mr Hawksworth.

Mr St John said, “We are delighted to appoint Stew to the role, which is the result of focussed succession planning overseen by

the Board. Stew has proven success leading large, complex businesses in New Zealand and internationally, including as Chief

Executive at New Zealand Aluminium Smelters Ltd.”

“I also extend my thanks to Vince for his significant contribution to not only the long-term success of Mercury, but also the sector

more broadly.”



The Mercury Building, 33 Broadway, Newmarket 1023

PO Box 90399, Auckland 1142

Other key operational activities

• Trialled EV smart charging, hot water load control and time of use solutions to help customers shift their energy use.

• Published Mercury’s first mandatory Climate Statement, which complies with Aotearoa New Zealand Climate Standards.

• Made significant progress towards becoming a more progressive, future-fit organisation, and set several milestones to reach

safety citizenship, the gold standard of safety culture by December 2026.

Dividend

The Board has declared a fully imputed final dividend of 14.0 cents per share (cps) to be paid on 30 September 2024. This

brings the full-year ordinary dividend to 23.3 cps, up 7% on prior year (21.8 cps FY23). This is the 16

th

consecutive year of

ordinary dividend growth.

ENDS


Howard Thomas

General Counsel and Company Secretary

Mercury NZ Limited



For investor relations queries, please contact:

Paul Ruediger

Head of Business Performance & Investor Relations

027 517 3470

investor@mercury.co.nz


For media inquiries, please contact:

Shannon Goldstone

Reputation and Social Impact Lead

027 210 5337

mercurycommunications@mercury.co.nz



ABOUT MERCURY NZ LIMITED

Mercury generates electricity from 100% renewable sources: hydro, geothermal and wind. We are also a retailer of electricity,

gas, broadband and mobile services. We’re listed on the New Zealand Stock Exchange and the Australian Stock Exchange with

the ticker symbol ‘MCY’, with foreign exempt listed status. The New Zealand Government holds a legislated minimum 51%

shareholding in the Company.

Visit us at: www.mercury.co.nz

---

2024
Twelve Months Ended 30 June 2024

20 August 2024

VINCE HAWKSWORTH

Chief Executive

WILLIAM MEEK

Chief Financial Officer

PAUL RUEDIGER

Head of Business Performance & Investor Relations

FULL YEAR

RESULTS

DISCLAIMER.
2

This presentation has been prepared by Mercury NZ Limited and its group of companies (“Company”) for informational purposes. This disclaimer applies to this document and

the verbal or written comments of any person presenting it.

Information in this presentation has been prepared by the Company with due care and attention. However, neither the Company nor any of its directors, employees,

shareholders nor any other person gives any warranties or representations (express or implied) as to the accuracy or completeness of this information. To the maximum extent

permitted by law, none of the Company, its directors, employees, shareholders or any other person shall have any liability whatsoever to any person for any loss (including,

without limitation, arising from any fault or negligence) arising from this presentation or any information supplied in connection with it.

This presentation may contain projections or forward-looking statements regarding a variety of items. Such projections or forward-looking statements are based on current

expectations, estimates and assumptions and are subject to a number of risks, and uncertainties, including material adverse events, significant one-off expenses and other

unforeseeable circumstances, such as, without limitation, hydrological conditions. There is no assurance that results contemplated in any of these projections and forward-

looking statements will be realised, nor is there any assurance that the expectations, estimates and assumptions underpinning those projections or forward-looking statements

are reasonable. Actual results may differ materially from those projected in this presentation. No person is under any obligation to update this presentation at any time after its

release or to provide you with further information about the Company.

A number of non-GAAP financial measures are used in this presentation. You should not consider any of these in isolation from, or as a substitute for, the information provided

in the audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended 30 June 2024, which are available at www.mercury.co.nz/investors

.

The information in this presentation is of a general nature and does not constitute financial product advice, investment advice or any recommendation. The presentation does

not constitute an offer to sell, or a solicitation of an offer to buy, any security and may not be relied upon in connection with the purchase or sale of any security. Nothing in this

presentation constitutes legal, financial, tax or other advice.

Added two new projects to our pipeline, a
proposed grid-scale battery at Whakamaru

hydro station and a wind farm west of Huntly

MERCURY TAKES LEADING ROLE IN NEW ZEALAND’S ENERGY TRANSITION.

3

Business performance and major events

Produced 8.8TWh of diversified renewable

generation from hydro (47%), geothermal

(30%) and wind (23%) in FY24. Wind

generation was up 40% from prior year with

the addition of new generation from Turitea

South and Kaiwera Downs stage 1

Delivered new generation from stage 1 of

Kaiwera Downs in HY24. Started construction

of stage 2 following agreeing a 20-year CfD

with NZAS. This $486m project will increase

generation at Kaiwera Downs from 147GWh

to 672GWh

STRATEGIC

STRATEGICFINANCIALS

STRATEGIC

STRATEGIC

Started construction of the $220m Ngā Tamariki

geothermal expansion, site work underway,

2,000 tonne delivery to site of steel structure

and air cooled condensers. Ormat and their civil

and mechanical contractors mobilised on site

Completed the integration of Mercury and

Trustpower (people, processes, systems). Our

increased scale retail business has 864k

customer connections and provides customers

greater choice and enhanced experience

OPERATIONS

Our scaled business produced a FY24 EBITDAF

result of $877 million and ordinary full year

dividend of 23.3cps, the 16

th

year of consecutive

dividend growth. FY25 EBITDAF guidance of

$820 million on 3,800GWh of hydro generation

47
46

18

78

46

60

21

75

0

20

40

60

80

100

Women In

Leadership

Internal MobilityPeople Leaders

of Ethnicity

Mercury's

Cultural Index

%

FY23FY24Target

0

1

2

3

0

0.5

1

1.5

FY18FY19FY20FY21FY22FY23FY24

TRIFRHigh Severity Incidents (RHS)

OUR PEOPLE.

4

Employee measures

•Adaptive ways of working resulted in significant learning

opportunities and secondments for staff

•Women in leadership decreased slightly driven by the

completion of secondments into project lead roles

•Being inclusive of staff with different backgrounds, views,

experience and capability makes us stronger and better

as a business

Continued focus on Health, Safety and Wellbeing

Health, safety and wellbeing

•We continued to prioritise health, safety and wellbeing

with aspiration to reach safety citizenship, the gold

standard of safety culture by Dec-2026. We have

focused on three key areas to get us there, rituals and

routines, critical risks and safety data

•Zero fatality and high severity Health & Safety incidents

occurred in FY24. 12-month rolling TRIFR for FY24 the

lowest in seven years at 0.43

1

TRIFR is the Total Recordable Injury Frequency Rate per 200,000 hours, includes employees and on-site contractors.

OUR STRATEGIC FRAMEWORK SUPPORTS NZ’S ELECTRIFICATION OPPORTUNITY.
5

We launched our new three-year FY25 to FY27 objectives

Key messages

•Our strategic framework defines our purpose and outlines our priorities for short and long-term growth

•The new three-year objectives reflect our conviction that the electrification opportunity in New Zealand is

significant. We are focused on pursuing this by growing and executing our renewable generation options and

supporting New Zealand to electrify. We recognise that in order to do this successfully, we need to leverage

our capabilities, partnerships and technology solutions to drive performance and growth

TAKING ACTION TO REACH OUR 2035 ASPIRATIONS.
6

•Stay-In-Business capital expenditure higher from
geothermal drilling campaign, Karāpiro rehabilitation

offset by Kawerau turnaround spend reduction

•Growth investment includes construction costs of fifth

unit at Ngā Tamariki geothermal station and Kaiwera

Downs stage 1 and 2 wind farm

FINANCIAL – STRONG PERFORMANCE FOLLOWING FY23’S RECORD HYDRO GENERATION.

7

Our performance funds our ongoing investment

FY24 Financial Performance

•EBITDAF higher due to increased sales yield and

wholesale prices. This was partially offset by lower

generation and higher operating expenditure

•NPAT higher due to positive unrealised fair value

movements in derivatives and carbon, higher EBITDAF

and prior year revaluation losses and impairment. This

was partially offset by higher taxes and interest expense

1,163

346

841

112

578

119

177

302

1,228

385

877

290

612

142

154

325

0

200

400

600

800

1000

1200

1400

Trading MarginOperating

Expenditure

EBITDAFNPATOperating Cash FlowStay-In-Business

Capital Expenditure

Growth InvestmentDeclared Ordinary

Dividend

$m

FY2023

FY2024

•Price: higher wholesale prices and improved LWAP/GWAP;
increased loss and constraint rental rebates ($21m) offset

by increased connection charges from TPM (-$10m)

•Other income: largely a benefit of recognising a second

insurance claim related to the 2021 Kawerau outage

•Operating expenses: see next slide

FINANCIAL – NEW WIND AND CUSTOMER SALES LIFT EARNINGS.

8

EBITDAF bridge (FY23 to FY24)

Decrease Increase

FY24 EBITDAF Performance

•Generation volume down 0.3TWh from lower hydro,

coming off a record high hydro generation in FY23,

partly offset by improved geothermal availability and

new wind (Turitea and Kaiwera Downs)

•Customer sales: Mass market VWAP up $9/MWh,

commercial and industrial VWAP up $8/MWh

841

877

60

47

13

(46)

(39)

FY23Generation

volume

Customer SalesPriceOther

income

Operating

Expenses

FY24

EBITDAF

($m)

FINANCIAL – INVESTING IN FUTURE GROWTH.
9

FY24 Operating Expenditure

•Retail (other): see integration synergies slide (+$4

change in scope and other items and $3m realised

synergies)

•New wind operations at Kaiwera Downs and Turitea South

•Generation maintenance capability (asset resilience)

•Increased costs due to inflation at 4.4%

Continued investment in growth and existing assets

FY24 Movement in Net Debt

•42% of earnings reinvested in new and existing assets

•Strong performance enabled continued investment in

growth, with net debt lifting $46m from June 2023

•16

th

year of consecutive growth in ordinary dividends

•Investing cash flows mainly capital expenditure

(stay-in-business and growth capex)

346

385

1

11

11

15

FY23Retail

(other)

Wind generation

opex

Asset

maintenance

Inflation

at 4.4%

FY24

Opex ($m)

877

(46)

366

268

124

121

44

EBITDAFInvestingDividends Paid

with Cash

InterestTaxWorking

Capital

Increase in

Net Debt

$m

47
22

42

20

11

Drilling campaignHydro

rehabilitation

Generation related

projects

RetailEnterprise and

other

FY24 SIB Capex ($m)

FINANCIAL – CAPEX ENHANCING GEOTHERMAL RESILIENCE AND HYDRO CAPACITY.

10

Geothermal drilling lifted FY24 SIB capex

FY24 Stay-In-Business Capex

•Geothermal drilling campaign ramped up in FY24

•Kawerau turnaround (replacement of the generator and

turbine) primarily impacted FY23

•Karāpiro rehabilitation increased with the second of

three generator units

•Other includes the uplift in generation asset resilience

and performance across various projects

119

142

30

4

5

(16)

FY23Drilling

campaign

Kawerau

turnaround

Karāpiro

rehabilitation

OtherFY24

SIB Capex ($m)

FY24 Stay-In-Business Capex Breakdown

•Geothermal drilling campaign commenced late FY23,

offsetting the natural decline of well performance of the

Kawerau, Ngā Tamariki and Rotokawa fields

•Hydro rehabilitation (Karāpiro) is a three-year project

started in FY23 increasing station capacity by 17MW (17%)

on completion

•Generation related include multiple projects

improving asset resilience and performance

0
1,000

2,000

3,000

4,000

5,000

Jul-23Oct-23Jan-24Apr-24Jul-24

GWh

National Hydro Storage (GWh)

20232024Average

Key messages

•Full year national inflows were 23

rd

percentile with spot price

in Auckland averaging $187/MWh for FY24. Gas and

forward electricity prices have increased over CY24, primarily

from low hydrological inflows and gas. National hydro

inflows from Feb-24 and May-24 to mid Aug-24 were at the

11

th

and 2

nd

percentiles, respectively

•Low gas availability has constrained thermal generation

utilisation and increased gas prices as uncommitted gas is

sold to thermal generators at prices reflecting gas

generation yields. Hydro storage increasingly utilised as

backup generation as thermal generation reduces

•Long term forward prices increased from firming

requirements, limited gas availability and higher generation

development costs, partially offset by increased new

generation being committed across the sector

•The energy transition requires a continued focus on security

and affordability for all New Zealanders. Challenges like this

underline the critical importance of taking a

whole-of-system approach

OPERATIONAL – LOW HYDRO AND GAS DRIVING HIGH ELECTRICITY PRICES.

11

Source: ASX, Mercury, Enerlytica

1

Calculated on a two quarter ahead basis at Ōtāhuhu (Auckland), e.g. the Feb-24 price of $156/MWh represents the average futures price for the period Jul-24 to Jun-27

0

10

20

30

40

0

100

200

300

400

Jul-21Jan-22Jul-22Jan-23Jul-23Jan-24Jul-24

$/GJ

$/MWh

Spot Electricity ($/MWh) and Gas Price ($/GJ)

ElectricityGas (RHS)

0

50

100

150

200

250

Jul-21Jan-22Jul-22Jan-23Jul-23Jan-24Jul-24

$/MWh

Electricity Futures ($/MWh) Three Year Forward Price

1

0
100

200

300

400

500

600

GWh

LAKE TAUPŌ STORAGE

(since 1 Jul 1999)

Min / MaxAvgLake Taupo MCLFY2023FY2024

OPERATIONAL – TAUPŌ STORAGE IMPACTED BY 30

TH

PERCENTILE INFLOWS DURING FY24.

12

>50GWh above average

Month EndJulAugSepOctNovDecJanFebMarAprMayJunJulAug

5

Hydro Generation -

Delta to Average

2

(GWh)

2247-112-58-24-173336184544-5-7-19

Waikato Inflows -

Delta to Average

3

(GWh)

-64-95-27-77-41-1575-5-32-35-33-52-137-84

Taupō Storage –

Delta to Average

2

(GWh)

9-128-14-4185410979629-82-103-190-236

Spot Price -

Ōtāhuhu ($/MWh)

$120$148$126$133$152$183$203$164$218$230$303$260$355$693

Futures Price (M-3

4

)

Ōtāhuhu ($/MWh)

$193$151$121$123$159$88$140$197$202$167$190$260$247$261

1

Maximum Control Level

2

Monthly average since July 1999

3

Monthly average since July 1927

4

Closing price 3 months prior to end of month

5

To 13 August 2024

>50GWh below average

Source: NZXHydro, WITS, ASX

Above $100/MWh

Above $200/MWh

FY24 margin improvement from increasing generation in 2H. FY25 impacted by a continuation of low inflows

FINANCIAL – FY25 OUTLOOK.
13

•Since the start of FY25, national hydro lake levels were near record lows for this time

of year. Gas fired generation has been underutilised due to ongoing gas supply

shortages. This, combined with low hydrology, has led to high short-term electricity

and gas prices.

•The current market situation has negatively impacted Mercury’s FY25 trading margin

by $90m due to lower generation, higher retail gas costs and portfolio impacts.

•$52m impact from lower generation: Hydro down 278GWh to 3,800GWh from

a low starting lake level (-103GWh) and 6

th

percentile inflows from July to mid-

August (-175GWh). We assume 50

th

percentile inflows from Sep-24.

•$10m impact from higher retail gas costs: Most of our supply requirements are

currently being sourced through short-term transactions at high prices

reflecting thermal gas sales yields. This impact assumes we secure more long-

term gas contracts at prices reflecting normal hydrology.

•$28m impact from portfolio positions: Unfavourable short portfolio position in

Q1-FY25 required buying electricity at high prices, this combined with an

assumed full year trading activity loss of $16m is an exceptional event. We

assume a return to normal portfolio position from Q2-FY25.

Drought, electricity and gas prices unfavourably impacting FY25 earnings

$820m

PY $877m

FY25 EBITDAF Guidance

STRATEGIC - HIGH QUALITY GENERATION PIPELINE.
14

Kaiwaikawe wind farm progressing through Pre-FID

Project

Capacity

(MW)

Generation

(GWh pa)

Type &

Location

StageProgress Comment

Ngā Tamariki

OEC5

46390 uplift

Geothermal

near Reporoa

ConstructionFirst generation late Cal-25

Kaiwera Downs II

155525

Wind farm near

Gore

Construction

First generation mid Cal-26

Full generation end of Cal-26

Kaiwaikawe

74220

Wind farm near

Dargaville

Pre-FIDFID anticipated in Cal-24

Beyond FY25

Puketoi

2281,080

Wind farm near

Pahiatua

Feasibility & pre-

reconsenting

Scheme optimisation and

development work progressing

Mahinerangi 2

138470

Wind farm near

Dunedin

Feasibility & pre-

reconsenting

Development work progressing

Wind farm west of

Huntly

200-300600-900

Wind farm near

Huntly

Feasibility & pre-

consenting

Signed core wind farm

landowners and engaging other

landowners to secure expanded

site

Whakamaru BESS

stage 1

150

2hr

(300MWh)

BESS near

Taupo

Feasibility & pre-

consenting

Preliminary design, preparing

consenting reports &

application, stakeholder

engagement. FID anticipated in

FY26

Tararua

repowering

60MW

Uplift, to

221MW

270 uplift

Wind farm near

Palmerston

North

Feasibility & pre-

consenting

Developing the repowering

strategy. Project planned beyond

2030

Various other

prospects

1500~5,000Various

Prospecting,

feasibility

Includes onshore wind, solar,

geothermal & BESS

Key messages

•Mercury recently commissioned two significant wind

generation projects at a total cost of $565 million. This new

supply was commissioned ahead of recent demand growth

and represents 2.4% of total national FY24 demand

•Mercury is delivering more generation for New Zealand. We

committed to two renewable projects, bringing our

combined total FY24 commitment to new renewables to

over $700 million. This new generation from Ngā Tamariki

and Kaiwera Downs is now under construction and

represents a further 2.3% of national FY24 demand

•Construction of Ngā Tamariki OEC5 geothermal expansion

started in Apr-24. Construction of Kaiwera Downs stage 2

wind farm expansion started in Jun-24

•Two new projects have been added to the pipeline, a grid-

scale battery at Whakamaru hydro station and a wind farm

west of Huntly

15
STRATEGIC – OUR TRACK RECORD ON GENERATION DEVELOPMENT.

Turitea South wind farm fully operational in FY23,

increasing annual generation on average by 370GWh

Kaiwera Downs stage 1 wind farm fully operational in

HY24 increasing average annual generation by

147GWh. The project was on time and under budget

Committed to a 390GWh Ngā Tamariki geothermal

expansion in Sep-

2023 and 525GWh Kaiwera Downs

stage 2 wind farm in Jun-2024

Kaiwaikawe (wind)

74MW, 220GWh

Mahinerangi II (wind)

138MW, 470GWh

Kaiwera Downs II (wind)

155MW, 525GWh

Puketoi (wind)

228MW, 1,080GWh

Ngā Tamariki OEC5 (geothermal)

46MW, 390GWh

In Construction

Consented / Pre-FID

-

500

1,000

1,500

2,000

FY22FY23FY24FY25FY26FY27FY28

GWh

Total new and committed generation since FY22

Projects under construction or consented

Pre Reconsenting

Commercials
Connection

Landowners

Consents

STRATEGIC – BIG FOUR WIND FARM OPTIONS PROGRESSING.

16

Progressing and optimising pipeline options

Key messages

•Kaiwaikawe: Delays due to changing wind turbine supplier,

complexity connecting into a distribution network,

protracted transmission landowner negotiations. FID is

expected in late Cal-24

•Puketoi: Scheme optimisation progressing to improve

commercials and de-risking delivery across the steep and

challenging terrain. As a result, additional landowner

agreements for turbine overhang and consent

amendments are required. FID anticipated in Cal-26

•Mahinerangi 2: Changes to turbine technology and

regulation are likely to result in consent amendments for

transmission, tip height and renewal of construction

consents. Connection application in the Transpower queue.

FID anticipated in FY27

•Wind farm west of Huntly: Core landowners agreements

signed. Negotiating with additional landowners for an

expanded site. On site monitoring and consenting studies

underway. FID anticipated in FY28

Project Readiness

Kaiwaikawe

Puketoi

MahinerangiWest of Huntly

STRATEGIC – EXPANSION OF HIGH-QUALITY GEOTHERMAL GENERATION.
17

Key messages

•Ngā Tamariki power station consists of four Ormat Energy

Converter (OEC) units providing a net station capacity of

86MW. In September 2023, the $220 million OEC5 unit

was committed and will increase site generation by

390GWh and net output by 46MW

•Foundations for the Air Cooled Condensers (ACCs) are

complete and the 2,000 tonne delivery to site of steel

structure and ACC bundles was completed on time in July

•Ormat site work is now focused on foundations for major

equipment and buildings, services and erecting the ACC

structure

•Project is currently on time and on budget. Ormat plus

their civil and mechanical contractors have mobilised on

site and working effectively and safely (over 100

consecutive safe days on site to date)

Ngā Tamariki OEC5 under construction

First generation expected late calendar 2025

STRATEGIC – LEADING THE WAY IN THE CONSTRUCTION OF WIND GENERATION.
18

Commitment of Kaiwera Downs stage 2

Key messages

•New stage one wind farm generation completed at

Kaiwera Downs on time and under budget in November

2023. Stage one is a ten turbine 43MW wind farm with

annualised generation of 147GWh

•The success of the project provided a solid foundation for

development and construction of Kaiwera Downs stage 2

wind farm

•Construction of Kaiwera Downs stage 2 commenced in

June 2024, following the long-term supply agreement

with NZAS. The agreement with NZAS will take effect from

1 January 2025 for a period of 20 years, with baseload

volume stepping up from 50MW to 75MW in 2027

•Construction crews mobilised within one week of contract

execution. Weather in Gore has been favourable for

productive earth works

Kaiwera Downs stage 2 earth works and blasting rock

STRATEGIC – KAIWERA DOWNS IS A HIGH-QUALITY GENERATION INVESTMENT.
19

Stage 2 construction commenced in June 2024

Key messages

•Kaiwera Downs stage 2 (KD2) wind farm is a long dated

high quality generation development option located in

the Gore District 11km east of Mataura

•Resource consents were originally granted in 2008,

extended in 2018 and a final amendment was received

in July 2023 to increase the turbine tip height for KD2

•The Long Run Marginal Cost (LRMC) of KD2 is

~$95/MWh (based on the LCOE of ~$82/MWh real at

Gore). This LRMC can be compared with the average

baseload firmed wholesale price at Gore. Selling above

this price for the life of the project would be sufficient to

return a positive net present value

•KD2 capital costs are relatively higher than KD1 due to

higher civil costs (inflation), electrical works (substation

and cabling) and foreign exchange impacts

Project SpecificationStage 2Stage 1

Full GenerationLate Cal-2026November 2023

WTG SupplierVestasVestas

O&M Contractor / TermVestas / 30 yearsVestas / 30 years

Turbines36 x V136-4.3MW10 x V136-4.3MW

Turbine Tip Height / Tower Height156m / 88m145m / 77m

Rotor Diameter136m136m

Total Capacity155 MW43 MW

Net Capacity Factor38.7%39.0%

P50 Yield525 GWh pa147 GWh pa

Capital Cost

1

$486m$112m

Sunk Costs$5m

Total Operating Costs

2

(First full year pa)$17.3/MWh$22.5/MWh

EBITDAF Impact (First FY)$43m$15m

LCOE

3

at Gore (real)~$82/MWh~$64/MWh

1

Capital cost excludes capitalised interest and sunk costs

2

Total operating costs include operating expenditure and direct costs

3

Illustrative Levelised Cost of Electricity (LCOE) real at Gore based on an assumed 7% WACC

STRATEGIC – INVESTING IN OUR HYDRO ASSETS.
20

Large programme of works planned on our hydro assets for the next decade

FY12

FY13

FY14

FY15FY16

FY17

FY18

FY19

FY20

FY21

FY22

FY23

FY24

FY25FY26

FY27

FY28

FY29

FY30

FY31

FY32

FY33

FY34

FY35FY36

FY37

FY38

Capacity

Generation

Upgrade

ScopeCost

Aratiatia

RehabLead InTurbines

1 Unit sized for

Flow 28MW,

~15GWh p.a

All Generators,

Governors

~$49m

(3 Units)2 x 30MW

2 x Turbine

Refurb

Ohakuri

RehabLead InGenerators

+1-2MW

~25GWh

p.a

All Generators~$85m

(4 Units)Per Unit

Atiamuri

Lead InRehab

+1-4MW

tbc

All Turbines,

~$130m

(4 Units)Per Unit

Generators,

Governors

Whakamaru

Rehab

+6MW

~28GWh

p.a

All Turbines,

~$76m

(4 Units)

Per Unit 4 x

31MW

Generators,

Governors

Maraetai 1

Lead InRehab

+5-8MW

~32GWh

p.a

All Turbines,

~$180m

(5 Units)Per Unit

Generators,

Governors

Maraetai 2

Lead InRehab

(5 Units)

Waipapa

Lead In

(3 Units)

ArapuniGenerators

(8 Units)5- Aug

Karapiro

Class 4Lead InRehab

+5MW

~32GWh

p.a

All Turbines,

~$90m

(3 Units)

Per Unit 3 x

37MW

Generators,

Governors

Key messages

•Significant long-term

investment to enhance our

hydro capacity

•The Karāpiro project is

ongoing with the second of

three units due for completion

in Sep-2024. The third unit

will begin in Oct-2024 and

the full project is scheduled

for completion in Sep-2025.

The overall project is expected

to increase station capacity by

15MW and average generation

by 32GWh per year

OPERATIONAL – GEOTHERMAL DRILLING RECOMMENCED.
21

Geothermal drilling underway with new drilling contractor

Key messages

•The eight well geothermal drilling campaign commenced

in Jun-2023 to sustain capacity of the Kawerau, Ngā

Tamariki and Rotokawa fields, offsetting the natural

decline of well performance

•Our geothermal drilling campaign experienced a 3-month

delay in FY24 after we terminated our initial drilling

services contract. We recommenced with a new drilling

contractor in Apr-2024 and shifted from a single large 14-

month campaign to smaller campaigns over the next two

years

•We completed three wells out of eight in FY24 with a

further three wells targeted for completion in FY25. The

remaining two wells will be completed by the end of FY26

•To d a t e$69 million has been invested in the campaign. A

further ~$100 million is expected to complete the

remaining five wells through to FY26 (Total cost ~$169m),

up $9m from previous estimate

Kawerau drilling rig

Hydro 4.1TWh
Geothermal 2.6TWh

Wind Spot 0.9TWh

Customer 4.5TWh

Large Business 3.4TWh

Losses 0.4TWh

Financials 3.1TWh

Financials 2.1TWh

Wind PPA 1.2TWh

Wind PPA 1.2TWh

Spot 0.4TWh (Net)

0.0

2.0

4.0

6.0

8.0

10.0

12.0

SupplyDemand

TWh

OPERATIONAL – PORTFOLIO MATCHING ACROSS MERCURY’S SUPPLY & DEMAND.

22

Renewable generation from hydro, geothermal & wind

Key messages

•Produced 8.8TWh of diversified renewable generation from

hydro (47%), geothermal (30%) and wind (23%)

•Wind generation of 2.1TWh was up 40% on the prior year

with the addition of new generation from Turitea South and

stage 1 of the Kaiwera Downs wind farm

•Majority of wind generation sold through PPA offtake

agreements

•FY24 portfolio management and flexible hydro delivered a

net long spot generation position in FY24 of 0.4TWh

•Mercury operates the portfolio with a strategically long

generation position to minimise short-term hydrological

impacts. The FY25 portfolio position to date has been

partially short generation primarily because of low

hydrological inflows in the Waikato catchment impacting

hydro generation

FY24 Mercury Supply & Demand

1734
1544

1703

1479

1555

1337

1438

1216

1373

1497

2287

2065

2362

2098

1242

1183

1202

1323

1323

1470

1611

1816

1651

1733

1840

1752

1750

1604

0

1,000

2,000

3,000

4,000

5,000

H1

FY18

H2

FY18

H1

FY19

H2

FY19

H1

FY20

H2

FY20

H1

FY21

H2

FY21

H1

FY22

H2

FY22

H1

FY23

H2

FY23

H1

FY24

H2

FY24

GWh

Mass Market (includes Trustpower retail)C&I (includes physical and financial sales)

OPERATIONAL – PLATFORM FOR CONNECTION GROWTH THROUGH INTEGRATION.

23

Total 864k connections across all products at full year

Key messages

•Retail integration has reshaped Mercury into a scaled

multi-product utility retailer, creating a foundation for

enhanced operating efficiencies and growth

•Electricity connections declined against PCP as we

pulled back on acquisition to focus on customer

migration. Cross-sell opportunities post integration saw

Telco increase by 16k connections against PCP, whilst

Gas grew by 2k connections

•Elevated forward curve pricing has seen strong contract

renewal prices through FY24. C&I yields (including

physical sales and end user CfDs) were $9/MWh higher

relative to PCP as a result of contracts repricing due to a

sustained higher electricity forward curve. Sales yields in

the Mass Market segment were $9/MWh higher relative

to PCP

1


Gas includes both reticulated gas and LPG

393

388

381

373

356

348

336

328

327

574

579

590

579

576

47

48

48

47

47

47

45

4547

95

98

102

102

104

130

161

168

174

184

0

100

200

300

400

500

600

700

800

900

1,000

H1

FY18

H2

FY18

H1

FY19

H2

FY19

H1

FY20

H2

FY20

H1

FY21

H2

FY21

H1

FY22

H2

FY22

H1

FY23

H2

FY23

H1

FY24

H2

FY24

Total Connections ('000)

ElectricityGasTelco

3
8

15

6

3

7

2

5

0

4

8

12

16

20

Brand

repositioning

Enhanced

CRM/billing &

customer

migration

Digital front endTransition costsOther

Spend $m

FY23FY24

OPERATIONAL – NEW ZEALAND'S LEADING MULTI-PRODUCT UTILITY.

24

Key messages

•Retail integration (people, processes, systems) was

completed during the year, with the programme of work

to migrate Mercury brand mass market customers to

the Gentrack billing system delivered in HY24. We

reduced our acquisition activity throughout HY24 to

prioritise customer migration

•The integration programme was delivered on-time and

on-budget. Programme spend was largely attributed to

technology, brand repositioning, resource back-fill, and

transition costs. Project costs included $30 million of

operating expenditure and $19 million of capital

expenditure

•The business is now focused on the delivery of the

benefits of the merger, predominantly the considerable

capability for product bundling and the delivery of

synergies

Integration of people, processes, and systems

160
168

160

7

4

4

8

3

20

-

20

40

60

80

100

120

140

160

180

200

FY23

Customer

segment

OPEX

Inflation

(4.4%)

Change in

scope and

other items

Realised

synergies

FY24

Customer

segment

OPEX

Estimated

Inflation

(2.5%)

Change in

scope and

other items

Planned

synergies

FY25

forecast

Customer

segment

OPEX

Opex ($m)

Increase

Decrease

Now NZ

Integration

$184m

$192m

$174m

OPERATIONAL – ON TRACK TO DELIVER INTEGRATION SYNERGIES.

25

Synergy forecast breakdown

$m< F Y2 4F Y2 4F Y2 5F Y2 6To t a l

Gross Margin-22-4

Opex12320641

Capex--123

TOTAL12523848

1

FY23 segment OPEX includes $12m of synergies as reported in the March Investor Day

2

Segment OPEX normalised for Integration, which is $18m in FY23 and $12m in FY24

3

Reserved for Segment OPEX normalised for Now NZ, which is $6m in FY23 for a part year and $13m in FY24 for a full year

Key messages

•$17 million of synergies delivered to date, of which $15

million are opex related

•Majority of the synergies expected to be realised in FY25.

An incremental $20 million of forecast synergies relate to

opex ($6 million technology and $14 million labour)

•We anticipate exceeding the $35 million synergies

previously targeted, however inflationary pressures remain

and these were excluded from the target

•Change in scope and other items refer to enterprise-wide

internal technology projects and uplift in compliance

related costs

Key messages
•Vince Hawksworth developed a strategic executive

leadership team, providing a strong platform for a

seamless Chief Executive transition to Stew Hamilton

•Stew has been responsible for the management,

operation and maintenance of Mercury’s hydro,

geothermal and wind assets. He is also responsible

for health, safety and wellbeing performance at an

enterprise level. Before joining Mercury, Stew was the

Chief Executive and General Manager at New

Zealand Aluminium Smelters Ltd

•Stew brings a proven track record of success in

leading large, complex businesses in New Zealand

and internationally. He has delivered strong business

value while building enduring partnerships and

driving health and safety performance

CHIEF EXECUTIVE APPOINTMENT.

26

Succession planning enables a seamless CE transition

ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE – KEY ACTIVITY.
27

Key messages

•Mercury continues to provide wraparound support for

customers experiencing hardship, including developing

innovative solutions that address the broader challenges

related to affordability

•We’re proud of the meaningful impact our early

intervention efforts and close community partnerships are

having. Year-on-year, our post-pay disconnections were

down 76% (to 299 total, or 0.03%) as a result of the

intervention and support of our team and partners

•Among other initiatives, we also continue to provide

significant commercial support to social retailers, Nau Mai

Rā and Toast Electric, to further help whanāu in need

•We are contributing to sector initiatives and working with

community and non-governmental organisations to

provide a suite of support for those in hardship

Taking a collaborative approach to improve resilience

Natural Environment

Evolving our approach

to how we restore

nature

Customer Care

Meaningful support for

those experiencing

hardship

Iwi Relationships

Collaborative long-term

approach

Succession Plan

Aligned with long

term activities

Appointments

Made to complement

Board’s collective

capabilities

Remuneration

Principles are long

term, performance

based and simple

Governance

Social

Environmental

Community

Engagement

Crafting quality

engagement to build

our social licence to

operate

Key Suppliers

Working in effective

teams with our

suppliers

Climate Disclosures

FY24 to be our second

report against New

Zealand Climate

Standards

Key messages
•Sector has done a good job managing costs to consumers.

Total residential electricity price has tracked at lower than

inflation

•Current fuel shortages (gas and hydro) leading to high

wholesale spot and futures pricing, 98% of our sales

volumes to customers are insulated from these currently

•Thermal peaking has a key role in supporting a pathway

with the fastest and most significant emissions reductions

across the economy. To help facilitate this transition,

Mercury has supported the ongoing operating of Huntly

power station with purchases through the Market Security

and Huntly Firming Options (HFO)

•Key focus needs to be addressing gas supply challenges

and providing investment certainty

•Any intervention in response to current fuel shortages

needs to support broader electrification goals

•A whole-of-system view is essential when

thinking about solutions

-

0.2

0.4

0.6

0.8

1.0

1.2

1.4

0

5

10

15

20

25

2013

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019

2020

2021

2022

2023

2024

CPI (relative to 2013)

Nominal c/kWh

Years ending 30 June

RESIDENTIAL PRICE

Lines componentEnergy and other componentCPI (RHS)

COLLECTIVE ACTION REQUIRED TO ELECTRIFY NZ.

28

Residential electricity prices tracked lower than inflation

1

Excludes Energy and other component for quarter ending June 2024 as data was

unavailable at the time of publishing

0
1

2

3

FY20FY21FY22FY23FY24

Net Debt ($b) and Debt/EBITDA

'BBB+ RangeNet Debt ($b)Debt/EBITDA

FINANCIAL – STRONG BALANCE SHEET SUPPORTS FURTHER INVESTMENT.

29

Key messages

•Mercury targets Debt/EBITDA between 2x-3x after

adjusting for S&P Global treatment, consistent with our

BBB+ rating

•Debt/EBITDA

1

at 2.0x for FY24, consistent with FY23 and

well positioned to support further investment

•S&P Global re-affirmed Mercury’s credit rating of

BBB+/stable in December 2023

•Diversified funding sources: commercial paper, bank

facilities, domestic wholesale bonds, retail bonds, AUD

wholesale bonds, USPP and capital bonds

•$300m Capital Bond (MCY020) redeemed and $350m

Capital Bond (MCY070) issued in Jul-2024

Forecast Debt/EBITDA provides platform for growth

1

Adjusted for actual / expected S&P Global treatment, based on FY24 EBITDA guidance

•Geo and Wind normalised: for average production and no major shuts
•Hydro generation 278GWh lower because of low starting lake level and inflows

•Portfolio impacted by net position during Q1 FY25 and assumes $16m of trading losses

•Gas margin impacted by higher gas purchase costs

•New wind: full year of Kaiwera Downs I

•Yield growth in Mass Market, C&I and Telco

•Transmission mainly loss rental rebates reverting to normal

•Operating expenses: retail integrations brings operating expenses down

FY25 EBITDAF guidance of $820m on 3,800GWh of hydro generation subject to hydrological volatility, wholesale market

conditions and any material adverse events, significant one-off expenses or other unforeseeable circumstances


FY25 ordinary dividend guidance 24.0cps (up 3% on FY24)


FY25 SIB capital expenditure guidance of $160m reflects the geothermal drilling and hydro rehab projects. Long term

SIB capital expenditure expected to be $150m with the ongoing geothermal drilling and hydro rehab programmes

30

Decrease Increase

FINANCIAL – FY25 GUIDANCE.

Current market impacts

877

859

820

2

4

43

15

(3)

(17)

(52)

(28)

(10)

(11)

700

720

740

760

780

800

820

840

860

880

900

FY2024

Actual

Hydro to

4,078GWh

Geo & Wind

normalised

Insurance

receipt

FY2024

normalised

Hydro

generation

PortfolioGasNew wind

generation

Yield

growth

Transmission

(LRR)

Operating

expenses

FY2025

guidance

EBITDAF ($m)

31
SUMMARY – KEY MESSAGES.

FY25 Summary

•Continued investment in the construction of the Ngā

Tamariki geothermal and Kaiwera Downs wind farm

expansions

•Anticipated FID for the 220GWh Kaiwaikawe wind farm in

late Cal-24

•Current market situation has unfavourably impacted FY25

trading margin by $90m, with $52m attributed to reduced

short term hydro generation

•FY25 ordinary dividend guidance of 24.0cps (up 3% on

FY24). This will be the 17

th

consecutive year of ordinary

dividend growth

•FY25 EBITDAF guidance of $820 million on 3,800GWh of

hydro generation subject to hydrological conditions and any

material adverse event or unforeseeable circumstances

•FY25 stay-in-business capital expenditure guidance of

$160m reflects the ongoing geothermal drilling

and hydro rehabilitation projects

FY24 Summary

•Construction of the 390GWh Ngā Tamariki geothermal

station began in Apr-24, and the 525GWh Kaiwera

Downs wind farm expansion started in Jun-24

•The 147GWh p.a. Kaiwera Downs stage 1 wind farm was

completed on time and under budget in Nov-23

•A long-term supply agreement with NZAS was signed,

providing market certainty and supporting our high-

quality generation development pipeline

•Geothermal drilling operations recommenced with a

new contractor in Apr-24 after a three-month delay due

to the termination of the initial drilling services contract

•Higher operating expenditure from inflation, full period

of NOW operations, new wind generation, enhanced

maintenance capability and insurance

•Retail integration programme completed and is

expected to exceed synergies previously targeted,

however inflationary pressures remain

32
Whakamaru Hydro Dam

Q&A

0
50

100

150

200

0

500

1,000

1,500

2,000

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019

2020

2021

2022

2023

2024

$m$m

Financial Year (ending 30 June)

INTEREST COSTS

1

Net debtInterest expense (RHS)

0

200

400

600

800

1,000

1,200

1,400

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019

2020

2021

2022

2023

2024

2025F

$m

Financial Year (ending 30 June)

CAPEX

Stay-In-BusinessGrowth

-10,000

-5,000

0

5,000

10,000

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019

2020

2021

2022

2023

2024

GWh

Financial Year (ending 30 June)

GENERATION VS SALES

1

ThermalWind (Spot)

HydroGeo

SalesNet position

0

200

400

600

800

2012

2013

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019

2020

2021

2022

2023

2024

2025F

$m

Financial Year (ending 30 June)

DISTRIBUTIONS

Share buybackSpecial dividend

Final dividendInterim dividend

0

100

200

300

400

500

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019

2020

2021

2022

2023

2024

$m

Financial Year (ending 30 June)

OPEX

1

Operating expenditure

820

0

200

400

600

800

1,000

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019

2020

2021

2022

2023

2024

2025F

$m

Financial Year (ending 30 June)

EBITDAF

33

1

FY25F figures not available as Mercury does not give guidance for Opex, Generation, Sales or Interest Costs

MERCURY’S LONG TERM TRACK RECORD.

50%
60%

70%

80%

90%

100%

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019

2020

2021

2022

2023

Financial Year (ending 30 June)

RENEWABLES PROPORTION

0%

5%

10%

15%

20%

25%

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019

2020

2021

2022

2023

2024

Annualised Churn (%)

Financial Year (ending 30 June)

ICP CHURN

Total Churn

Trader Churn

$0

$50

$100

$150

$200

$250

Jul-19

Jan-20

Jul-20

Jan-21

Jul-21

Jan-22

Jul-22

Jan-23

Jul-23

Jan-24

Jul-24

$/MWh

FUTURES VS SPOT PRICES

12 Mth rolling OTA Futures price (1 year prior)

12 Mth rolling OTA spot price

Quarterly OTA Futures price (2 years prior)

0

1,000

2,000

3,000

4,000

5,000

6,000

7,000

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019

2020

2021

2022

2023

kT CO2e

Financial Year (ending 30 June)

CARBON EMISSIONS

0

1

2

3

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019

2020

2021

2022

2023

EBITDAF ($b)

Financial Year (ending 30 June)

SECTOR EARNINGS

CAGR: 2.2%

34

1

Source: Company reports, TPIX, MBIE, Pricing Manager (NZX), Electricity Authority

1

Includes trader churn and premise churn – switches caused by customers moving house

2

Switches where a customer changes retailer without changing residence

2

9.0

9.2

9.4

9.6

9.8

10.0

0

10

20

30

40

50

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019

2020

2021

2022

2023

GW

TWh

Financial Year (ending 30 June)

DEMAND AND GENERATION CAPACITY

Demand

Max. Generation Capacity (RHS)

LONG TERM INDUSTRY TRENDS.

THE ELECTRIFICATION OPPORTUNITY IS SIGNIFICANT.
35

Key messages

•The 2050 energy transition will require a further

30TWh of renewable electricity in New Zealand, a

significant uplift from the current base of 36TWh

1

•Renewable electricity to account for 58% of New

Zealand’s total energy demand in 2050

•Global regulators are accelerating the energy

transition, growing demand and boosting the need for

investment

•Market signals in New Zealand are supportive of new

generation development

Renewable electricity supply to increase 30TWh by 2050

- 20 40 60 80

Cal-2050

Cal-2020

TWh

NZ Renewable Electricity Supply

1

Refer to the Boston Consulting Group Report ‘Climate Change in New Zealand: The Future is Electric’ published October 2022

TAKING ACTION TO REDUCE OUR EMISSIONS.
36

Our targets drive our emissions reduction actions

2030 Target2040 Target

Scope 1

Target Year: FY2030

70% reduction in emissions

intensity (in kgCO2e/kWh)

from 2022 base year

Target Year: FY2040

70% reduction in emissions

intensity (in kgCO2e/kWh)

from 2022 base year

Scope 2

Target Year: FY2030

42% absolute reduction from

2022 base year

Target Year: FY2040

90% absolute reduction from

2022 base year

Scope 3 – Use of

Sold Products

(Natural Gas Sales)

Target Year: FY2030

42% absolute reduction from

2022 base year

Target Year: FY2040

90% absolute reduction from

2022 base year

Note: These targets are subject to change through the validation process with SBTi.

Key messages

•We are progressing actions to reduce our emissions, to

support our Science Based Targets Initiative (SBTi) targets

•Key projects we are resourcing to achieve the targeted

emissions are focusing on reinjection of our geothermal

emissions, new renewable generation development and

helping our customers to reduce their emissions from gas

(captured in our Climate Statement and Climate Action

Plan)

•We have published in the annual report our mandatory

Climate Statement

1

and our Greenhouse Gas Inventory

Report – both have been independently assured. We have

also published our Climate Action Plan that describes the

measures and targets that we have set and the actions we

are taking to reduce emissions.

•Our 2030 and 2040 company wide emissions reduction

targets have been developed in accordance with SBTi

guidance to help drive internal decision making on carbon

emissions

1

In accordance with the NZ Government’s new Aotearoa NZ Climate Standards

0

2

4

6

8

10

12

0

20

40

60

80

100

120

140

2015201620172018201920202021202220232024

Generation (TWh)

Emissions Intensity

(kg CO2e/kWh)

Financial Year

Generation (RHS)Emissions Intensity kg CO2e/kWhNZ Grid Average kg CO2e/MWh

$-
$100

$200

$300

$400

$500

2025202620272028202920302031205020512052205320542055

$m

Financial Year

Commercial PaperUndrawn Bank FacilitiesUndrawn Rolling Bank FacilitiesDrawn Bank FacilitiesUS Private Placement

AUD Green BondsCapital BondsDomestic Wholesale Green BondsRetail Green Bonds

1

Requires 18 months notice of termination from lender

37

Debt maturities as at 30 June 2024

•Diversified funding sources: commercial paper, bank facilities, domestic wholesale bonds, retail bonds, AUD wholesale

bonds, USPP and capital bonds

1

FINANCIAL – DIVERSIFIED FUNDING PROFILE.

$300m Capital Bond redeemed,

$350m Capital Bond issued in Jul-2024

0
2,000

4,000

6,000

8,000

10,000

12,000

14,000

16,000

18,000

UrbanRuralDairyTiwaiIndustrial

(ex. Tiwai)

Irrigation

GWh

DEMAND

FY2020FY2021FY2022

FY2023FY2024

HIGHER NATIONAL DEMAND DESPITE INDUSTRIAL SECTOR HEADWINDS.

38

Key messages

•National demand up 0.9%

1

(unadjusted 2.1%) versus FY23,

with irrigation-linked sectors leading growth

•Urban sector demand also showed steady growth

•Industrial demand down in FY23 and FY24 due to Pan Pac

mill outage following damage from Cyclone Gabrielle

•FY25 demand will be impacted by Tiwai demand response

option exercise

•Sustained growth in electricity demand is anticipated,

driven by the electrification of homes, transportation, and

industrial sectors, alongside the expansion of data centres

Source: Transpower SCADA data, Mercury.

1

Normalised for temperature and number of days

SectorGWh

Sector %Total %

Urban

1

+680.4%0.2%

Rural

1

+1622.5%0.4%

Dairy processing+370.6%0.1%

Industrial-187(2.2)%(0.5)%

Irrigation+21817.4%0.5%

Other+486.7%0.1%

Total+3460.9%

FY24 NORMALISED DEMAND GROWTH BY SECTOR

0
20

40

60

80

100

120

140

160

MCY KD2 WindGeneric SolarHypothetical

Geothermal

(Brownfield)

LCOE real at GoreLRMC real at GoreLRMC real at Auckland

STRATEGIC - KAIWERA DOWNS IS A HIGH-QUALITY GENERATION INVESTMENT.

39

KD2 wind LCOE & LRMC relative to other technologies

Key messages

•LCOE and LRMC ($/MWh) information for generation

projects can be difficult to interpret and benchmark across

technologies and locations

•Our preferred benchmark is LRMC Real at Auckland. This

can be benchmarked against a long-term wholesale price

and any generation project across NZ at Auckland

•The chart highlights how LRMCs can differ materially across

technologies even if developed at the same location

•LCOE real at Gore refers to the required year 1 average

revenue ($/MWh) to achieve WACC return, this considers

long term inflation

•LRMC real at Gore refers to the required year 1 average spot

price to achieve WACC return. This considers GWAP/TWAP

profile over time

•LRMC real at Auckland reflects the location factor

adjustment to scale the Gore grid price to Auckland

LCOE & LRMC ($/MWh)

ACCOUNTING IMPACTS – ACQUIRED ELECTRICITY SWAPS.
40

Key messages

Transactions involved acquisition of electricity swaps (in FY2022):

•Manawa: as part of the acquisition of the Trustpower retail business, Mercury

acquired a CFD with Manawa with a day 1 value of $488m

•Waipipi: as part of the acquisition of the Tilt NZ assets, Mercury acquired a

CFD (Waipipi windfarm) with a day 1 value of $43m liability

Accounting treatment:

•Swaps are measured at fair value at period end, and (unrealised) changes in

fair value are recognised through P&L, below EBITDAF

•Value unwinds across term of contract e.g. for a derivative asset this is a

reduction in revenue (see table) and non-cash

•These CFDs cannot be hedge accounted due to variable volumes or ASX

linked resetting prices

•Settlements (realised gains/losses) are recognised in changes in fair value in

the Income Statement, and are included in EBITDAF

•The 30 June 2023 Waipipi PPA value has been restated

Three CfDs acquired with material value

$mDay 1 FY2023FY2024

Manawa

Asset (B/S)488219357

Change in fair value (P&L)(225)138

Waipipi

Liability (B/S)(43)(38)(81)

Change in fair value (P&L)(10)(43)

ELECTRICITY DERIVATIVES.
41

Trading margin contribution

$m

12 months ended

30 June 2024

12 months ended

30 June 2023

Sell CFDs(141)125

Buy CFDs210(56)

Other electricity derivatives15(8)

To t a l8461

Key messages

Other electricity derivatives:

•Includes gains and losses on electricity trading (NZ

electricity futures), Financial Transmission Rights,

options and associated premiums, and impact of

futures positions novated from futures (ASX) to CFD

•Excludes financial PPAs (included in Generation

revenue)

42
•EBITDAF (or Operating Earnings) is earnings before net interest expense, tax expense, depreciation, amortisation,

change in the fair value of financial instruments, gain on sale and impairments

•Energy Margin is sales from electricity generation and sales of electricity and gas to customers and derivatives, less

energy costs, line charges, other direct costs of sales, and third-party metering

•Growth Investment is expenditure incurred by the company to create new assets and revenue

•Net Debt is carrying value of loans less fair value adjustments and cash and cash equivalents

•Operating Expenditure represents employee compensation and benefits, maintenance expenses and other

expenses

•Stay-In-Business Capital Expenditure is the capital expenditure incurred by the company to maintain its assets in

good working order

•Telco Margin is mobile and broadband sales to customers less direct costs of those sales including last mile

charges

•Trading Margin is Energy Margin plus Telco Margin

NON-GAAP MEASURES.

---

2024 INTEGRATED REPORT.
MERCURY NZ LIMITED

ABOUT THIS REPORT.
Mercury is committed to providing the full picture: transparent

disclosures in easily understood, comparable and engaging ways

so that we meet the expectations of our many stakeholders.

This is an Integrated Report which follows the Integrated

Reporting <IR> framework.

We describe Our Business Model, including inputs, outputs,

and the outcomes of our strategic approach across our five

long-term aspirations that determine how we generate long-

term value. We include a specific Global Reporting Initiative

MENU.

04 HOW WE CREATE VALUE.

TE PĒWHEA O TĀ MĀTOU WHAKAMANA.

05 OUR BUSINESS MODEL

06 DELIVERING ON OUR FY22-24 OBJECTIVES

08 OUR FY25-27 STRATEGIC FRAMEWORK

09 HOW WE WILL MEASURE PROGRESS ON OUR

FY25-27 OBJECTIVES


10 CHAIR & CHIEF EXECUTIVE UPDATE

14 WHAT MATTERS MOST.

TE MEA NUI.

15 ENGAGING WITH IWI AND STAKEHOLDERS

16 THE RISKS WE FACE

17 PULLING IT ALL TOGETHER

18 HOW WE DELIVER VALUE.

TE PĒWHEA O TĀ MĀTOU TUKU HIRA.

19 DELIVERING VALUE AT A GLANCE

20 KIRITAKI / CUSTOMER

22 KŌTUITANGA / PARTNERSHIPS

24 KAITIAKITANGA / STEWARDSHIP

26 NGĀ TĀNGAGA / PEOPLE

30 ARUMONI / COMMERCIAL

32 LOOKING AT THE NUMBERS.

TE TITIRO KI NGĀ TATAU.

33 FINANCIAL COMMENTARY

34 FINANCIAL TRACK RECORD

35 INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT

38 GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

41 NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

62 CLIMATE STATEMENT.

TE TAUĀKI ĀHUARANGI.

64 INTRODUCTION

65 GOVERNANCE

69 STRATEGY

78 RISK MANAGEMENT

80 METRICS & TARGETS

83 ASSURANCE OPINION

(GRI) Index and comprehensive climate disclosures, which

align with the Aotearoa New Zealand Climate Standards.

We have grouped our reporting into six sections to help you

find areas of particular interest, but they are all part of who

we are, what we do and why. Across all this, our aim is to report

openly and honestly on our performance in a way that shows

the integrated approach we take.

If you have any comments about this report, including things

we could do better, please email investor@mercury.co.nz.

STATEMENT FROM THE DIRECTORS

The directors are pleased to present Mercury NZ Limited’s

Integrated Report and Financial Statements for the year ended

30 June 2024. The Auditor-General is required to be Mercury’s

auditor and has appointed Emma Winsloe of Ernst & Young

to undertake the audit on his behalf.

This Integrated Report is dated 20 August 2024 and is signed

on behalf of the Board by:

SCOTT ST JOHN // C H A I R

JAMES MILLER // DIRECTOR

85 LEADERSHIP & GOVERNANCE.

TE TĀTAKI ME TE WHAKAHAERE.

86 YOUR BOARD OF DIRECTORS

89 YOUR EXECUTIVE TEAM

90 GOVERNANCE AT MERCURY

105 REMUNERATION REPORT

116 NZX CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CODE INDEX

117 DIRECTORS’ DISCLOSURES

119 SECURITY HOLDER INFORMATION

120 BONDHOLDER INFORMATION

125 COMPANY DISCLOSURES

126 OTHER DISCLOSURES

129 GLOBAL REPORTING INITIATVE (GRI) INDEX

132 INFORMATION FOR SHAREHOLDERS

133 DIRECTORY

134 GLOSSARY

135 RĀRANGI INGOA LIST OF NAMES

1

MERCURY 2024 INTEGRATED REPORT MENU

EXPANDING HORIZONS.
Nau mai, haere mai. Welcome to Mercury’s 2024

Integrated Report. Our theme this year – Expanding

Horizons – highlights our focus on growth and

execution as we support the electrification opportunity

ahead for Aotearoa New Zealand.

We delivered on our previous goals while setting new

ambitions for growth in all aspects of our business.

This included introducing innovative solutions for

customers, developing closer partnerships with iwi

and stakeholders and empowering our people.

It also meant focussing on sustainable commercial

growth and renewable generation development

while ensuring the long-term sustainability of

our physical assets and the natural environment.

There are challenges as the energy transition gathers

pace, but also long-term gains for the nation. We are

working hard to actively shape the forward pathway

and deliver a better future for all.

Kaiwera Downs wind farm.

2

MERCURY 2024 INTEGRATED REPORT MENU

We generate electricity from 100% renewable
sources: hydro, geothermal and wind. We are

also a retailer of electricity, gas, broadband

and mobile services.

Our electricity generation sites are located along

the Waikato River (hydro), the nearby steamfields

of the northern part of the Central Plateau

(geothermal) and in the Manawatū, South Taranaki,

Otago and Southland regions (wind).

During the year we completed the first stage

of the Kaiwera Downs wind farm near Gore in November

and have now commenced construction on the second

stage, which we expect to complete in FY26.

WHO WE ARE.

KARĀPIRO

ARAPUNI

WAIPĀPA

MARAETAI I

AND II

WHAKAMARU

ŌHAKURI

ĀTIAMURI

ARATIATIA

NGĀ TAMARIKI

NGĀ AWA

PŪRUA

+

LAKE TAUPŌ

ROTOKAWA

+

MŌKAI

+

KAWERAU

MAHINERANGI

KAIWERA

DOWNS++

TURITEA

TARARUA

WAIPIPI

+ not 100% owned by Mercury

++ under construction

HYDRO STATIONS

GEOTHERMAL STATIONS

WIND FARMS

We have also commenced construction of a fifth

generation unit at Ngā Tamariki geothermal station.

We sell electricity, gas, broadband and mobile services

through our retail operations to residential and small

to medium-sized business customers. Our sub-brand

GLOBUG is our pre-pay electricity product.

Our Commercial sales team service industrial

and wholesale market customers offering electricity.

We are committed to building and maintaining

authentic relationships with iwi/Māori and stakeholders

across our business. This will be achieved through

ongoing conversations and careful listening to

understand where our values and aspirations align.

Karāpiro hydro station.

3

MERCURY 2024 INTEGRATED REPORT MENU

TE PĒWHEA O TĀ MĀTOU WHAKAMANA.
In this section we highlight factors that affect our ability to create value

over time (Our Business Model), including outlining our past and current

performance and outcomes. We show how we've performed against

our FY24-26 objectives and introduce our FY25-27 strategic framework

and objectives. Our Chair Scott St John and Chief Executive Vince

Hawksworth then jointly summarise our 2024 financial year.

Maraetai hydro station.

4

MERCURY 2024 INTEGRATED REPORTMENU

KŌTUITANGA
/

PARTNERSHIPS

Providing greater opportunities

for New Zealand, our industry,

our partners and our business

through long-term collaboration.

OUR BUSINESS MODEL.

4,096

2,6222,062

6,669

GWh HYDRO

GENERATION

GWh GEO

GENERATION

GWh WIND

GENERATION

GWh PHYSICAL

SALES

576k electricity

104k gas

160k telecommunications

24k mobile

2 geothermal joint ventures

8 formal iwi relationships

33 community, social and

commercial partnerships

69

K

SHAREHOLDERS

864

K

CUSTOMER

CONNECTIONS

9 hydro

5 geothermal

5 wind

19

POWER

S TAT IO N S

737 women

754 men

2 non-binary

492 in Auckland

514 in Tauranga

136 in Hamilton

86 in Rotorua

30 in Taupō

95 in Oamaru

140 Rest of NZ

1

,

493

PERMANENT

EMPLOYEES

3

K

BONDHOLDERS

10

33

FORMAL IWI

RELATIONSHIPS

PARTNERSHIPS

OUR BUSINESS

MODEL EXPLAINED.

Our Business Model shows our key inputs

interacting with our business activities

to create outputs of sustainable,

commercial value. The outcomes

of our activity are measured and take

us towards achieving our long-term

aspirations and realising our purpose.

OUR BUSINESS ACTIVITIESINPUTS

OUTPUTS

16

%

CONSUMPTION

MARKET SHARE

21

%

GENERATION

MARKET SHARE

C

U

R

I

O

U

S







C

O

M

M

I

T






C

A

R

E






C

O

N

N

E

C

T

KIRITAKI

/

CUSTOMER

Inspiring, rewarding and making

it easier for our customers.

KAITIAKITANGA

/ STEWARDSHIP

Long-term sustainability of natural

resources and assets.

N GĀ TĀN GATA

/

OUR PEOPLE

Enabling our people to perform

together in a changing environment

and keep each other safe.

ARUMONI

/

COMMERCIAL

Achieving our commercial goals

through sustainable growth.

5

MERCURY 2024 INTEGRATED REPORTHOW WE CREATE VALUEMENU

DELIVERING ON OUR FY22-24 OBJECTIVES.
The table below shows how we have performed

against our FY22-24 objectives over the financial

year. This is also the final year of our FY22-24

strategic cycle. As indicated below, we are

pleased to have largely met our objectives

for this period.

We outline how we will be reporting against

our FY25-27 objectives on page 9.

Key:


Met expectation. Minor variance from expectation. Did not meet expectation.

See ‘Our Strategic Framework’ on Page 8 to see how our objectives link to each of the categories for our long-term aspirations.

FY22-24

OBJECTIVES

PROGRESS AGAINST

OUR MEASURES

FY24

OUTCOMES

OVERALL

OUTCOMES

LONG-TERM

ASPIRATIONS

1

Enhance our licence

to operate through

collaborative work

with our stakeholders

• Zero-harm organisation Critical Risk Management plan was launched and is being

rolled out. Our TRIFR (Total Recordable Incident Frequency Rate)

for the financial year was 0.43, down from 0.49 in the previous

financial year. 

Refreshed Health, Safety and Wellbeing programme was rolled out.

Our TRIFR has continued to trend down. FY21 - 0.64, FY22 - 0.60,

FY23 - 0.49, FY24 - 0.43.

• No serious injury at a Mercury site or of customers

through our service 

No serious injuries in 2024. No serious injuries in FY22-FY24 period.

• Enhanced engagement with iwi,

partners and stakeholders 

The appointment of our new Pou Tūhono-ā-iwi (Iwi Relationships

Manager) will help continue building on our relationships with iwi

across our operations. 

Progressive approach for early engagement on key projects was

implemented and continued, along with the Pou Tūhono-ā-iwi

appointment.

• Collaboration with stakeholders in the Waikato

to improve the catchment 

$450,000 was allocated to restoration projects in 2024 via

Waikato Catchment Enhancement Trust (WCEET).

Investment in restoration projects continued via WCEET. We

installed real time water quality monitoring sites and participated in

the golden clam governance group.

• Good practice approach to climate riskWe are publishing our first mandatory Climate Statement under

the NZ Climate Standards. 

We improved the maturity of our approach to climate risk and

associated reporting.

• Delivering our customer care plan Vulnerable customer initiatives were progressed, including: a

new 'Here to Help' webpage; energy cap project with Kāinga

Ora; ERANZ Connect Me pilot; and expansion of community

partnerships as part of hidden hardship initiatives. 

Customer Care plan continues to evolve and mature.

2

Increase the value

of our business to

$800m EBITDAF

• EBITDAF growth We have exceeded $800m EBITDAF target.We have exceeded $800m EBITDAF target in FY23 and FY24.

• Retail value growthNew customer operating model was implemented, delivering

further savings and positioning us to deliver on future

growth targets. 

Retail integration project and customer operating model was rolled

out and is delivering cost savings. Electricity connection numbers

remain above the original Trustpower acquisition business case

assumptions.  Broadband connections are below business case

assumptions, largely a result of the approach taken to Retail

Integration and the project taking longer than expected. 

• Portfolio management Long term contracts are being progressed to underpin new

generation development.

In elevated spot and futures market, longer term contracts were

entered into with C&I customers.

• Generation asset performance Operational performance came in near budget for FY24 overall

- wind slightly ahead of budget and hydro and geo slightly

behind budget.

Near budget over three-year period. Geothermal impacted by

unplanned outages.

6

MERCURY 2024 INTEGRATED REPORTHOW WE CREATE VALUEMENU

DELIVERING ON OUR FY22-24 OBJECTIVES CONTINUED.
Key:


Met expectation. Minor variance from expectation. Did not meet expectation.

See ‘Our Strategic Framework’ on Page 8 to see how our objectives link to each of the categories for our long-term aspirations.

FY22-24

OBJECTIVES

PROGRESS AGAINST

OUR MEASURES

FY24

OUTCOMES

OVERALL

OUTCOMES

LONG-TERM

ASPIRATIONS

3

Unleash the full potential

of our people through

transforming culture

• Improvement in culture index Culture index FY24: 75%.Culture index: 72% in FY21, 75% FY22, 78% FY23, 75% FY24.

• Increase in diverse representation A third cohort of participants have been placed into the Diverse

Emerging Leaders programme.

Diversity increased across a range of measures.

• Learning opportunities taken up that lift capability Focussed on lifting capability through 1:1 coaching, learning

initiatives such as adaptive challenge working groups and

leadership development programmes.

Numerous initiatives rolled out including adaptive leadership

programme, new gen leaders' development programme, diverse

emerging leaders and leader action learning series.

4

Be an adaptive and

resilient organisation,

responsive to

future needs

• Our people taking up opportunities through

internal movement 

Approximately 59% of new roles have been appointed internally.Roles filled internally has increased from 51% in FY22 to 59%

in FY24.

• Our systems are fit for purpose Future fit solution roadmap completed in 2024, with work to roll

out continuing into to 2025.

We have successfully integrated two retail businesses into a

'fit for now' state, with a roadmap in place for future fit systems. 

5

Play a leading role

in New Zealand's

successful transition

to a low-carbon

economy

• Electricity is viewed as an enabler of the transition

to a low carbon economy 

The proposed Sector and Government Energy Transition

Framework has now been agreed by all sector participants and

roll out options are being considered for the third quarter 2024.

We worked with others across the sector to develop mechanisms

to support collective action (across the sector and between public/

private sector participants).

• Progress on engagement with new technology We continued to engage with the industry via the Flex Forum.

15,000 hot water cylinders under control for winter FY24.

We engaged with industry participants across period including via

Flex Forum. 

• Support for transport decarbonisation Our EV smart charging pilot concluded in June with findings

due in August.

Hikotron and Big Street Bikers partnerships are in place, as well as

support for on-demand electric transport in Tauranga.

• Progress on reducing our own emissions We successfully completed our non-condensable gas reinjection

trial at Ngā Tamariki, with plans to expand this to other sites. 

Over the past three-years we have set SBTi-aligned emissions

reduction targets, and are on track to achieve them. 

6

Create executable

options for new growth

• New opportunities for growth Significant focus on creating options including exploring

solar, grid-scale battery, new onshore wind farms, DER and

load management.  

Large development pipeline in place that continues to evolve.

This includes flexibility (both supply and demand side).

• Executable development options Expansion of Ngā Tamariki (OEC5) and Kaiwera Downs 2

construction commenced in October 2023 and June 2024

respectively. Kaiwaikawe wind farm is in the final stages of

project development before moving to final investment decision. 

Commissioning was completed on Turitea South and Kaiwera

Downs 1 wind farms in July and October 2023 respectively. 

7

MERCURY 2024 INTEGRATED REPORTHOW WE CREATE VALUEMENU

Our strategic framework maps why we exist and what
we will need to focus on over the near and longer term,

to continue to grow and create value over time.

Our purpose recognises the role we play in using our unique

assets and capabilities to enable everyday living and connectivity

in our communities and to bring together the people we work

with to care for the natural environment and resources that we use.

Our interconnected long-term aspirations expand on our purpose

and provide a long-term direction for our business that reflects

the change and growth that we aspire to achieve.

This year we have reset our three-year objectives for FY25-27.

Our three-year objectives capture our shorter-term enterprise-

wide goals that are the key steps we need to take towards

meeting our long-term aspirations.

O

U

R


2

0

3

5


L

O

N

G

-

T

E

R

M


A

S

P

I

R

A

T

I

O

N

S

KIRITAKI / CUSTOMER

We put customers at the heart

of our business, they trust us

to deliver innovative services

that provide value and

convenience.

KAITIAKITANGA

/ STEWARDSHIP

We leave our physical assets

and the natural environment

thriving for future generations.

ARUMONI / COMMERCIAL

We are leading in sustainable

commercial growth and

renewable generation

development in Aotearoa.

NGĀ TĀNGATA / OUR PEOPLE

We learn and adapt so we all

realise our full potential,

driving success and growth.

KŌTUITANGA / PARTNERSHIPS

We are the partner of choice;

trusted by communities,

iwi and industry to create

shared value.

TIAKINA TE ANAMATA, MĀ TE

TŪHONO I NGĀ TĀNGATA ME

NGĀ WĀHI O TE INAMATA.

TAKING CARE OF TOMORROW:

CONNECTING PEOPLE AND

PL ACE TODAY.

OUR

PURPOSE

O

U

R


P

U

R

P

O

S

E



S

H

A

P

I

N

G


T

O

M

O

R

R

O

W

O

U

R


T

H

R

E

E

-

Y

E

A

R


O

B

J

E

C

T

I

V

E

S

2035

Creating

success

with others.

Performing

with an

adaptive and

inclusive culture.

Delivering

more reliable

and renewable

energy to power

Aotearoa.

Innovating with

technology.

Accelerating

the shift to a

low-carbon

future.

Achieving what

matters most

through financial

growth.


C

U

R

I

O

U

S






C

O

M

M

I

T






C

A

R

E






C

O

N

N

E

C

T

T

A

K

I

N

G


C

A

R

E


O

F


T

O

M

O

R

R

O

W

C

O

N

N

E

C

T

I

N

G


P

E

O

P

L

E


A

N

D


P

L

A

C

E


T

O

D

A

Y

8

MERCURY 2024 INTEGRATED REPORTHOW WE CREATE VALUEMENU

HOW WE WILL MEASURE PROGRESS
ON OUR FY25-27 OBJECTIVES.

FY25-27 OBJECTIVESMEASURES

Providing what matters most through financial growthEBITDAF

Delivering more reliable and renewable energy to

power Aotearoa

Generation asset performance and resilience

Economic generation pipeline 

Accelerating the shift to a low-carbon future 

Our contribution to the Sector Framework

Our own decarbonisation journey

Our contribution to our customers decarbonisation journey (electrification)

Creating success with others 

Customer Care

Creating Shared Value

Performing with an adaptive and inclusive culture

Evolve the way we work to lift organisational performance

Diversity, equity and inclusion

Innovating with technology 

Technology innovation

Technology productivity

Arapuni hydro station.

9

MERCURY 2024 INTEGRATED REPORTHOW WE CREATE VALUEMENU

U
P

P

D

D

ATE

CHAIR & CHIEF EXECUTIVE

SNAPSHOT.

Aotearoa New Zealand, and society at large,

is undergoing transformational change as rapid

technological advancements, evolving societal

expectations and climate change intensification

converge. This has created substantial opportunity

for electrification as a catalyst for a lower-emissions,

higher-growth economy. The energy sector will

be a significant contributor to the country achieving

its climate change goals through electrification.

The 2020s are the critical decade for progress.

We are working hard to actively shape the pathway

to support this increasing demand for renewable

energy, alongside other sector participants.

We are investing significantly to deliver at scale

and pace, contributing to a major uplift in the annual

national development rate of renewable generation,

which is expected to be over three times higher

in the first half of this decade (2021-2025), than

the entire previous decade (2011-2020)

1

.

We are committed to delivering on our purpose:

Tiakina te anamata, mā te tūhono i ngā tāngata

me ngā wāhi o te inamata. Taking care of tomorrow:

Connecting people and place today.

Mercury Chief Executive Vince Hawksworth and Mercury Chair Scott St John.

KUPU A TE HEAMANA ME TE POU

WHAKAHAERE.

SCOTT ST JOHN // CHAIR

VINCE HAWKSWORTH // CHIEF EXECUTIVE

DELIVERING MORE GENERATION

We continued to execute new renewable

generation projects and enhance

existing assets.

INNOVATING FOR CUSTOMERS

We focussed on empowering customers

through innovation, giving them greater

choice and enhanced experience.

COLLABORATING FOR SUCCESS

We worked with others to ensure

a balanced, collective view of the

energy transition.

SCALED BUSINESS DELIVERING

Our performance reflects the impact

of significant investment to increase scale.

EMPOWERING TALENT &

OPTIMISING PERFORMANCE

We are becoming a more progressive,

future-fit organisation with greater flow

and delivery of the most valuable work.

1

Electricity Authority, '2023 Generation Investment Survey'

.

Annual

development rate is based on projects completed or committed.

10

MERCURY 2024 INTEGRATED REPORTHOW WE CREATE VALUEMENU

It is a pleasure to present to you Mercury’s 2024
Integrated Report, my first as Chair after succeeding

Prue Flacks in January.

This year Mercury will also see a change in Chief

Executive, with Vince Hawksworth, who has served

as Chief Executive since March 2020, retiring at the

end of August. I extend my thanks to Vince for his

significant contribution to not only the long-term

success of Mercury, but also the sector more broadly.

I also thank Prue for her substantial contribution

to Mercury over a long period, including the first half

of the 2024 financial year.

Succession planning is a cornerstone of good

corporate governance. Having highly experienced

leaders and a deep talent pipeline is key to ensuring

Mercury can navigate the rapidly changing landscape

and seize the opportunities that lie before us.

The challenges of attracting and retaining talent

in New Zealand are well known and we need to have

a forward-thinking approach that ensures we are well

placed to build and grow talent at Mercury.

To that end, the Board was delighted to appoint

Executive General Manager Generation Stew Hamilton

to the role of Chief Executive to succeed Vince. We are

also overseeing a focus on growing talent more broadly

to ensure Mercury continues to have the capability to act

on the growth opportunities that electrification presents.

I am committed to ensuring the Board supports Stew

and the business to deliver this growth while also

contributing to collective action that unlocks prosperity

through the energy transition for New Zealand.

SCOTT’S

KEY OBSERVATIONS.

AN EVOLVING CONTEXT

Inflation impacting capital and operating costs, higher

interest costs and reduced gas availability persisted over

the period. We have also seen changes in the regulatory

and political environment, including welcome clarity

on the Lake Onslow pumped hydro scheme.

In June, the country’s largest electricity user,

New Zealand Aluminium Smelters (NZAS), announced

its decision to remain in New Zealand for the long

term, providing further market certainty. We were

one of three companies to sign a long-term supply

agreement with NZAS, a major milestone that gives

us further confidence to execute on our high-quality

generation development pipeline.

The landscape continues to evolve rapidly, with further

focus on security of supply following period end

highlighting the careful navigation required to achieve

the transition.

FINANCIAL OVERVIEW

Performance over the period was secured by strong

generation and the impact of significant investment

to increase scale.

Hydro generation was 4,096GWh, down 21%

on the prior year’s record generation. Wind generation

of 2,062GWh was up 40% on the prior year with the

addition of new generation from Turitea South and

stage 1 of the Kaiwera Downs wind farm. Geothermal

generation was 2,622GWh, up 11% on the prior year due

to improved resilience. In our customer business, we

again saw lifts in yields across all customer segments.

Our net profit after tax of $290 million was up by

$178 million from the prior year. We reported $877

million EBITDAF

2

, up by $36 million on the prior

year’s $841 million.

Operating costs increased by $39 million on the prior

year. Stay in business capital expenditure increased

$23 million on the prior year at $142 million.

Our FY25 EBITDAF guidance has been set at

$820 million.

DELIVERING MORE GENERATION

FOR NEW ZEALAND

A key area of focus has been executing against our

commitment to invest up to $1 billion over the financial

year in new generation projects. We progressed two

of the three projects signalled, bringing our combined

total FY24 commitment to new renewables to over

$700 million. This included commencing construction

of a fifth generation unit at Ngā Tamariki geothermal

station and the expansion of the Kaiwera Downs wind

farm. We began construction of the second stage

of Kaiwera Downs wind farm following our agreement

with NZAS. Higher procurement and construction

costs lifted the cost of these projects. The third

signalled project, Kaiwaikawe wind farm, is nearing

final investment decision.

In November, we celebrated the completion of the

first stage of the Kaiwera Downs wind farm, which

was delivered under budget and on schedule. We did

not, however, progress with an offtake agreement for

solar energy as none of the offers we received met

our economic thresholds.

Having policy arrangements which support sustainable

growth in supply and demand is key to achieving

Aotearoa’s climate change goals. We cover our views

on the fast-track consenting regime in Kōtuitanga/

Partnerships and the renewable projects we have

put forward for fast-track consideration in Arumoni/

Commercial, including two new projects - a proposed

grid-scale battery at Whakamaru hydro station and

a wind farm west of Huntly.

In addition to executing our pipeline of new generation

developments, we continue to enhance the resilience

and performance of our existing assets. We have a

long-term hydro refurbishment programme underway,

which we cover in Kaitiakitanga/Stewardship. We also

continue to focus on maximising the value of our

geothermal stations, recognising the important role

of baseload generation to security. This includes

undertaking initiatives to improve performance of

our geothermal plant and processes and have faster

return to service after outages. This activity resulted

in a record production performance at Ngā Awa Pūrua

geothermal station. We did, however, experience

operational challenges at Ngā Tamariki and Rotokawa

geothermal stations, which impacted production

at the beginning of the year.

Meanwhile, our geothermal drilling campaign was

delayed following our termination of the contract with

the drilling rig contractor. We have since recommenced

the campaign with a new contractor, who has made

good progress.

INNOVATING FOR CUSTOMERS

During the year, we completed the integration of

Mercury and Trustpower (people, processes, systems)

on time and on budget following our acquisition of the

Trustpower retail business in May 2022. This provided

customers greater choice and enhanced experience

by giving them access to a broader range of solutions,

benefits and service features. We anticipate exceeding

the synergies previously forecast, however inflationary

pressures remain. The majority of synergies are

expected to be realised in FY25.

We reduced our acquisition activity during the first

half of the financial year to prioritise the migration

of all Mercury brand mass market customers onto

a single technology stack. We ended the year with

864,000 customer connections, up 4,000 on FY23.

Sales to commercial and industrial customers, both

physical and financial, decreased slightly over the

period to 3,355 GWh.

2

EBITDAF: Earnings before net interest expense, tax expense, depreciation

and amortisation, unrealised change in the fair value of financial

instruments, gain on sale and impairments.

11

MERCURY 2024 INTEGRATED REPORTHOW WE CREATE VALUEMENU

It is anticipated consumers will play a more active role
in the energy transition as it progresses. To support this,

we have been trialing innovative EV smart charging, hot

water load control and time of use solutions to help

customers shift their energy use. We have also begun

providing gas customers with information about the

future of natural gas and investigating opportunities

to offer solutions that will enable customers to transition

to electric alternatives.

We expect to implement a larger electricity price lift

in FY25, than in the past few years, as a result of

increasing costs and rising level of investment required

in critical electricity infrastructure. Consumers are also

facing larger gas price lifts, with supply constraints

driving significant wholesale gas price increases.

We will continue to provide wraparound support

for customers experiencing hardship, as covered

in Kiritaki/Customer. This programme of care is having

a considerable impact, with our post-pay disconnections

down 76% on the previous year as a result of the

intervention and support of our team.

COLLABORATING FOR LONG-TERM

SUCCESS

We continued to work with others to ensure focus

on all arms of the energy trilemma as the energy

transition gathers pace. This included supporting

the establishment of a proposed energy transition

framework for sector participants, which takes a whole-

of-system view of the transition. It is the first time

this level of collaboration has occurred sector-wide,

recognising the critical importance of collective action

to the transition.

During the year, we engaged on regulatory and policy

topics across security, affordability and sustainability.

We also continued to advocate for a smart system

to unlock many elements of the transition.

EMPOWERING TALENT AND OPTIMISING

PERFORMANCE

Unleashing the full potential of our people and

technology is enabling our organisation to be more

progressive, future-fit and capable of responding

Andy Taylor, Maki Kobayashi and Anna Wishart.

quickly to challenges and opportunities that arise.

We are pleased to have made significant progress on

our journey to being a more adaptive organisation with

greater focus on and delivery of the most valuable work.

Interlinked with our adaptive journey is our continued

focus on uplifting diversity, equity and inclusion; a focus

which also underpins our maturing health, safety

and wellbeing programme. While we are pleased

to have seen a reduction in our total recordable injury

frequency rate, which was 0.43 for FY24 (down from

0.49 the previous year), our focus on health, safety

and wellbeing is much broader than this. We cover

our programme in Ngā Tāngata/People.

Utilising technology will help us drive innovation

and optimise performance, so we can deliver future-fit

customer and employee experiences. During the year,

we embarked on a major technology transformation

programme, including significant investment in new

platforms. We are also using smart technology to

deliver greater productivity, process improvement

and automation.

Our business, Aotearoa and the world have changed

considerably in my past four years at Mercury.

There has been significant investment in renewable

energy as we shift to a low-carbon electrified future.

Achieving this transition requires a continued focus

on security and affordability for all New Zealanders.

We have also seen gas come into the spotlight, with

production challenges constraining supply. This poses

a challenge in both the electricity and gas markets

over the next couple of years.

Challenges like this underline the critical importance

of taking a whole-of-system approach to the transition.

Mercury is committed to playing its part in addressing

these challenges and harnessing opportunities to

deliver better outcomes for Aotearoa. This includes

our responsibilities as a large provider of an essential

service. Our customer care programme has matured

in recent years to have a greater focus on targeted,

tailored solutions, which are making a meaningful

difference to customers most in need.

It is only with the commitment and dedication

of our people that we have the platform we do today.

I extend my thanks to the Mercury team for their

wisdom and support during my tenure. I am confident

they will ensure Mercury’s continued success.

VINCE’S

KEY OBSERVATIONS.

12

MERCURY 2024 INTEGRATED REPORTHOW WE CREATE VALUEMENU

FULL-YEAR DIVIDEND
A fully-imputed final dividend of 14.0 cents

per share (cps) has been declared. This brings

the full-year ordinary dividend to 23.3 cps, up 7%

on prior year (from 21.8 cps), marking our sixteenth

consecutive year of ordinary dividend growth.

Our FY25 ordinary dividend guidance is 24.0 cps,

representing a 3% increase on FY24 and the

seventeenth consecutive year of ordinary

dividend increases.

CLOSING REMARKS

As we reflect on our FY22-24 strategy cycle ending,

we are pleased to have largely met our targets

and are now firmly focused on delivering on our

FY25-27 objectives.

Tirohia ki mua, kia tupu, kia hua, kia puāwai.

(Look into the horizon, plant, nurture, grow.)

14.0CPS

o

$290

M

o

$385

M

o

EBITDAFFINAL DIVIDEND DECLAREDNET PROFITOPERATING EXPENDITURE

$877M

o

Construction of a fifth generation unit commenced at Ngā Tamariki geothermal station.

SCOTT ST JOHN // C H A I R

VINCE HAWKSWORTH // CHIEF EXECUTIVE

13

MERCURY 2024 INTEGRATED REPORTHOW WE CREATE VALUEMENU

TE MEA NUI.
In this section we look at how we have engaged with iwi and stakeholders

and then responded to what we have learned, as well as the trends we

have seen in our key risk areas in FY24. We then cover how these risks

and insights, as well as key opportunities and other external environment

insights, combine to form a view of what's material to our business.

[PHOTO TBC – KD RIBBON CUTTING]

Gore mayor Ben Bell and previous Mercury chairperson Prue Flacks cut the ribbon to officially open stage one of the Kaiwera Downs wind farm.

14

MERCURY 2024 INTEGRATED REPORTMENU

ENGAGING WITH IWI AND STAKEHOLDERS.
TE TORO KI NGĀ IWI ME TE HUNGA WHAI PĀNGA.

Building and maintaining relationships with iwi/Māori

and stakeholders across our business is fundamental

to our ability to create value and contributes to our

long-term success.

We aim to understand the needs and priorities of iwi/

Māori and key stakeholders. This guides our resource

allocation to business activities and informs our

strategy and business plans.

Over the year we continued to refine how we interact with

these diverse groups, recognising that there is no single

universally effective approach. Our engagement includes:

• Personalised one-on-one meetings in person

and/or online interactions.

• Group meetings in person, such as community

co-design forums and stakeholder events.

• Online surveys and audits, such as our Employee

Voice and Voice of Customer surveys.

• Regular written updates, such as project updates

to the local community and quarterly operating

updates to investors.

By customising engagement methods to meet

specific needs and preferences, we believe we have

been able to enhance accessibility and inclusivity

and gather richer, more meaningful data.

The feedback we have received through these

engagements has helped inform the business

activities covered in How We Deliver Value.

These insights, shared through key relationship

holders across our business, have also formed

the base of our FY24 Materiality Assessment.

OUR COMMUNITY ENGAGEMENT STRATEGY

Building and maintaining social licence is critical to

our long-term success. It helps build trust and resilience

in our reputation, supports continued access to land

and resources, encourages customer advocacy and loyalty

and contributes to employee retention and attraction.

During the year, we worked collaboratively to build

clarity, consistency and a shared understanding of what

community engagement means to our business. We have

developed an enterprise-wide approach to community

engagement to help drive more material outcomes

for our communities and business.

Having a clear framework for community engagement

helps us prioritise the highest impact activity – that

is, activity that aligns with our business strategy while

delivering meaningful outcomes for community.

The core elements we considered in designing

the community engagement strategy included:

• What matters most – focus on the most material

elements, with our purpose used to anchor efforts.

• Strategic aspiration – clear articulation of business value

and the correlating community impact relevant to us.

• Interconnected portfolio – community engagement

activity interlinked and more powerful in totality than

individually.

• Value over volume – do a smaller number of things

more effectively, in a coherent and unified way.

• Evolution rather than revolution – continue with

what’s going well while recognising some aspects

of our community engagement approach is no longer

fit-for-purpose.

• Balance of effort – focus on activity that fosters

meaningful, long-term change while recognising the role

that ad-hoc, reactive support plays in demonstrating

our flexibility to respond to community needs.

• Realising reputational benefits – deliberately

integrate leverage of community engagement activity

from the outset.

We have begun implementing this strategy. We recognise,

however, that it will never be ‘final’, given the dynamic

nature of this work. We will continue to iterate it over time,

ensuring we continue to deliver value for communities.

Nevaiahlia Leuamuli, one of the rangitahi from Ōtara Youth Hub,

supported by Mercury to go to the NASA Space Camp in Alabama.

KEY GROUPS WE WORK WITH:

CUSTOMERSPARTNERSGOVERNMENT

& REGULATORS

COMMUNITYIWIEMPLOYEES

INVESTORS

INDUSTRY

PARTICIPANTS

SUPPLIERS

15

MERCURY 2024 INTEGRATED REPORTWHAT MATTERS MOSTMENU

KEY RISK AREASAFETY AND
WELLBEING

COMPLIANCE

AND REGULATORY

R EPU TAT IO NOPERATIONALFINANCIALPEOPLE

FACTORS IMPACTING

CURRENT TRENDS

Safety continues to be one of

the major risks that could affect the

wellbeing of employees, contractors,

customers and the public.

Our key Risks and Lifesaving

Controls (the 11 key risks that can

kill or badly injure), our Leadership

Routines and the delivery of the

Enforceable Undertaking activities

with WorkSafe have all been

important safety priorities.

Our focus on process safety

also continues as a priority

at our generating assets.

Our three Major Hazard Facility

(MHF) sites have several process

safety projects underway to reduce

risk. Safety case resubmissions for

our MHF sites are due to WorkSafe

in FY25.

FY24 also saw the continuance

of several large development

projects relating to wells / drilling,

major hydro refurbishments,

wind farm construction and

geothermal turnarounds.

Compliance with resource consents

and the Electricity Industry

Participation Code is important

for our ability to operate.

Possible regulatory change and

intervention continues to present

a significant risk. While it is one

we cannot control, we do have

some ability to influence outcomes

to ensure that any intervention

does not undermine the balance

of reliability, affordability and

renewability. This balance will be

a key challenge as the energy

sector transition progresses.

In FY24, several regulatory processes

with the potential for significant

impact on us have progressed.

The proposed energy transition

framework for sector participants will

be a key way for participants to work

together to collaborate on shared

challenges related to transitioning

the energy system. We continue

to see an increased willingness for

regulators to pursue business over

breaches of any regulations.

Our reputation with investors,

stakeholders and the broader

community is one of our most

significant assets.

Ensuring that our fuel resources,

plants and systems don’t have

negative impacts on others is critical.

The importance of stakeholder

relationships and input has

continued to grow across each

of our key stakeholder groups –

our customers, communities,

partners and investors.

The level and sophistication of

cyber-attacks continue to increase

within New Zealand and globally.

We continue to implement a

comprehensive and multi-faceted

security uplift programme that seeks

to improve the organisation’s security

maturity across our IT, Operational

Technology and Internet Service

Provider (ISP) environments.

Operational risks have a potentially

significant impact on our ability

to generate electricity, provide telco

and ISP services and create revenue.

The key operational risks include:

asset management and availability;

fuel availability; market exposure; and

business interruption events (such as

natural disasters or global pandemics).

Our two major operational risks

continue to be the risk of a significant

and extended plant outage (primarily

baseload geothermal) and the risk

of an extended drought (impacting

on lake levels, water flows and plant

operations / outages).

Key financial risks include: climate

change impacts, appropriate insurance

cover and our ability to execute on

projects and new growth initiatives.

A core element of financial risk is

project failure risk. This risk revolves

around our ability to successfully

execute significant business initiatives

and thereby maintain or deliver

growing financial returns.

A key focus in FY24 was the

successful integration of Mercury

and Trustpower and the delivery

of the Kaiwera Downs wind farm.

Increased interest rates impact us

through increased funding costs and

reduced profitability. If interest rates

remain elevated, the increased cost

of capital may put future generation

development and new business

opportunities at risk.

We continue to deal with the shifting

landscape of today’s work environment.

Attracting, developing and retaining

capable and adaptable people

who can contribute to our strategic

priorities and grow with our business

remains a focus.

We also face the challenge of an

ageing workforce in several key

operational areas and attracting

suitable people remains an

area of risk.

We continue our strategy to create

a more dynamic, adaptive and

future-ready resilient business.

We aim to create a culture that

embraces learning, challenges

mindsets, lifts capability and

celebrates curiosity.

Recently, we have seen a trend

of aggressive behaviour towards

our frontline people, which impacts

on people’s wellbeing. We take

aggressive behaviours very seriously

and have adopted a number of

strategies to deal with incidents

and support our people.

OUR LONG-TERM

ASPIRATIONS


THE RISKS WE FACE.

A comprehensive summary of our key risks and

how we manage them is included in Governance

at Mercury.

This page provides a summary of the trends we have

seen this year in our key risk areas. We take these

into account in our view of what matters most and

to shape our focus for how we create value over time.

16

MERCURY 2024 INTEGRATED REPORTWHAT MATTERS MOSTMENU

PULLING IT ALL TOGETHER.
Our five long-term aspiration categories, established

in 2016, represent the key drivers of material value

creation for our business. These align to the six

capitals of the Integrated Reporting <IR> framework.

We use these categories to understand how different

resources (input capitals) can either create or erode

value. It also helps us take a holistic view of our

business and understand the broader environment

we operate in.

When thinking about materiality, we need to consider

both what matters most to our business and what

matters most to iwi/Māori and stakeholders. Together,

these considerations help inform the framework for our

long-term strategy and near-term business planning.

Reporting on what’s important to us and

our stakeholders also forms the basis of this

Integrated Report.

Reviewing our material topics

We continuously review our strategy against a broad

context and keep up to date with changes. When we

consider whether our most material topics have

changed, we also evaluate how our approach needs

to evolve to ensure we continue to create value.

The flow chart below outlines the process we have

taken to determine our most material topics.

Through this process, we have recognised a potential

gap in some communities surrounding our operating

assets and main retail customer bases. We are

working to close this information gap for our FY25

Materiality Assessment.

Our material topics

Following careful consideration of the data points

noted above, we have determined our material topics

and grouped them by value drivers. These will be taken

into account over the next financial year as we progress

activity against our FY25-FY27 objectives.

The materiality topics are largely unchanged

from FY23. New topics are denoted in bold.

GAT H ER DATA

We consider data points including:

- Iwi and stakeholder perspectives (page 15)

- External environmental considerations (pages 10-13)

- Risk assessment insights (page 16)

- Any other factors

REVIEW MATERIAL TOPICS

We review our most material topics, grouped

under our five long-term aspirations:

- Kiritaki / Customer

- Kōtuitanga / Partnerships

- Kaitiakitanga / Stewardship

- Ngā Tāngata / People

- Arumoni / Commercial

UPDATE MATERIAL TOPICS

Our material topics for FY24 are outlined

above and are reflected in our strategic

processes and the activity we undertake

during the year.

CONTINUED ENGAGEMENT

& MONITORING

We continue to engage with iwi

and stakeholders and monitor the

internal and external environment.

MATERIALITY ASSESSMENT

<IR> CapitalsOur long-term aspiration areasWhat’s important to us and our stakeholders

Social and Relationship


Kiritaki / Customer

• Building trust

• Customer experience

• Customer loyalty

• Innovative services


Kōtuitanga / Partnerships

• Building trust, mana-enhancing practices

• Creating shared value

• Forming strong, long-term relationships

• Innovation

Natural

Manufactured


Kaitiakitanga / Stewardship

• Optimising our physical assets

• Improving the natural environment

• Resilience to climate change

• Leading on electrification

Human

Intellectual


Ngā Tāngata / People

• Being a learning and adaptive organisation

• Health, safety and wellbeing

• Transparency

• Recognition

Financial


Arumoni / Commercial

• Sustainable commercial growth

• Renewable generation development

• Operational excellence

CONTINUOUS APPROACH TO EVALUATING MATERIAL TOPICS

17

MERCURY 2024 INTEGRATED REPORTWHAT MATTERS MOSTMENU

TE PĒWHEA O TĀ MĀTOU TUKU HIRA.
In this section, we report on material activity from the past year which

has supported us to reach our long-term aspirations. We reflect on our

progress, share successes and how we have responded to challenges

we have encountered.

Maraetai hydro station.

18

MERCURY 2024 INTEGRATED REPORTMENU

DELIVERING
VALU E AT

A GLANCE.

+ KEY TOPICS

• Delivering more solutions

and benefits

• Helping customers shift

their energy use

• Refining our approach

to hardship

+ KEY TOPICS

• Continued execution of

new generation at pace

• A premium pipeline

• Harnessing technology

for innovation and

performance

+ KEY TOPICS

• Evolving energy policy

and markets for a

changing world

• Creating a shared

approach to Aotearoa’s

energy transition

• Strengthening our

capability to work

with Māori

+ KEY TOPICS

• Empowering talent

• Evolution of our

operating model

• Pursuing safety citizenship

+ KEY TOPICS

• Investing in our

hydro assets

• Progressing towards our

Net Zero commitment

• Recycling components

from Southdown

power station

CONNECTIONS WITH:

CONNECTIONS WITH:

CONNECTIONS WITH:

CONNECTIONS WITH:CONNECTIONS WITH:

– KEY RISK AREAS

• Safety and wellbeing

• Compliance and regulatory

• Reputation

• Operational

– KEY RISK AREAS

• Operational

• Financial

• Compliance and regulatory

– KEY RISK AREAS

• Safety and wellbeing

• Compliance and regulatory

• Reputation

• Operational

• Financial

– KEY RISK AREAS

• Safety and wellbeing

• Operational

• People

– KEY RISK AREAS

• Safety and wellbeing

• Compliance and regulatory

• Reputation

• Operational

• Financial

1. KIRITAKI /

CUSTOMER

5. ARUMONI /

COMMERCIAL

2. KŌTUITANGA /

PARTNERSHIPS

4. NGĀ TĀNGATA /

PEOPLE

3. KAITIAKITANGA /

STEWARDSHIP

19

MERCURY 2024 INTEGRATED REPORTHOW WE DELIVER VALUEMENU

1. KIRITAKI
/

CUSTOMER.

DELIVERING MORE SOLUTIONS

AND BENEFITS

During the year, we undertook a significant amount

of activity centred on innovation, including giving

customers access to a broader range of solutions,

benefits and service features.

This included completing the integration of Mercury

and Trustpower (people, processes, systems) following

our acquisition of the Trustpower retail business

in May 2022.

The Retail Integration programme harnessed

the strengths of both businesses, technology

and customer insights and spanned many facets

of our retail offering, including:

• products, services and offers, including adding

a range of telecommunications solutions, helping

more New Zealanders connect to high speed fixed

or wireless broadband services;

• giving all customers access to the Mercury Rewards

programme and bundling benefits;

• bringing additional service features to all customers,

such as easy-to-access usage data, empowering

customers to make informed decisions about their

energy consumption;

• a refreshed website and improved app functionality,

including an updated MyAccount portal, which

gives customers flexibility to manage many aspects

of their account themselves;

• introduction of an enhanced chatbot, which

supports our entirely New Zealand-based customer

service team to manage customer enquiries;

• a new-look customer bill, which was re-designed

based on customer insights to deliver improved

ease of understanding and clarity;

• offering a wider range of payment and service

solutions, including SmoothPay which enables

customers to pay a regular fixed amount over

the year to help avoid large bills over winter.

Alongside the Retail Integration programme, we

also delivered other programmes of work focussed

on innovating for customers.

HELPING CUSTOMERS SHIFT THEIR

ENERGY USE

We undertook several projects and trials in FY24

focussed on helping customers shift their energy

use to off-peak times. This supports our strategic

objective to accelerate the country’s shift to a low-

carbon future, by helping manage the load on the

national grid at peak times. We will take insights from

these to further develop how we support customers

through the energy transition.

We have completed an EV Smart Charge trial to

test a smart charging system that enables two-way

communication between EVs and the grid, optimising

the charging process. Participating customers set their

charging preferences via the Mercury Charge app,

Sharon Carvalho and Sarah Whalen.

plugged in their EV, and then we used various grid

scenarios to study how this system behaves in different

situations. Customers gave feedback throughout the

trial, which will help shape our next steps.

Meanwhile, we have been running a scale Hot Water

Load Control trial during winter. We have trialled

different control periods tailored to household

historical usage patterns to ensure little to no impact

to customers. We have also begun a Time of Use trial,

which involves giving participating customers pricing

that varies across the week to encourage them to shift

their energy use away from peak periods.

The sale of natural gas is our second largest

emissions source. To support the reduction of these

emissions, we have started providing our gas customer

base with information about the future of natural 

gas and their energy options. We have also begun

investigating opportunities to offer solutions that will

enable our customers to transition to electric alternatives.

We anticipate providing these in partnership with other

providers, such as our long-term partner Samsung.

Further information about our approach to reducing

emissions is available in Kaitiakitanga/Stewardship

and our Climate Statement.

20

MERCURY 2024 INTEGRATED REPORTHOW WE DELIVER VALUEMENU

REFINING OUR APPROACH TO HARDSHIP
Managing affordability will be a key challenge as

the energy transition progresses, with a variety of costs

rising and investment required in critical electricity

infrastructure, as covered in Kōtuitanga/Partnerships.

We recognise any change to affordability has

an impact on consumers as they juggle multiple

household cost increases, but especially those

experiencing hardship. We continue to refine our

approach to supporting customers in hardship

to meet their unique and changing needs, including

developing innovative solutions that address the

broader challenges related to affordability.

To enhance our direct support, we have made our

Here to Help programme, which was piloted in FY22,

permanent. This includes having a dedicated team

supporting customers in hardship with tailored

solutions. To improve visibility and accessibility

of Here to Help, we created a new payment support

webpage and posters (both available in multiple

languages) and promoted these in the community.

We have developed close connections with community

groups over more than 15 years via dedicated

community engagement leaders, recognising

the critical role these groups play in supporting

households experiencing hardship. With this

foundation, we undertook a 2-year joint research

project into hidden hardship with community

groups and Genesis, which completed in February.

The research revealed a lack of trust in corporates

generally and other systemic issues were often barriers

to households seeking support. Community groups

suggested four key principles for all industry to focus

on: building trust, giving community a voice and

supporting their work and developing mana-enhancing

practices. We have seen great early success from

embedding these principles into our customer care

programme and progressing initiatives collaboratively

with community providers. For example, in partnering

with non-governmental organisations (NGOs) we have

been able to connect with customers we have in some

cases had no contact with for years. We have then

supported these customers to get on top of their account

with wraparound Here to Help support, with the NGOs

also able to provide the whanāu other support.

Further, we are nearing the completion of a two-year

Winter Energy Study in partnership with Kāinga Ora -

Homes and Communities, trialling how capped bills

could benefit customers over winter. We will consider

feedback from participating customers, including

a notable lift in household wellbeing for some, and our

own learnings as we continue to develop our approach

to hardship. We also continue to provide significant

commercial support to social electricity providers Nau

Mai Rā and Toast Electric, as well as support several

programmes managed by the Electricity Retailers’

Association (ERANZ) including a credit scheme

for those most affected by the low fixed user charge

tariff phase out.

Moving forward, we’re focussed on continuing

to enhance our customer care programme, as well

as help drive greater industry-wide action as a member

of a newly established ERANZ Consumer Care

Leadership Group.

Sustainable Energy Advice CEO Dr Sea Rotmann, Mercury Customer Care Manager Leapagatele

Helen Tua and Otara Health CEO Sosefina Paletaoga at the launch of the hidden hardship research.

21

MERCURY 2024 INTEGRATED REPORTHOW WE DELIVER VALUEMENU

EVOLVING ENERGY POLICY AND MARKETS
FOR A CHANGING WORLD

It is critical that there are robust and enduring regulatory

frameworks, which support the scale and pace of

change required for the transition. Over the period,

we observed a national shift towards enabling

infrastructure development and co-ordination together

with adaptation due to recent experience of weather-

related events.

We actively participated in policy and market evolution

dialogue, both in collaboration with others and through

our own initiatives. Front of mind for us is the need to

balance all arms of the energy trilemma through the

transition, including:

Security: The need to ensure the lights stay on for

New Zealanders through the energy transition was

pulled sharply into focus for the public following the

10 May grid emergency notice and recent gas supply

challenges. We continue to advocate strongly for the role

of gas in the energy system as an effective transition

fuel. We expect the Market Development Advisory

Group’s work on wholesale market evolution

to remain a focus for the Electricity Authority.

There are foundational elements of this workstream

we are supportive of. However, we would like to see

it further explore the underlying market incentives

and structures for the transition, given heightened

challenges in maintaining reliability.

Affordability: Cost of living challenges continued

across the board, resulting in ongoing pressure for

many households. In May, the Commerce Commission

released its draft decision on price pathways for

Transpower and most network companies for 2025

to 2030, which will have a flow-on impact to consumers.

We are working through what this will mean for our

customers and working with industry bodies to ensure

changes are communicated in a clear and cohesive

way. Looking forward, ongoing tensions between

building for future needs while managing immediate

affordability challenges will likely persist. We will

continue to engage with government and others,

alongside taking action to help support consumers,

as outlined in Kiritaki/Customer.

Sustainability: We support the fast-track consenting

regime as an important enabler of renewable

infrastructure. We welcome a more efficient approval

process for significant infrastructure projects and greater

consideration of the long-term contributions these can

make to New Zealand’s sustainable future. Through

this process, we have nominated five renewable projects

for fast track, as outlined in Arumoni/Commercial.

Regardless of process, we remain committed to

developing and delivering projects in consultation with

iwi, community and stakeholders, always considering

their environmental impact. We continue to engage on

broader resource management reform which is needed

to enable the scale and pace of investment in renewable

electricity generation, transmission and distribution

needed to achieve the government’s goal of doubling

renewable energy. We are looking to the policies and

strategies in the second Emissions Reduction Plan

to adequately support the Emissions Trading Scheme

as an important lever in reducing emissions during

2026-2030 and beyond.

We believe New Zealand needs to prioritise

creating a smart energy system to unlock innovation,

get more out of our investments and ultimately, better

2. KŌTUITANGA

/

PARTNERSHIPS.

manage demand. There are incremental changes

across the system that can be made. For major change,

policy that paves a quick, smooth path to a smart

system is needed. We are supportive of the work

underway to progress this thinking, including through

forums such as the FlexForum. This will also be a likely

area of focus for the proposed energy transition

framework, covered in the following section.

We are also supportive of initiatives to encourage

green investment, including the creation of consistent

rules that align with best international practice.

CREATING A SHARED APPROACH TO

AOTEAROA’S ENERGY TRANSITION

A key activity for the energy sector over the period

has been to create an enduring mechanism to bring

together key participants of the electricity sector to

enable a shared approach to collaborate in

transitioning Aotearoa New Zealand’s energy system.

To do this, an energy transition framework has been

proposed, facilitating collaboration on the shared

challenges in transitioning the energy system. The

framework will provide a mechanism to surface

priority themes of critical importance to

decarbonisation and enable industry and government

to catalyse action based on a whole-of-system view.

In order to move at the pace required to support the

transition, we believe it is vitally important that we

work with others in a transparent and effective way.

We have contributed resources towards establishing

the framework, as have our peers.

Turitea wind farm.

22

MERCURY 2024 INTEGRATED REPORTHOW WE DELIVER VALUEMENU

We have supported Ngāti Tahu-Ngāti Whaoa with
many specialist projects over the years, including eel

research, wetland restoration, rangatahi leadership

programmes, pest control, waka for waka ama

and a trailer to transport waka, summer partnership

interns and a book titled Ngāti Tahu-Ngāti Whaoa

Social and Cultural Report on Te Awa O Waikato.

Further, in FY24 a Kawenata Agreement was signed

between Te Runanga o Ngāti Tahu-Ngāti Whaoa

and Mercury to further opportunities to work together.

Initially, this framework targets energy transition

concerns specific to the electricity system and

the key role gas (and other fuels) play in that part

of the energy sector. Looking forward, the intent

is to expand membership and scope to provide

a comprehensive representation of the entire

energy system.

A Chief Executive Level Steering Group has been

established, with 16 member participants from across

the sector, and an independent chair has been

appointed. We continue to engage with a broader

suite of stakeholders across the public and private

sectors to consider further opportunities to

participate with the framework.

While the framework will be a vehicle for collaboration

across the sector, a strong energy consumer lens

has been applied. We need to engage constructively

with the energy users; and provide clarity on the transition

and our sector’s role. To do this, the framework aims

to provide transparency on the actions we are taking

to support the transition and increase knowledge

on what the transition might look like for energy users.

The framework intends to disclose the metrics

and measures that will be tracked in the interest

of accountability, subject to Steering Group endorsement.

STRENGTHENING OUR CAPABILITY

TO WORK WITH MĀORI

We are continuing our focus on developing our

partnerships with iwi/Māori. This includes iwi we

have formal partnership agreements with and other iwi

relationships. We also continue to develop and evolve

our commercial partnerships with Tuaropaki Trust

and Tauhara North No.2 Trust, which underpin several

of our geothermal operations.

While we have enjoyed good partnerships with

Māori in the past, we recognise the need to continue

to invest more in our valued relationships, to improve

our knowledge and understanding of tikanga, te reo

Māori and history of the iwi and hapū we work with.

To help achieve this, we have launched Pūkenga,

an internal, online resource for staff to learn more

about te ao Māori, the Māori world view. Pūkenga,

which means repository, skill or expertise, is a dedicated

resource helping staff to improve their competency

of Māori culture. It covers tikanga Māori; te reo Māori

pronunciation, specifically for our generation sites; mihi

or pepeha for introductions; waiata (songs), and

whakatauī (proverbs).

Pūkenga also features He Kohinga Kōrero, a collection

of stories of iwi Māori located near our renewable

energy generation sites. This will help staff gain

a better understanding of the history of our iwi

partners, before we start working on new projects

and initiatives together.

The goal of Pūkenga is to grow our capacity to work

with mana and comfort with our iwi and hapū partners.

This is paramount to understand how we can work

in a co-management space with iwi in the Waikato

River catchment, and with iwi groups associated

with the resources we use to generate electricity.

We are also developing a cultural capability

framework to guide and develop the way we work

with mana whenua.

Pūkenga and our cultural capability framework

are important if we want to grow opportunities

with Māori.

One example is the partnership with Ngāti Tahu-

Ngāti Whaoa. These hapū border the Waikato River

at Ōhākurī and three Mercury hydro power stations

fall in their rohe; Aratiatia, Ōhākurī and Ātiamuri.

Three geothermal power stations are also in their

rohe: Ngā Tamariki, Rotokawa and Ngā Awa Purua.

We worked with Tauhara North No.2 Trust and Ngāti

Tahu-Ngāti Whaoa to develop the project to expand

Ngā Tamariki geothermal station, in order to ensure

the expansion considered the long-term sustainability

and cultural significance of the whenua. This work

is covered in Arumoni/Commercial.

Mercury Chair Scott St John, Chair of Ngati Tahu - Ngati Whaoa Roger Pikia, Chairperson of Tauhara North No.2 Trust Wikitoria

Hepi Te Huia, and Project Engineer Ormat Systems Ltd Omer Cohen at Ngā Tamariki expansion groudbreaking event.

23

MERCURY 2024 INTEGRATED REPORTHOW WE DELIVER VALUEMENU

INVESTING IN OUR HYDRO ASSETS
Our hydro stations on the Waikato River were

constructed from the late 1920s to the 1970s

and have worked hard to keep the country powered.

Our long-term hydro refurbishment programme

will protect these assets to ensure they can manage

water flow in a way that looks after the environment

but can also optimise energy from the awa.

The Karāpiro refurbishment was a primary focus

of our refurbishment programme during FY24.

Work to commission the second of its three new

generating units (generators, turbines, and governors)

is planned for August 2024.

Our project partner ANDRITZ Hydropower, a specialist

engineering firm from Austria, continue to gather

pace on the project.

There were delays during the first unit's installation

as our team worked through challenges around

components and assembly. Those lessons have

allowed us to refine our processes to ensure more

efficient and seamless installation of the second

and third units.

The road across the top of the Karāpiro Dam has

been closed during this work and we are aware of

the inconvenience this has caused commuters and

the local communities. We expect that work to install

the third unit will begin in October 2024 and the full

project is scheduled for completion in September

2025, after which we will be able to reopen to road.

The Karāpiro project is valued at ~$90m and will

enable the station to provide an additional 5MW

per unit, increasing capacity from 96MW to 112.5MW

(32GWh/year). The Karāpiro upgrade will lead

into a larger programme of works planned for the

next decade involving upgrading 13 key generators

and turbines at Ātiamuri, Ōhakuri and Maraetai I

hydro stations.

The next cab off the rank is Maraetai, with site

works planned for 2027. All its turbines, generators

and governors will be replaced. The upgrades will

add about 32 GWh annual output to the station

(an estimated additional 5-8MW per generating unit).

At Ātiamuri, work is scheduled for 2028 to upgrade

all four of its generators. These upgrades will add

an estimated 2-4MW per unit and 18GWh of

additional generation.

We replaced the four turbines at Ōhakuri from 2011

to 2014 and in 2029 the generators will be upgraded

to maximise power output. The increase is estimated

to be 2MW per unit and generate an additional 25GWh

for the station. At the completion of this programme

in 2032, an additional 75GWh of generation will be

provided per annum from the upgrade assets.

We also have planned substantial rehabilitation work

on two key areas of the Waikato Hydro System, so

they remain functional and safe places for everyone.

The first is on the Taupō gate structure, which helps

manage the flow of the Waikato River as it leaves Lake

Taupō. Regular maintenance checks have identified

that while it is safe for everyday use, maintenance

works are required and development of a long-term

strategy to achieve modern day engineering standards.

The second is at Arapuni Dam, where work is needed

to improve the left abutment seepage controls

with a modern equivalent.

3. KAITIAKITANGA

/

S T E WA R D S H I P.

Ohakuri hydro station.

24

MERCURY 2024 INTEGRATED REPORTHOW WE DELIVER VALUEMENU

For F Y25:
• Implement erosion control measures up

and downstream of the Taupō gates structure

and refurbish one of the gates. Continue engaging

with iwi and hapū partners and Taupō District

Council, as well as investigating alternative future

options for the structure.

• Investigate options to enhance the left abutment

seepage controls at Arapuni Dam and apply for

consents for the programme of works.

For F Y 26 -2 7:

• Progress ongoing maintenance works at the Taupō

gates and develop long term asset strategy with

iwi and Taupō District Council. Begin physical

rehabilitation, construction work on Arapuni Dam.

Completion tentatively mid 2027-28.

PROGRESSING TOWARDS OUR

NET ZERO COMMITMENT

Our near-term and long-term company-wide

emission reduction targets drive us to innovate and

collaborate for a greener future, ensuring our actions

are impactful and aligned with the Corporate Net-Zero

Standard established by SBTi. We are committed

to reducing our own emissions through the use and

exploration of new technologies and reducing indirect

emissions by collaborating with others.

Some of the current efforts we are undertaking

to achieve Net Zero by 2040 are as follows:

Reducing our direct emissions:

• Building renewable generation.

• Expanding reinjection of our geothermal emissions

back to the geothermal reservoirs, alongside

geothermal steam and fluid.

• Converting to a 100% electric vehicle fleet by 2030.

Reducing our indirect emissions:

• Supporting our customers to switch from natural

gas to electricity.

• Investigating biofuels and other gas alternatives.

• Helping our large customers to decarbonise

through direct power purchase agreements

for renewable electricity.

• Working with staff to reduce commuting emissions.

We have outlined further detail about the actions we

are taking as a business in our FY24 Climate Action

Plan. This includes the disclosure of certain financial

commitments, demonstrating our commitment

to emissions reduction actions.

Information about our material climate-related

opportunities and risks are covered in our F Y24

Climate Statement. We have also participated in the

development of climate scenarios for New Zealand’s

Energy and Telecommunications Sectors.

RECYCLING COMPONENTS FROM

SOUTHDOWN POWER STATION

Work to recycle components from the Southdown

power station in Auckland, which we decided to

decommission in 2021, is showing promising results.

Up to 98% of the material extracted from the thermal

power station so far has been diverted from landfill

for recycling. The Ward Group, an expert in demolition

and recycling, started work on the power station

in May 2022.

As of May, 2,724 tonnes of waste had been removed,

2,662 tonnes had been recycled from the 4.3ha site.

All of the metal removed from the plant, about 2,544

tonnes, was recycled.

More substantial recycling volumes are likely to be

achieved by crushing the plant’s concrete foundations

and reusing the material. Overall, we estimate that

12,000 tonnes of concrete will be recycled, to find

new use as a subbase or as backfill material to leave

the site suitable for future industrial development.

The return on the volume of steel, copper and other

recyclable components will help pay for the cost

of demolition.

The demolition project is due to be completed

in August 2024. The Ward Group will then release

a full report showing the level of recycling achieved.

Removing components from Southdown power station.

25

MERCURY 2024 INTEGRATED REPORTHOW WE DELIVER VALUEMENU

We are focussed on having an inclusive work
environment where contributions and diverse

perspectives are valued. We recognise diversity,

inclusion and belonging are critical to attracting

and retaining top talent. We have clear goals

and targets set by the Board to track our progress,

which are summarised below, and captured more

fulsomely in Diversity, Equity and Inclusion.

EMPOWERING TALENT

During the year we made significant progress on

our journey to become a future-fit organisation.

This aims to set us up to better navigate new and

complex challenges and deliver the highest value

work. This has included further embedding

adaptive ways of thinking and working with the

help of a range of practices and tools, and a

team of internal consultants.

* At all levels.

4. NGĀ TĀNGATA

/

PEOPLE.

Shifting from traditional ways of thinking and working

has been challenging at times. For some, this is

a fundamental shift from a reliance on hierarchical

decision making to broader accountability and

decisions being made closer to the work, supported

by empowering leaders.

To support our adaptive progress, two cohorts

completed an adaptive leadership programme

during the year. These included people from across

the business (in both formal and informal leadership

roles) uplifting their skills in adaptive practice and

leadership. Participants then had the opportunity

to work together on adaptive challenges facing

Mercury, such as the need to leverage talent more

effectively across the organisation.

Taking learnings from the first programme, the

second took place over a longer period of six months

to allow participants more time to reflect and work

on the challenges. It also ended with an internal event

designed and delivered by both cohorts focussed on

sharing learning and experiences. This event aimed

to further solidify learnings and introduce others to

adaptive leadership principles and techniques. Following

the success of this programme, we will run it again with

a third cohort this year.

Interlinked with our adaptive journey is our continued

focus on uplifting diversity, equity and inclusion at

Mercury. This is driven by our belief that embracing

the many backgrounds, views and capabilities of

our people makes us stronger as an organisation.

We also recognise that having an inclusive

environment provides a feeling of safety, encouraging

people to have a voice and drive innovation.

Darryl Bayliss and Tom Hurdley participate

in the Adaptive Leadership programme.

* At all levels

TargetProgress

against

target

FY24 performance

Gender diversity: 40% male, 40% female

with the balance being any gender*

Pay Equity: 100%*96.7%

Ethnic diversity: 15% Māori, 15% Asian, 10% Pasifika*

7% Māori, 19% Asian, 5% Pasifika (Employees)

7% Māori, 11% Asian, 2% Pasifika (People Leaders)

Age diversity: Benchmarked to national median

41.9

SNAPSHOT OF PERFORMANCE AGAINST TARGETS

Male

Female

All employees

49%51%

People leaders

54%46%

EMT

71%29%

Lorem ipsum

Board

62.5%37.5%

Key:

26

MERCURY 2024 INTEGRATED REPORTHOW WE DELIVER VALUEMENU

To achieve cohesive change, leaders worked
collaboratively to shape these changes. They

began by defining design principles to help guide

decision making and discovery work. Considerable

thought went into ways of working and leadership

requirements to ensure work would flow and be

delivered to meet strategic outcomes. As a result of

this thinking, our structure has evolved to give teams

the ability to flex to focus on the highest priority work.

On rollout of this change, wraparound support for

people was provided, recognising that change can

be uncomfortable.

The selection process for newly established roles

has prioritised diversity, equity, and inclusion. Interview

questions were shared in advance, emphasising key

leadership capabilities and mindsets such as the

willingness to create a psychologically safe environment.

This transparency aimed to encourage traditionally

hesitant individuals to envision themselves in these roles.

Given the scale of the Customer and People

Experience and Technology operating model, a key

challenge was gaining alignment with design leads

on all aspects of the future state. Acknowledging

how unrealistic perfection is, and to ensure we

minimised the period of uncertainty for our people,

there were some unresolved elements in the initial

rollout. However, this approach facilitated a

constructive consultation process, with genuine

intent to seek and incorporate feedback.

With the new operating models now in place, our

focus shifts to coaching and supporting individuals

in adaptive ways of working, leadership, culture,

governance, and planning. We’re also exploring how

other parts of Mercury could benefit from adopting

elements of an adaptive operating model.

“The Adaptive Leadership programme challenged me

to confront my limitations and explore a more expansive

view of leadership and change. I discovered the

transformative power of a growth mindset, which

not only changed how I showed up in the business

but also how I showed up for myself. As a result, when

the opportunity arose, I accepted the role of Adaptive

Consultant to help the business, my colleagues and

my friends benefit from the learning that means

so much to me.”


- Sean Hanson, who recently changed roles from Go To Market Delivery Specialist

to Adaptive Consultant.

A third iteration of our Diverse Emerging Leaders

programme will be completed in August. Growing the

leadership capability of diverse leaders and encouraging

a sense of belonging is critical to our adaptive success.

Other activity, such as employee network groups, also

continues to contribute to creating an environment

of belonging and inclusion at Mercury.

Moving forward, Adaptive at Mercury will progress

from being an emergent practice, to being integrated

into daily operations as more of the business adopts

adaptive mindsets, leadership, practices and tools.

This means all our people will be better aligned

to our purpose and strategy, enabling greater flow

and delivery of the most valuable work.

EVOLUTION OF OUR OPERATING MODEL

To help us to shift to a more adaptive organisation,

we continued to evolve the way we operate. During

the year, we embarked on a significant programme of

change, introducing new operating models for multiple

business units. The scope for these models was wide

– covering strategy, structure, process, people and

technology and impacted a little over 1,000 roles

in total (including a slight reduction in headcount).

The Sustainability team’s operating model was the first

cab off the rank. It focussed on better aligning delivery

of work more closely to outcomes the team delivers,

supporting greater cross-functional working and growing

capability in key areas required for future success.

The Customer and People Experience and Technology

operating model took a system-wide view of how

teams are set up to help deliver maximum value

across the end-to-end customer journey. To achieve

this, outcomes focussed on flow of delivery (bringing

business and technology closer together), empowered

talent (creating a modern learning organisation that

connects, empowers and grows people) and getting

closer to customers (setting up to respond and adapt

quickly to changes in the market).

27

MERCURY 2024 INTEGRATED REPORTHOW WE DELIVER VALUEMENU

PURSUING SAFETY CITIZENSHIP
We continued to prioritise health, safety and wellbeing

during the year. Drawing on the Sentis Safety Culture

Maturity model, we have self-assessed Mercury as

sitting at ‘private compliance’ and agreed an ambition

to reach the gold standard of safety culture – ‘safety

citizenship’ – by December 2026.

A number of milestones have been set to help

us measure progress towards this ambition:

• Dec 2024 – Our people are taking responsibility

"for themselves and each other, armed with the

right tools to deliver safe outcomes. This sense

of collective ownership is reflected in improvements

to key safety indicators;

• Aug 2025 – Our safety practices, policies and

mindset are at a high standard, considered a

reference point for our peers and other sectors

in Aotearoa New Zealand;

• Dec 2026 – Our safety practices, policies and mindset

are core to everything we do, and go above and

beyond when compared to best practices worldwide.

WE ARE HERE

IN 2-3 YEARS WE

WILL BE HERE

28

MERCURY 2024 INTEGRATED REPORTHOW WE DELIVER VALUEMENU

We identified three key areas of focus to help us get
there: rituals and routines, critical risks and health and

safety data, acknowledging that safety leadership from

our people will underscore these. We made significant

inroads on this journey over the period, including:

• Rituals and routines: We introduced a standardised

leader routines pilot in digital format and are installing

it across generation sites. Leader routines include

“toolboxes” (pre-shift safety sessions), short interval

controls (periodic safety observations, checks

and corrective actions) and handovers (critical data

captured for the next shift, creating a continuous

loop of improvement).  These routines have been

designed to improve stability, delegation of work,

role clarity and quality of safety activities.

• Critical risks: We launched a ‘lifesaving controls’

initiative, profiling eleven critical health and safety

risks across our business that could kill or seriously

injure. Lifesaving controls have been developed

to set expectations for eliminating or significantly

reducing risks. To embed this, we have undertaken

an education programme, empowering all to

prioritise safety.

• Health and safety data: We worked on

benchmarking data at every level of the enterprise,

first understanding how health, safety and wellbeing

data is currently used to make decisions. The initial

area of focus is our customer frontline teams, with

a strong focus on wellbeing. We have sought to take

a science-based approach to this, including using

data to help inform support. We will be introducing

technology that identifies individuals with

unsustainable workloads, provide in the moment

advice for those under pressure and individual

data points for team leaders as well as aggregated

data for monitoring trends.

Underpinning our success in this space is diversity,

equity and inclusion. Being part of a team where

there is diverse thought and experience is a key

element to keeping our people safe, and we continue

to integrate Mercury’s diversity, equity and inclusion

approach into this programme of work.

During the year, Mercury agreed to an Enforceable

Undertaking with WorkSafe in response to the

uncontrolled release of geothermal steam at our

Rotokawa power station in 2021. The Enforceable

Undertaking – a binding commitment to improve

safety – is now underway and we expect to complete

this in February 2026. Key work includes further

education and coaching, autonomous inspections

of certain sites, sharing learnings with others and

support of a health and safety scholarship. We expect

this will deliver benefits to not just our people but also

to our sector and the community.

LIFESAVING CONTROLS.

29

MERCURY 2024 INTEGRATED REPORTHOW WE DELIVER VALUEMENU

CONTINUED EXECUTION OF NEW
GENERATION AT PACE

Developing more renewable generation remains

a key growth area for Mercury and is one of the most

meaningful ways we can contribute to New Zealand

becoming a lower emissions economy through

electrification.

We committed more than $700 million in new

renewable generation during the financial year

through two projects – the expansions of Ngā

Tamariki geothermal station and Kaiwera Downs

wind farm. The third project we had intended

to execute this financial year, Kaiwaikawe wind farm,

was delayed due to procurement and construction

logistics, but is now nearing final investment decision.

The $220 million expansion of Ngā Tamariki

geothermal station, to add a fifth generating unit

at the station, will boost the station’s generating output

by 46MW (390GWh per annum). We are working

with global geothermal manufacturer Ormat to deliver

the project, which we developed with support from

our commercial partner Tauhara North No.2 Trust.

This is an important addition to our portfolio, proving

additional 24/7 baseload energy which complements

intermittent renewables like wind. First generation from

the fifth unit is expected in late 2025.

We completed the 43MW (147GWh per annum)

stage one of Kaiwera Downs wind farm in November

under its $115 million budget and on schedule –

a credit to our people, delivery partners and the

support of the community. In June, we began

construction of the $486 million, 155MW (525GWh

per annum) second stage of this wind farm, with

the support of our delivery partners, Vestas, Higgins

and Electronet. Full generation is expected by late

2026. When Kaiwera Downs wind farm is complete

its total capacity will be 198 MW, making it the

second largest wind farm in New Zealand after

our Turitea wind farm.

Our expansion of Kaiwera Downs was confirmed

following the signing of a long-term agreement

with New Zealand Aluminium Smelters (NZAS).

We are pleased to have played a role in helping

NZAS commit to a long-term presence in Aotearoa,

providing welcome market confidence.

Our agreement takes effect from January 2025

for a period of up to 20 years, with baseload volume

stepping up from 50MW to 75MW in 2027.

Having guaranteed consumers of renewable

electricity provides further certainty in New Zealand’s

future demand profile, underpinning the scale and

pace at which we continue to build more renewable

electricity for Aotearoa. In addition to our NZAS

agreement, we have Power Purchase Agreements

with a number of large commercial customers.

Looking forward, we are focussed on continuing

to navigate challenges in the operating environment,

such as higher costs, to ensure continued execution

of renewable generation projects at pace. A forward

view of activity is covered in the following section.

5. ARUMONI

/

COMMERCIAL.

Ngā Tamariki geothermal station.

30

MERCURY 2024 INTEGRATED REPORTHOW WE DELIVER VALUEMENU

In January, we issued a request for Expressions of
Interest for an offtake agreement for 100MW of solar

energy, commencing in 2026, which we saw as an

opportunity to further diversify our renewable energy

portfolio. This garnered a variety of responses, but

after thorough examination we determined our own

development options presently provide greater value

than an agreement of this nature would. We gained

valuable insight from this process, which we may

consider again in the future.

HARNESSING TECHNOLOGY FOR

INNOVATION AND PERFORMANCE

During the year, we embarked on a major technology

transformation programme, including significant

investment in new platforms to enable enhanced

customer and employee experiences.

As part of the integration of Mercury and Trustpower,

we migrated our Mercury retail customers on to

Gentrack’s meter-to-cash solution, for billing and

payment management of our utility services. This

enables us to deliver a range of telecommunications

and energy bundles for our customers under a new

suite of systems. We are also migrating our large

commercial customers to a new technology stack,

with Robotron as the key software partner. We plan

to migrate to the Robotron solution in FY25.

We have also formed small multi-disciplinary teams

to further explore the harnessing of AI and how we

support the capability required to safely explore user

case opportunities. The team continues to review

opportunities to maximise business value from AI

while emphasising ethics and eliminating bias.

Generative AI is being tested to analyse customer

sentiment, topics, tone and agent engagement,

helping to discover trends, opportunities, churn risks

and innovative ideas for decision-making. Microsoft’s

A PREMIUM PIPELINE

We have a premium generation development

pipeline and remain confident we have the resource

and capability to develop this ourselves alongside

our delivery partners, further supporting the

electrification opportunity ahead.

As noted in Kaitiakitanga/Stewardship, we see making

the approval process for significant infrastructure

projects quicker and more efficient as an important

enabler of renewable electricity generation projects

being delivered at the scale and pace required to

enable Aotearoa to meet its climate change goals.

To that end, we have put forward five projects

at varying stages of development for the fast-

track consenting programme. This includes two

new projects – a proposed grid-scale battery at

Whakamaru hydro station and a wind farm west

of Huntly, as well as the previously signalled Puketoi

wind farm, repowering of Tararua wind farm (through

the installation of new turbines) and stage 2 of

Mahinerangi wind farm. The Whakamaru Battery

Energy Storage System would be our first grid-scale

battery, capable of re-distributing energy to the

national grid when demand is high.

AI Copilot technologies are being trialed across

various business groups to drive improvements in

everyday productivity.

Meanwhile, work is underway to replace our legacy

finance system with Workday Financials. The new

cloud-based system and associated processes

will help drive performance and growth across our

business. We plan to migrate to Workday Financials

in FY25.

We are also trialling an autonomous vehicle to

enhance work safety at our Rotokawa geothermal

station near Taupō, as part of an enforceable

undertaking agreement with WorkSafe.

The new autonomous vehicle will roam the Rotokawa

station, taking pictures of valves, pumps and pipes

and feeding the data to the station’s AI system.

The robot workmate has been fitted with infra-red

sensors, cameras, gas sensors and sound sensors, to

help minimise staff exposure to hazardous situations.

In time it will provide data to identify trends and help

staff be more focused with plant maintenance.

Staff trialling the robot aim to have it operational at

the Rotokawa station in FY25. It will be further tested

to learn how the technology can complement the

safety measures and protocols we have at our other

power generation sites.

Autonomous vehicle 'Optimus Brine' being trialled at Rotokawa geothermal station.

31

MERCURY 2024 INTEGRATED REPORTHOW WE DELIVER VALUEMENU

TE TITIRO KI NGĀ TATAU.
This section explains how our integrated thinking, our decisions and actions

play out in financial results. We provide commentary on our financial

performance for the year to the end of June 2024 compared with prior

years, as well as our auditor's report and our financial statements. Segment

reporting has been set out so you can clearly see the financial dynamics

of our generation operations as distinct from our retail operations.

CONTENTS.

33 FINANCIAL COMMENTARY

34 FINANCIAL TRACK RECORD

35 INDEPENDENT AUDITOR'S REPORT

GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

38 CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENT

38 CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

39 CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET

40 CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY

40 CONSOLIDATED CASH FLOW STATEMENT

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

41 GENERAL INFORMATION AND SIGNIFICANT MATTERS

A. FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE

42 A1. REVENUE

42 A2. SEGMENT REPORTING

45 A3. TAXATION

B. OPERATING ASSETS

46 B1. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

48 B2. INTANGIBLE ASSETS

C. WORKING CAPITAL AND PROVISIONS

49 C1. RECEIVABLES

50 C2. INVENTORIES

50 C3. PROVISIONS

D. FUNDING

51 D1. SHARE CAPITAL AND DISTRIBUTION

51 D2. BORROWINGS & NET INTEREST

53 D3. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

54 D4. RECONCILIATION OF PROFIT TO OPERATING CASH FLOWS

E. GROUP STRUCTURE

54 E1. ASSOCIATES & JOINT ARRANGEMENTS

55 E2. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

F. RISK

56 F1. DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

59 F2. FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT

G. OTHER

61 G1. SHARE-BASED PAYMENTS

61 G2. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS AND OTHER MATTERS

32

MERCURY 2024 INTEGRATED REPORTLOOKING AT THE NUMBERSMENU

FINANCIAL COMMENTARY.
Mercury’s FY2024 EBITDAF is $877 million, up by $36

million on the prior year of $841 million. This result

reflects strong generation performance and the

impact of significant investment to increase scale

with construction of stage 1 of the Kaiwera Downs

wind farm being completed during the year.

OPERATIONAL ACTIVITY

At 4,096GWh, Mercury’s hydro generation was

down 1,113GWh on the prior year’s record generation.

This generation was still at average levels, despite

30th percentile inflows into the Waikato catchment

during the financial year. Lake Taupō ended the year

with storage below average by ~103GWh. Geothermal

generation was up 264GWh on the prior year due

to improved resilience. Wind generation increased

591GWh with the addition of new generation from

Turitea South and stage 1 of the Kaiwera Downs

wind farm following completion of construction

in early FY2024.

The decreased hydro generation meant that net

position decreased from 560GWh long last year

to 362GWh long for FY2024. In our customer business,

we again saw lifts in customer yields across all customer

segments. Yields in the commercial and industrial

segment (physical and financial) increased by $9/MWh

over the period. Average mass market yields also

increased $9/MWh.

OPERATING EARNINGS (EBITDAF)

Mercury’s EBITDAF of $877 million rose $36 million

from the previous year, as explained in the following

paragraphs.

Mercury’s trading margin of $1,228 million was up

$65 million from the previous year’s trading margin,

driven by high wholesale electricity prices and new

wind generation from Kaiwera Downs.

Operating costs increased by $39 million on the

prior year, primarily due to increases in employee

costs with increased FTEs, and new generation

maintenance costs relating to the operation

of Kaiwera Downs.

PROFIT FOR THE YEAR

Mercury’s net profit after tax of $290 million was

up by $178 million from the prior year, primarily

due to an uplift in EBITDAF ($36 million), being

an uplift in underlying performance of 4%, changes

in unrealised gains/losses on unhedged financial

instruments ($179 million), changes in the fair

value of carbon ($44 million), revaluation losses

and impairment in FY23 ($53 million), offset

primarily due to: interest costs ($34 million)

and tax expense ($82 million).

CAPITAL STRUCTURE AND DIVIDENDS

Net debt was $1,953 million as at 30 June 2024,

an increase of $46 million from the prior year.

The increase in net debt follows commencement

of construction of stage 2 of the Kaiwera Downs

wind farm and the addition of a fifth generating

unit at Ngā Tamariki geothermal station.

Treasury stock of $44 million was re-issued

through FY2024 in relation to Mercury’s dividend

reinvestment plan (DRP). The company’s gearing

level is calculated at 2.0 times debt/EBITDAF after

adjusting for S&P Global treatment of Mercury’s

hybrid debt and provisions. Consistent with the

previous year, the gearing ratio remains at the

low end of Mercury’s target range of 2.0x to

3.0x debt/EBITDAF supporting our S&P Global

credit rating of BBB+. At year end, Mercury held

6 million shares as treasury stock, has available

debt headroom of $340 million net of short-term

commercial paper on issue and held cash and cash

equivalents of $44 million. This continues to provide

balance sheet flexibility for growth over and above

current commitments.

A fully imputed ordinary dividend of 14.0 cents per

share (cps) final dividend has been declared. This brings

the full-year ordinary dividend to 23.3cps, up 7%

on prior year (from 21.8 cents per share), marking our

sixteenth consecutive year of ordinary dividend growth.

Under the terms of Mercury’s DRP, dated 22 February

2022, shareholders may elect to receive the dividend

either wholly or partially by receiving Mercury ordinary

shares in lieu of cash. The Board has determined that

shares issued under the DRP in respect of the 2024

final ordinary dividend will be issued at a discount

of 2.0% to the daily volume weighted average share

price calculated in accordance with the DRP terms

and conditions.

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING

ACTIVITIES

Net cash provided by operating activities represents

cash flows from the sale of electricity, gas, and

telecommunication services, along with the costs

associated with their sale and the cash costs

of interest and taxes. Cash flows from operating

activities were up $34 million this year, in line

with increased EBITDAF.

BALANCE SHEET

Total assets of the company increased by $376

million, due mainly to higher receivables resulting

from higher wholesale prices, and higher property,

plant and equipment resulting from continued

investment in generation development.

Stay in business capital expenditure (CAPEX) increased

$23 million on the prior year at $142 million, with good

progress made on the drilling campaign, which will

continue into the next financial year. Growth CAPEX

was down $23 million on the prior year to $154 million

with completion of the first stage of Kaiwera Downs

wind farm early in FY2024 and the beginning

of construction of the second stage of Kaiwera

Downs wind farm in June which is expected to

be fully operational in the first half of FY27.

33

MERCURY 2024 INTEGRATED REPORTLOOKING AT THE NUMBERSMENU

For the year ended 30 June ($ million)2024
Restated

2023

2

202220212020

1

Income statement

Trading margin1,2281,163745616652

EBITDAF877841581463490

Net profit for the year290112

469141209

Balance sheet

Total shareholders' equity4,8494,8634,7524,1863,733

Total assets9,7959,4199,6317,9786,877

Total liabilities4,9464,556

4,8793,7923,144

Cash flow

Operating cash flow612578352338352

Investing cash flow(366)(271)(534)(296)(194)

Financing cash flow(277)(297)

8442(173)

Capital expenditure

Total capital expenditure2962961,420250275

Growth capital expenditure1541771,352194165

Stay-in-business capital expenditure142119

6856110

Other financial measures

Free cash flow470459284282242

Ordinary and special declared dividends325302275231215

Ordinary dividends per share (cents)23.321.820.017.015.8

Basic and diluted earnings per share20.858.1134.3210.3615.36

Net debt1,9531,9071,9611,3291,149

Gearing (net debt/net debt + equity, %)28.728.229. 224.123.5

Debt/EBITDAF (x)

3

2.02.0

2.92.52.2

Operational measures

Total recordable injury frequency rate (TRIFR)

4

0.430.490.600.641.26

Sales to customers (FPW, GWh)6,6696,7495,1054,5224,361

Electricity customers ('000)576590

574328348

Electricity generation (GWh)8,7809,0387,4996,2056,331

1

Restated for change in accounting policy in relation to configuration and customisation costs incurred in implementing SaaS arrangements.

2

Restated for change in valuation of Power Purchase Agreement. See Significant Matters.

3

Restated and adjusted for S&P treatment.

4

Per 200,000 hours; includes on-site employees and contractors.

FINANCIAL TRACK RECORD.

Arapuni hydro station.

34

MERCURY 2024 INTEGRATED REPORTLOOKING AT THE NUMBERSMENU

Key audit matters
Key audit matters are those matters that, in our

professional judgement, were of most significance

in our audit of the consolidated financial statements

of the current year. These matters were addressed

in the context of our audit of the consolidated financial

statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion

thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion

on these matters. For each matter below, our

description of how our audit addressed the matter

is provided in that context.

We have fulfilled the responsibilities described in the

Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the consolidated

financial statements section of the audit report, including

in relation to these matters. Accordingly, our audit

included the performance of procedures designed

to respond to our assessment of the risks of material

misstatement of the consolidated financial statements.

The results of our audit procedures, including

the procedures performed to address the matters

below, provide the basis for our audit opinion on

the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

To the shareholders of Mercury NZ Limited

Report on the audit of the consolidated financial

statements for the year ended 30 June 2024

The Auditor-General is the auditor of Mercury NZ

Limited (‘the Company’) and its subsidiaries (the Group).

The Auditor-General has appointed me, Emma Winsloe,

using the staff and resources of Ernst & Young, to carry

out the audit of the consolidated financial statements

of the Group on his behalf.

Opinion

We have audited the consolidated financial statements

of the Group on pages 38 to 61, that comprise the

consolidated balance sheet as at 30 June 2024,

the consolidated income statement, consolidated

statement of comprehensive income, consolidated

statement of changes in equity and consolidated cash

flow statement for the year then ended, and the notes

to the consolidated financial statements, including

material accounting policy information.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements

present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated

financial position of the Group as at 30 June 2024,

and its consolidated financial performance and its

consolidated cash flows for the year then ended

in accordance with New Zealand equivalents

to International Financial Reporting Standards

and International Financial Reporting Standards.

Basis for our opinion

We conducted our audit in accordance with the Auditor-

General’s Auditing Standards, which incorporate the

Professional and Ethical Standards and the International

Standards on Auditing (New Zealand) issued by the

New Zealand Auditing and Assurance Standards Board.

Our responsibilities under those standards are further

described in the Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit

of the consolidated financial statements section of our

report. We are independent of the Group in accordance

with the Auditor-General’s Auditing Standards, which

incorporate Professional and Ethical Standard 1:

International Code of Ethics for Assurance Practitioners

issued by the New Zealand Auditing and Assurance

Standards Board, and we have fulfilled our other ethical

responsibilities in accordance with these requirements.

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained

is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for

our opinion.

In addition to the audit we have carried out

engagements in the areas of interim financial statements

review, agreed-upon procedures and other assurance

engagements, which are compatible with those

independence requirements. Partners and employees

of our firm may deal with the Group on normal terms

within the ordinary course of trading activities of the

business of the Group. Other than the audit and these

engagements, we have no relationship with or interests

in the Company or any of its subsidiaries.

Independent auditor’s report

Valuation of level 3 derivative financial instrumentsValuation of generation assets
Why significantHow our audit addressed the key audit

matter

Generation assets were revalued to $7,797 million at

30 June 2024 as set out in note B1 of the consolidated

financial statements. The generation assets represent

approximately 80% of the Group’s total assets.

The Group engages an external valuation specialist

("valuer") to estimate the fair value of generation

assets using a discounted cash flow model. The most

significant inputs used to estimate the fair value of

the generation assets include the forecast wholesale

electricity price path, generation volumes and the

discount rate as described in note B1 of the consolidated

financial statements.

The forecast wholesale electricity price path and

discount rate assumptions are estimated by the Group’s

valuer. Forecast generation volumes are based on

the Group’s own forecast average generation volumes

and are assessed by the valuer.

We consider the valuation of generation assets to be

a key audit matter given the significance of the assets

to the Group and because the inputs to the valuation

models are inherently subjective.

In obtaining sufficient appropriate audit evidence we:

• met with the valuer to understand the valuation

methods adopted and the significant inputs and

assumptions used by the valuer to estimate the fair

value of the generation assets as at 30 June 2024.

• compared forecast generation volumes to historical

generation volumes.

• involved our own valuation specialists to assess the

appropriateness of:

• the forecast wholesale electricity price path; and

• the discount rate.

• assessed the competence, capabilities and objectivity

of the valuer;

• assessed whether the valuation adjustments made

to the recorded asset values were in accordance

with the Group’s accounting policy; and

• assessed the adequacy of the related financial

statement disclosures in note B1.

As a result of the above procedures, we considered

the valuation techniques and key assumptions

reasonable in forming our opinion on the financial

statements as a whole.

Why significantHow our audit addressed the key audit

matter

The Group’s activities expose it to certain risks which

are managed using derivative financial instruments.

At 30 June 2024, the fair value of derivative assets

total $516 million and derivative liabilities total $667

million as set out in note F1 of the consolidated

financial statements.

These balances include certain electricity price

derivatives for which the valuation inputs are not readily

observable in active primary or secondary markets and

require the use of more complex valuation assumptions,

including the Group’s internal forecast wholesale

electricity price path. Derivatives for which the valuation

inputs are not readily observable are referred to as ‘level

3’ derivatives as disclosed in note F1 of the consolidated

financial statements.

We consider the valuation of level 3 derivatives to be

a key audit matter as the inputs to the valuation models

are inherently subjective.

In obtaining sufficient appropriate audit evidence we:

• involved our valuation specialists to assess, on a

sample basis, the models used to estimate the fair

value of the level 3 derivatives as at 30 June 2024,

including the appropriateness of:

• the valuation methodologies; and

• the key assumptions applied in the valuation

models being:

• the forecast wholesale electricity price path

with reference to the generation asset valuation

procedures detailed above; and

• the discount rate.

• on a sample basis, agreed key contract terms,

including contract start and maturity dates, expected

volumes and electricity strike prices applied in the

valuation models to the relevant contract.

• assessed the adequacy of the related financial

statement disclosures in notes F1 and F2.

As a result of the above procedures, we considered

the valuation techniques and key assumptions

reasonable in forming our opinion on the financial

statements as a whole.

performance of the group audit. We remain solely
responsible for our audit opinion.

We communicate with the Directors regarding, among

other matters, the planned scope and timing of the

audit and significant audit findings, including any

significant deficiencies in internal control that we

identify during our audit.

We also provide the Directors with a statement that

we have complied with relevant ethical requirements

regarding independence, and to communicate with them

all relationships and other matters that may reasonably

be thought to bear on our independence, and where

applicable, related safeguards.

From the matters communicated with the Directors, we

determine those matters that were of most significance

in the audit of the consolidated financial statements

of the current period and are therefore the key audit

matters. We describe these matters in our auditor’s

report unless law or regulation precludes public

disclosure about the matter or when, in extremely rare

circumstances, we determine that a matter should

not be communicated in our report because the

adverse consequences of doing so would reasonably

be expected to outweigh the public interest benefits

of such communication.

Our responsibilities arise from the Public Audit Act 2001.





Emma Winsloe

Ernst & Young

On behalf of the Auditor-General

Auckland, New Zealand

20 August 2024

Other information

The Directors are responsible on behalf of the Group

for the other information. The other information

comprises the information included on pages 1 to 34

and 62 to 136 but does not include the consolidated

financial statements and our auditor’s report thereon.

Our opinion on the consolidated financial statements

does not cover the other information and we do

not express any form of audit opinion or assurance

conclusion thereon.

In connection with our audit of the consolidated

financial statements, our responsibility is to read the

other information and, in doing so, consider whether

the other information is materially inconsistent

with the consolidated financial statements or our

knowledge obtained in the audit or otherwise appears

to be materially misstated. If, based on the work we

have performed, we conclude that there is a material

misstatement of this other information, we are

required to report that fact. We have nothing to report

in this regard.

Directors’ responsibilities for the consolidated

financial statements

The Directors are responsible on behalf of the Group

for the preparation and fair presentation of the

consolidated financial statements in accordance with

New Zealand equivalents to International Financial

Reporting Standards and International Financial

Reporting Standards, and for such internal control

as the Directors determine is necessary to enable the

preparation of consolidated financial statements that

are free from material misstatement, whether due

to fraud or error.

In preparing the consolidated financial statements,

the Directors are responsible on behalf of the Group

for assessing the Group’s ability to continue as a going

concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related

to going concern and using the going concern basis

of accounting unless the Directors either intend to

liquidate the Group or to cease operations, or have

no realistic alternative but to do so.

The Directors’ responsibilities arise from the Financial

Markets Conduct Act 2013.

Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the

consolidated financial statements

Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance

about whether the consolidated financial statements

as a whole are free from material misstatement, whether

due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report

that includes our opinion.

Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but

is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance

with the Auditor-General’s Auditing Standards will always

detect a material misstatement when it exists.

Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are

considered material if, individually or in the aggregate,

they could reasonably be expected to influence the

economic decisions of shareholders taken on the basis

of these consolidated financial statements.

As part of an audit in accordance with the Auditor-

General’s Auditing Standards, we exercise professional

judgement and maintain professional scepticism

throughout the audit. We also:

• Identify and assess the risks of material misstatement

of the consolidated financial statements, whether due

to fraud or error, design and perform audit procedures

responsive to those risks, and obtain audit evidence

that is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis

for our opinion. The risk of not detecting a material

misstatement resulting from fraud is higher than for

one resulting from error, as fraud may involve collusion,

forgery, intentional omissions, misrepresentations,

or the override of internal control.

• Obtain an understanding of internal control relevant

to the audit in order to design audit procedures that

are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the

purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness

of the Group’s internal control.

• Evaluate the appropriateness of accounting policies

used and the reasonableness of accounting estimates

and related disclosures made by management.

• Conclude on the appropriateness of the use of the going

concern basis of accounting by the directors and, based

on the audit evidence obtained, whether a material

uncertainty exists related to events or conditions that

may cast significant doubt on the Group’s ability

to continue as a going concern. If we conclude that

a material uncertainty exists, we are required to

draw attention in our auditor’s report to the related

disclosures in the consolidated financial statements or,

if such disclosures are inadequate, to modify our opinion.

Our conclusions are based on the audit evidence

obtained up to the date of our auditor’s report.

However, future events or conditions may cause

the Group to cease to continue as a going concern.

• Evaluate the overall presentation, structure and content

of the consolidated financial statements, including

the disclosures, and whether the consolidated financial

statements represent the underlying transactions

and events in a manner that achieves fair presentation.

• Obtain sufficient appropriate audit evidence regarding

the financial information of the entities or business

activities within the Group to express an opinion

on the consolidated financial statements. We are

responsible for the direction, supervision and

GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.
CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENT.

For the year ended 30 June 2024

Note

2024

$M

Restated

2023

$M

RevenueA1, A23,424 2,730

ExpensesA2(2,704)(1,900)

Depreciation and amortisationB1, B2(350)(344)

ImpairmentA2, B2–(12)

Revaluation loss of generation assetsA2, B1–(41)

Change in the fair value of financial instrumentsF1, F2172 (159)

Change in the fair value of carbon units held for tradingC28 (36)

Share of profit/(loss) from associates and joint venturesE1(1)5

Gain/(loss) on acquisitions and disposal–12

Interest incomeA2, D26 3

Interest expenseA2, D2(140)(103)

Profit before tax415 155

Tax expenseA3(125)(43)

Profit for the year attributable to owners of the parent290 112

Basic and diluted earnings per share (cents)20.858.11

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME.

For the year ended 30 June 2024

Note

2024

$M

Restated

2023

$M

Profit for the year attributable to owners of the parent290112

Other comprehensive income

Items that will not be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss

Change in asset revaluation reserve 138 113

Change in cash flow hedge reserve transferred to balance sheetF1 (2) 2

Share of movements in associates' and joint ventures' reservesE1(6) 11

Tax ef fe c t(37) (31)

Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss

Change in cash flow hedge reserveF1(180)212

Tax ef fe c t50(60)

Other comprehensive income for the year, net of taxation(37)247

Total comprehensive income for the year attributable to owners

of the parent

253359

38

MERCURY 2024 INTEGRATED REPORTLOOKING AT THE NUMBERSMENU

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET.
For the year ended 30 June 2024

Note

2024

$M

Restated

2023

$M

SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Issued capital 378 378

Treasury sharesD1 (15) (34)

Reserves 4,486 4,519

Total shareholders’ equity 4,849 4,863

ASSETS

Current assets

Cash 44 75

Trade and other receivablesC1 638 440

Contract assets and costs 35 32

InventoriesC2 120 91

Derivative financial instrumentsF1 313 201

Total current assets 1,150 839

Non-current assets

Property, plant and equipmentB1 8,222 8,099

Intangible assetsB2 132 138

Investment in and advances to associates and joint venturesE1 69 80

Advances to joint operationsE1 4 4

Trade and other receivablesC1 - 1

Contract assets and costs 15 15

Derivative financial instrumentsF1 203 243

Total non-current assets 8,645 8,580

Total assets9,7959,419

Note

2024

$M

Restated

2023

$M

LIABILITIES

Current liabilities

Payables and accruals 462 344

ProvisionsC3 3 3

BorrowingsD2 383 375

Derivative financial instrumentsF1 371 186

Taxation payable 73 44

Total current liabilities1,292 952

Non-current liabilities

ProvisionsC3 82 81

Derivative financial instrumentsF1 296 243

BorrowingsD2 1,558 1,523

Deferred taxA31,7 18 1,757

Total non-current liabilities3,654 3,604

Total liabilities4,9464,556

NET ASSETS 4,849 4,863

For and on behalf of the Board of Directors who authorised the issue of the Financial Statements

on 20 August 2024.

SCOTT ST JOHN //

CHAIR OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

JAMES MILLER //

CHAIR OF THE RISK ASSURANCE

AND AUDIT COMMITTEE

The accompanying notes form an integral part of these financial statements.

39

MERCURY 2024 INTEGRATED REPORTLOOKING AT THE NUMBERSMENU

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY.
For the year ended 30 June 2024

Note

Issued

capital

$M

Retained

earnings

$M

Asset

revaluation

reserve

$M

Cash flow

hedge

reserve

$M

Other

reserves

$M

Tot al

equity

$M

BALANCE AS AT 1 JULY 2022 378 516 4,153 (245)(50) 4,752

Adjustment on restatement of PPA valuation

(see Significant Matters)

–5 ––– 5

RESTATED BALANCE AS AT 1 JULY 2022378521 4,153 (245)(50) 4,757

Movement in asset revaluation reserve,

net of taxation

–– 82 –– 82

Movement in cash flow hedge reserve,

net of taxation

––– 154 – 154

Share of movements in associates’ and joint

ventures’ reserves

––– 11 – 11

Other comprehensive income–– 82 165 – 247

Net profit/(loss) for the period– 112 –––112

Total comprehensive income for the year– 112 82 165 –359

DividendD1– (286)–––(286)

Issue of treasury shares for dividend

reinvestment program

D1– 15 ––1328

Sale of treasury sharesD1– 2 ––3 5

Restated balance as at 30 June 2023378364 4,235(80)(34)4,863

RESTATED BALANCE AS AT 1 JULY 2023 378 364 4,235 (80) (34) 4,863

Movement in asset revaluation reserve,

net of taxation

––99–– 99

Movement in cash flow hedge reserve,

net of taxation

––– (130) – (130)

Share of movements in associates’ and joint

ventures’ reserves

–––(6)– (6)

Other comprehensive income–– 99 (136)– (37)

Net profit for the year– 290––– 290

Total comprehensive income for the year–29099(136)–253

DividendD1– (311)––– (311)

Issue of treasury shares for dividend

reinvestment programme

D1–26––18 44

Balance as at 30 June 2024378 369 4,334 (216) (16) 4,849

CONSOLIDATED CASH FLOW STATEMENT.

For the year ended 30 June 2024

Note

2024

$M

2023

$M

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

Receipts from customers 3,116 2,620

Payments to suppliers and related parties(2,094) (1,687)

Payments to employees (165) (147)

Interest received 6 3

Interest paid (130) (104)

Taxes paid (121) (107)

Net cash provided by operating activitiesD4 612 578

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

Payments for acquisition of property, plant and equipment (295) (250)

Payments for acquisition of intangibles (39) (47)

Payments for acquisition of NOW New Zealand– (17)

Distributions received from/(advances paid to) associates and joint ventures 4 6

(Lodgements)/return of prudential deposits (36) 37

Net cash (used)/received in investing activities (366) (271)

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES

Proceeds from borrowings 360 509

Repayment of borrowings (356) (544)

Principal repayment of lease liabilities (13) (9)

Proceeds from the sale of treasury shares - 5

Dividends paid (268) (258)

Net cash (used)/received in financing activities (277) (297)

Net increase/(decrease) in cash held (31) 10

Cash at the beginning of the period 75 65

Cash at the end of the period 44 75

Cash balance comprises:

Cash held at bank at the end of the period4475

The 'Other reserves' category includes treasury shares, the foreign currency translation reserve and the share based payment reserve.The accompanying notes form an integral part of these financial statements.

40

MERCURY 2024 INTEGRATED REPORTLOOKING AT THE NUMBERSMENU

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.
For the year ended 30 June 2024

GENERAL INFORMATION

AND SIGNIFICANT MATTERS

GENERAL INFORMATION

These consolidated financial statements (“Group

financial statements”) are for Mercury NZ Limited

Group (“the Group”). The Group financial statements

comprise Mercury NZ Limited ("the Company") as

the parent, and its subsidiaries and its investments

in associates and interests in joint arrangements.

The Company is incorporated in New Zealand and

registered under the Companies Act 1993. It is listed

on the NZX Main Board and on the ASX, with foreign

exempt listed status. It also has bonds quoted on

the NZX debt market. Mercury NZ Limited is an FMC

reporting entity under the Financial Markets Conduct

Act 2013.

The Company is a mixed ownership model company,

majority owned by the Government, and is bound

by the requirements of the Public Finance Act 1989.

The liabilities of the Group are not guaranteed in any

way by the Government or by any other shareholder.

BASIS OF PREPARATION

The Group financial statements have been prepared:

• in accordance with the Financial Markets Conduct

Act 2013 and Generally Accepted Accounting

Practice in New Zealand (“GAAP”). They comply

with New Zealand equivalents to International

Financial Reporting Standards (“NZ IFRS”) and

International Financial Reporting Standards ("IFRS")

as appropriate for profit-oriented entities.

• on a historical cost basis, with the exception

of certain fair value measurements.

• using the same accounting policies for all reporting

periods presented.

• in millions of New Zealand dollars, unless

otherwise stated.

• exclusive of GST, with the exception of payables

and receivables that include GST invoiced.

ESTIMATES AND JUDGEMENTS

The preparation of financial statements requires

judgements and estimates that impact the

application of policies and the reported amounts

of assets and liabilities, income and expenses.

Actual results may differ from these estimates.

The areas of significant estimates and

judgements are as follows:

• Fair value of generation plant and equipment

(refer note B1).

• Valuation of financial instruments (refer note F1).

SIGNIFICANT MATTERS

Restatement of a PPA Valuation

An error has been identified in the prior period

valuations of a power purchase agreement (PPA)

that was acquired in August 2021 as part of the

acquisition of Tilt New Zealand assets.

1 July

2022Adjustments

Restated

1 July

2022

Audited

30 June

2023Adjustments

Restated

30 June

2023

CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENT

Change in fair value of financial instruments (172) 13 (159)

Tax expense (39) (4) (43)

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET

Reserves 4,424 5 4,429 4,505 14 4,519

Non-current derivative financial liability 400 (7) 393 263 (20) 243

Deferred tax liability 1,753 2 1,755 1,751 6 1,757

Accounting standards, interpretations and

amendments not yet effective

In May 2024, the External Reporting Board (XRB)

introduced NZ IFRS 18

Presentation and Disclosure

in Financial Statements

(effective for reporting

periods beginning on or after 1 January 2027).

This standard replaces NZ IAS 1

Presentation

of Financial Statements.

The Group has not yet

assessed the impact of NZ IFRS 18.

There are no other accounting standards that are

not yet effective that will have a material impact

on the Group's financial statements.

41

MERCURY 2024 INTEGRATED REPORTLOOKING AT THE NUMBERSMENU

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.
For the year ended 30 June 2024

NOTE A2. SEGMENT REPORTING

IDENTIFICATION OF REPORTABLE SEGMENTS

The operating segments are identified by

management based on the nature of the products

and services provided. Discrete financial information

about each of these operating segments is reported

to the Chief Executive, being the chief operating

decision-maker, on a monthly basis, who assesses

the performance of the operating segments on a

measure of EBITDAF.

EBITDAF is a non-GAAP measure that is used

internally to assess the operating performance of the

Group without the impact of non-cash and one-off or

infrequent transactions. Segment EBITDAF represents

earnings before net interest expense, tax expense,

depreciation, amortisation, unrealised change in

the fair value of financial instruments, gain/(loss)

on disposal and impairments by each segment

inclusive of an allocation of central operating revenue

and costs. Operating segments are aggregated

into reportable segments only if they share similar

economic characteristics.

The segment report includes a Derivatives category

within the Electricity margin. This represents the

settlement (realised gains or losses) of both hedged

and unhedged electricity swaps.

Realised gains or losses (settlements) on unhedged

electricity swaps are reported within Electricity margin

for the purposes of EBITDAF, but are reported within

the change in fair value of financial instruments

in the income statement. Realised gains or losses

(settlements) on hedged electricity swaps are

reported within Electricity margin for the purposes

of EBITDAF, and within revenue or expenses as

appropriate in the income statement. Unrealised

gains or losses on both hedged and unhedged

electricity swaps are not included in EBITDAF and

are reported in either change in fair value of financial

instruments in the income statement or in other

comprehensive income. A reconciliation of EBITDAF

to profit before tax can be found in the summary

table of the note.

IDENTIFIED SEGMENTS

Generation / Wholesale

The generation/wholesale market segment

encompasses activity associated with the

electricity production, electricity trading, generation

development activities and the company's share

of associates earnings in TPC Holdings Limited

(see note E1). It also includes revenue from the sale

of electricity, to both commercial and industrial

customers and the customer segment, net

settlement of energy hedges and sale of trading

emissions units to third parties.

Customer

The customer market segment encompasses

activity associated with sale of electricity, gas,

telecommunication products/services and other

related products and services to mass market

customers in New Zealand.

Other

Represents corporate support services which are

not directly attributable to the generation/wholesale

or customer segments and the company's share

of associates earnings in EnergySource LLC and

EnergySource Minerals LLC.

Inter-segment

Transactions between segments represent transfer

charges by generation/wholesale to customer for the

purchase of electricity.

NOTE A1. REVENUE

Mercury earns revenue from the following sources:

Revenue streamDescription & revenue recognition

Electricity generation,

net of hedging

Revenue is received from:

• Electricity generated and sold through the New Zealand electricity spot market, and physical power

purchase agreements (PPAs). Revenue is recognised at the time of generation and at the spot price

or contract price.

• Net settlement of hedged energy contracts sold or bought on the futures market, and to generators,

retailers and commercial and industrial customers and recognised at the time of hedge settlement.

Electricity and gas

sales to customers

• Electricity and gas sales to customers are recognised when the energy is supplied for customer

consumption.

• Acquisition incentives such as credits and appliances are offered to new customers and treated as

individual performance obligations and a portion of the expected revenue over the life of the total

contract is allocated to the performance obligation based on their standalone selling price and

recognised immediately. Corresponding contract assets are recognised on the balance sheet and

amortised to the income statement over the contract period as the future consideration is billed.

Incremental costs to obtain and retain customers are recognised on the balance sheet as contract

costs and amortised to the income statement on a straight-line basis over the expected average

mass market customer tenure.

Telco revenueCustomers consume mobile and broadband services which are measured and billed according to

monthly billing cycles and are recognised when the service has been provided. Acquisition incentives

are treated the same as above.

Other incomeIncome is received from:

• Insurance proceeds. Income is recognised at the time the insurance proceeds are virtually certain

to be received.

• External management fees. Revenue is recognised at the time the services have been delivered.

• Sale of emission units sold to third parties. The sale is recognised at the point in time that the

emission unit is confirmed as being transferred into the acquirer's emission unit account.

42

MERCURY 2024 INTEGRATED REPORTLOOKING AT THE NUMBERSMENU

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.
For the year ended 30 June 2024

SEGMENT RESULTS

YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2024Generation/

Wholesale

$M

Customer

$M

Other

$M

Inter–

segment

$M

Tot al

$M

Generation1,435–––1,435

Sales to customers464 1,291 –– 1,755

Inter-segment sales615 –– (615) –

Derivatives84 ––– 84

Electricity purchases (1,347) (615) –615 (1,347)

Transmission, distribution and metering (141) (560) –– (701)

ELECTRICITY MARGIN1,110 116 –– 1,226

Gas Revenue–103 –– 103

Gas purchases– (38) –– (38)

Transmission, distribution and metering– (47) –– (47)

GAS MARGIN–18 –– 18

Telco Revenue–170 ––170

Cost of sales– (121) –– (121)

TELCO MARGIN–49 ––49

Other direct cost of sales (28) (37) –– (65)

TRADING MARGIN1,082 146–– 1,228

OTHER INCOME324(2)–34

Employee compensation and benefits (52) (94) (24) – (170)

Maintenance expenses (67) (20) – – (87)

Other expenses (51) (49) (28) – (128)

Allocation of corporate overheads (23) (29) 52 ––

Total operating expenses (193) (192) –– (385)

Segment EBITDAF921(42)(2)–877

SEGMENT RESULTS

RESTATED YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2023Generation/

Wholesale

$M

Retail

$M

Other

Segments

$M

Inter–

segment

$M

Tot al

$M

Generation

766 ––– 766

Sales to customers

442 1,206 –– 1,648

Inter-segment sales

529 –– (529) –

Derivatives

59 ––– 59

Electricity purchases

(656) (529) –529 (656)

Transmission, distribution and metering (119) (531) –– (650)

ELECTRICITY MARGIN1,021 146 –– 1,167

Gas Revenue–89 ––89

Gas purchases– (29) –– (29)

Transmission, distribution and metering– (41) –– (41)

GAS MARGIN–19 ––19

Telco Revenue–155 ––155

Cost of sales– (105) –– (105)

TELCO MARGIN–50 ––50

Other direct cost of sales (35) (38) –– (73)

TRADING MARGIN 986 177 ––1,163

OTHER INCOME21 1 2 –24

Employee compensation and benefits (46) (84) (18) – (148)

Maintenance expenses (54) (16) –– (70)

Other expenses (54) (62) (12) – (128)

Allocation of corporate overheads (9) (21) 30 ––

Total operating expenses (163) (183) –– (346)

Segment EBITDAF844(5)2–841

NOTE A2. SEGMENT REPORTING (CONTINUED)

43

MERCURY 2024 INTEGRATED REPORTLOOKING AT THE NUMBERSMENU

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.
For the year ended 30 June 2024

RESTATED YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2023Generation/

Wholesale

$M

Retail

$M

Other

Segments

$M

Inter–

segment

$M

Tot al

$M

Summary and reconciliation

to net profit before tax

Revenue1,809 1,450 – (529) 2,730

Expenses (973) (1,456) –529 (1,900)

Realised gain/(loss) on unhedged

electricity swaps

6 –––6

Share of profit/(loss) from associates

and joint ventures

2 1 2–5

Segment EBITDAF844(5)2–841

Gain/(loss) on disposal 12

Impairment(12)

Revaluation loss of generation assets (41)

Change in fair value of carbon units held for trading(36)

Unrealised gain/(loss) on unhedged derivatives and

hedge ineffectiveness through income statement

(165)

Interest income3

Interest expense (103)

Depreciation and amortisation (344)

Profit before tax 155

Audit Fees

Mercury NZ Limited (the Company) is a public entity as defined in the Public Audit Act 2001. The Auditor-

General is the auditor of every public entity. The Auditor-General has appointed Emma Winsloe of EY to carry

out the audit on his behalf from 1 July 2023. NZX listing rules and Mercury's Audit Independence Policy

requires that the signing partner performing the audit rotate every five years.

2024 $0002023 $000

Audit of the financial statements794668

Review of interim financial statements8075

Other assurance related services145187

Non-audit services22

Total fees paid to auditors1,021932

Other assurance-related services include engagements for climate-related disclosures ($66k), greenhouse gas

emissions inventory ($63k), telecommunications development levy ($12k) and Mercury's Master Trust Deed ($3k).

Non-audit services related to agreed upon procedures for directors' debt compliance certificates ($2k).

YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2024Generation/

Wholesale

$M

Customer

$M

Other

$M

Inter–

segment

$M

Tot al

$M

Summary and reconciliation

to net profit before tax

Revenue2,4711,568 -(615)3,424

Expenses (1,709) (1,610)–615 (2,704)

Realised gain/(loss) on unhedged

electricity swaps

158 ––– 158

Share of profit/(loss) from associates

and joint ventures

1 –(2)– (1)

Segment EBITDAF921(42)(2)–877

Change in fair value of carbon

units held for trading

8

Unrealised gain/(loss) on unhedged derivatives and

hedge ineffectiveness through income statement

14

Interest income 6

Interest expense (140)

Depreciation and amortisation (350)

Profit before tax 415

NOTE A2. SEGMENT REPORTING (CONTINUED)

44

MERCURY 2024 INTEGRATED REPORTLOOKING AT THE NUMBERSMENU

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.
For the year ended 30 June 2024

NOTE A3. TAXATION

2024

$M

Restated

2023

$M

Income Tax

(i) Tax expense

Profit before tax 415 155

Prima facie tax expense at 28% on the profit before tax (116) (43)

Adjusted for the tax effect of the following items:

• share of associates’ and joint ventures’ tax paid earnings (1) 1

• capital gain– 3

• impairment of NOW goodwill– (3)

• other differences– (1)

• removal of building depreciation (8)–

Tax expense attributable to profit from ordinary activities(125)(43)

Represented by:

Current tax expense(152)(140)

Deferred tax recognised in the income statement2797

The effective tax rate for the financial year is 30%

(30 June 2023: 28%) due to the removal of tax

depreciation on non-residential buildings.

Legislation to remove tax depreciation on non-

residential buildings was enacted at the end of March

2024 resulting in $8 million deferred tax liability

associated with this change being recognised as a tax

expense at 30 June 2024.

The income tax expense charged to the income

statement includes both the current year’s provision

and the income tax effect of:

• taxable temporary differences, except those arising

from initial recognition of goodwill; and

• deductible temporary differences to the extent that

it is probable that they will be utilised.

Deferred Tax

Deferred tax is provided in full, using the liability

method, on temporary differences arising between

the tax and accounting bases of the assets and

liabilities. A deferred tax asset is only recognised to

the extent that there will be future taxable profit to

utilise the temporary difference.

Property, plant and equipment is held on capital

account for income tax purposes. Where assets are

revalued, with no similar adjustment to the tax base,

a taxable temporary difference is created that is

recognised in deferred tax.

OECD Global Anti-Base Erosion (GloBE) Pillar Two

The New Zealand Government has enacted legislation

to implement the OECD Global Anti-Base Erosion

(GloBE) Pillar Two rules which address the tax

challenges arising from the digitalisation of the global

economy. The Pillar Two rules seek to apply a 15%

minimum tax across all jurisdictions in which the

Group reports income.

The Pillar Two legislation is enacted but not yet

in effect. The Group has applied a temporary

mandatory relief from deferred tax accounting

in respect of the Pillar Two rules and it will be

accounted for as a current tax when it is incurred. Initial

assessment of the Group’s exposure to the Pillar Two

legislation, when it comes into effect, indicates that no

top-up tax would have arisen for the Group using the

most recent financial information for the Group.

Movement in deferred tax

Property,

plant and

equipment

$M

Financial

instruments

$M

Employee

entitlements

$M

Other

$M

Tot al

$M

Asset/(Liability) Balance as at 1 July 2022 (1,759) (16)3 19 (1,753)

Adjustment on restatement of PPA valuation– (2)–– (2)

Restated balance as at 1 July 2022 (1,759) (18)3 19 (1,755)

Charged/(credited) to the income statement 34 49 1 13 97

Charged/(credited) to other

comprehensive income

(31) (60)–– (91)

Deferred tax associated with the

acquisition of NOW

––– (8) (8)

Restated Asset/(Liability) Balance

as at 30 June 2023

(1,756) (29)4 24 (1,757)

Restated Asset/(Liability) Balance

as at 1 July 2023

(1,756) (29) 4 24 (1,757)

Charged/(credited) to the income statement 33 91(8)35

Charged/(credited) to other

comprehensive income

(38) 50 –– 12

Deferred tax associated with the removal

of building depreciation

(8)––– (8)

Asset/(Liability) Balance as at 30 June 2024 (1,769) 30 516(1,7 18)

'Other' deferred tax balances comprises temporary differences relating to the acquisition of NOW NZ Ltd (NOW)

and the use of carried forward losses from NOW.

45

MERCURY 2024 INTEGRATED REPORTLOOKING AT THE NUMBERSMENU

NOTE B1. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2023Generation

assets at

fair value

$M

Other assets

at cost

$M

Right-of-use

assets

$M

Capital work

in progress at

cost $M

Tot al

$M

Opening net book value

7,723

51 97 209 8,080

Additions

1

1 - 24 4 246

Additions in relation to the acquisition

of Now Broadband New Zealand

-

4 - - 4

Tr ans fer s

257

4 - (261) -

Disposals

(7)

- - - (7)

Gain on revaluation

110

- - - 110

Loss on revaluation

(41)

- - - (41)

Depreciation charge for the year (270) (13) (10) - (293)

Closing net book value 7,7 73 47 87 192 8,099

Balance at 30 June 2023

Cost or valuation 7,7 73 146 120 192 8,231

Accumulated depreciation - (99) (33) - (132)

Net book value 7,7 73 47 87 192 8,099

YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2024Generation

assets at

fair value

$M

Other assets

at cost

$M

Right-of-use

assets

$M

Capital work

in progress at

cost $M

Tot al

$M

Opening net book value

7,7 73

47 87 192 8,099

Additions


3 30 260 293

Tr ans fer s

164

11 – (175)–

Disposals

(1)

(1)–– (2)

Gain on revaluation

137

––– 137

Depreciation charge for the year (276) (15) (14)– (305)

Closing net book value7,797 45 103 277 8,222

Balance at 30 June 2024

Cost or valuation8,073 159 150 277 8,659

Accumulated depreciation (276) (114) (47)– (437)

Net book value7,797 45 103 277 8,222

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.

For the year ended 30 June 2024

Karāpiro hydro station.

46

MERCURY 2024 INTEGRATED REPORTLOOKING AT THE NUMBERSMENU

NOTE B1. PROPERTY, PLANT AND
EQUIPMENT (CONTINUED)

Assets carrying values

All assets, except generation plant and equipment,

are recognised at cost less accumulated depreciation.

Fixed assets, excluding land, are depreciated on a

straight line basis over their expected useful lives.

Generation plant and equipment is originally

recognised at cost and subsequently measured at fair

value less accumulated depreciation. An independent

valuation is completed annually to determine the fair

value of these assets. Any surplus on revaluation is

recognised in the asset revaluation reserve, except

where it offsets a previous decrease in value that

was recognised in the income statement. Any

accumulated depreciation or impairment recognised

between revaluations is eliminated against the gross

carrying amount of the asset at the date of the

revaluation and the net amount is restated to the

revaluated amount of the asset.

The Group's leases relate to properties, geothermal

steam royalties, office equipment, and transmission

equipment. These leases are recognised as a right-

of-use asset and a corresponding liability. The

initial value of the asset and liability represent the

present value of all reasonably expected future

lease payments. Lease payments are recorded as

a repayment of the lease obligation and interest

expense. Lease assets are depreciated on a

straight-line basis over the term of the lease. The

most significant leases relate to office buildings

in Auckland and Tauranga. The weighted average

incremental borrowing rate applied to lease liabilities

in 2024 was 5.53% (2023: 5.36%). The Group's lease

interest was $7m (2023: $6m) and lease liability is

disclosed in note D2.

As at 30 June 2024, the capital work in progress

balance is largely made up of the following projects:

• The addition of a fifth generating unit at

Ngā Tamariki geothermal station;

• Stage 2 of Kaiwera Downs wind farm;

• Karapiro hydro station rehabilitation project (3rd unit);

• Geothermal drilling.

Depreciation

Depreciation is calculated on a straight-line basis on

all property, plant and equipment other than freehold

land, capital work in progress and exploration, so as

to write down the assets to their estimated residual

value over their expected useful lives.

The annual depreciation rates are as follows:

2024 2023

Office fixture and fittings,

including fit-out

2-33%2-33%

Generation assets1-20%1-20%

Computer hardware and

tangible software

5-33%5-33%

Other plant and equipment2-33%2-33%

Vehicles5-33%5-33%

Right of use assets2-50%2-50%

Assets carried at fair value

All generation assets shown at valuation were

revalued using a net present value methodology by

PwC, an independent valuer, as at 30 June 2024.

This resulted in increases of $78m, $47m and $9m

to the carrying values of the Turitea, Kaiwera Downs

Stage 1 and Mahinerangi wind farms, respectively.

There was also an increase of $4m in the carrying

value of Rotokawa generation, with no changes in

the carrying values of other geothermal assets in

the current year. As a consequence of the revaluation,

accumulated depreciation on these generation assets

has been reset to nil.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.

For the year ended 30 June 2024

SensitivityValuation impact

2024

$M

2023

$M

Future wholesale electricity price path+/- 10%$1,125 / ($1,119)$1,091 / ($1,087)

Discount rate+/- 0.5%($478) / $556($489) / $573

Operational expenditure+/- 10%($189) / $189($176) / $176

The carrying amount of revalued generation assets, had they been recognised at cost, would have been $2,783 million

(2023: $2,654 million).

AREA OF KEY JUDGEMENT

Generation asset valuation

The key assumptions used in the valuation include the

forecast of the future wholesale electricity price path,

generation volumes, projected operational and capital

expenditure and asset life assumptions and discount

rates. In all cases there is an element of judgement

required as valuations make use of unobservable inputs

including wholesale electricity prices over time of between

$79/MWh and $192/MWh (2023: $99/MWh and $179/

MWh), average operational expenditure of $256 million

p.a. (2023: $232.1 million p.a.), net average production

volumes of 9,015 GWh p.a. (2023: 8,771 GWh p.a.),

a post-tax discount rate of between 6.9% and 7.3%

for wind assets backed by long-term Power Purchase

Agreements (2023: 6.6% to 6.9%) and between 7.8%

and 8.2% for other assets (2023: 7.5% to 7.9%). The

valuation also assumes the operation of New Zealand

Aluminium Smelter Limited at Tiwai Point, no material

changes to the wholesale market regulatory regime, hydro

and geothermal fuel supply being sustained over the

modelled horizon and no material changes to generation

consent conditions. The discounted cash flow valuation

approach assumes 100% control and consequently a

control premium should be applied if using an equity

valuation technique to derive comparative asset values.

The risk type, time horizon, likelihood and materiality of

potential climate change impacts were considered in the

valuation. Only physical risks were considered relevant

for the purposes of the valuation, however the expected

impact of these risks was small and fell within the

valuation range.

Generation assets are classified as Level 3 in the fair value

hierarchy due to the use of non-market observable inputs

in the valuation. Changes in the Level 3 category during

the period relates to transfers from cost measurement

(capital work in progress), depreciation and impairment

(recognised in profit and loss) and revaluation movements

(recognised in other comprehensive income). The

following table outlines the valuation impact of changes

to assumptions, keeping all other valuation inputs

constant, that the valuation is most sensitive to.

47

MERCURY 2024 INTEGRATED REPORTLOOKING AT THE NUMBERSMENU

NOTE B2. INTANGIBLE ASSETS
YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2023

Intangible

software

$M

Acquired

intangible

assets

$M

Rights

$M

Carbon

units

$M

Work In

Progress

$M

Tot al

$M

Opening net book value

32 17

15 41 18 123

Additions

––

– 10 37 47

Additions in relation to the acquisition

of Now Broadband New Zealand

– 41

––– 41

Tr ans fer s

45 –

–– (45)–

Impairment

– (13)

––– (13)

Surrendered units

––

– (9)– (9)

Amortisation for the year (27) (23) (1)–– (51)

Closing net book value 50 22 14 42 10 138

Balance at 30 June 2023

Cost 208 46 34 42 10 340

Accumulated amortisation (158) (24) (20)–– (202)

Net book value 50 22 14 42 10 138

YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2024

Opening net book value

50 22

14 42 10 138

Additions

––

– 14 32 46

Tr ans fer s

25 –

–– (25)–

Surrendered Units

––

– (7)– (7)

Amortisation for the year (33) (11) (1)–– (45)

Closing net book value 42 11 13 49 17 132

Balance at 30 June 2023

Cost 233 46 34 49 17 379

Accumulated amortisation (191) (35) (21)–– (247)

Net book value 42 11 13 49 17 132

Software

Acquired computer software licenses and internally

developed software assets are recognised at cost

and amortised over their estimated useful lives of

1 - 15 years (2023: 1 - 15 years). As these assets are

deemed to have a finite life, impairment testing will

only be performed when there is an indication that

the intangible asset may be impaired.

Acquired intangible assets

As part of the acquisition of NOW in FY2023, the

Group allocated part of the purchase price to the

customer list acquired ($30m, assessed useful life

of 2.5 years). This acquired intangible asset was

partially impaired in FY2023 and has continued to be

amortised in FY2024. The acquired customer list has

a carrying amount of $11m and a remaining useful

life of 1 year (2023: $22m).

Rights

Rights, of which land access rights are the most

significant, acquired to further the Group's generation

development programme are stated at cost less

accumulated amortisation and any accumulated

impairment losses. Rights, which have a finite life,

are amortised over the life of the rights, which range

from 5 to 60 years (2023: 5 to 60 years). Testing for

impairment will only arise when there is an indication

that the asset may be impaired.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.

For the year ended 30 June 2024

Carbon units and emissions obligations

Purchased carbon units are recorded at cost

(purchase price). At 30 June 2024, the Group held a

total of 1,657,297 units within intangible assets (2023:

1,568,674 units). Carbon units, when allocated or

purchased for purposes other than trading units, are

recorded as intangible assets and are not revalued

subsequent to initial recognition.

Carbon units that are surrendered to the government

in compensation for the Group's emissions

obligations are recognised as an expense in the

income statement and a reduction to intangible

assets in the balance sheet, based on the weighted

average cost of the units surrendered.

Emissions obligations are recognised as a current

liability as the obligation is incurred. Up to the level

of units held, the liability is recorded at the carrying

value of those units intended to settle the liability.

Contracts for the purchase of carbon units are

recognised when they are settled.

48

MERCURY 2024 INTEGRATED REPORTLOOKING AT THE NUMBERSMENU

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.
For the year ended 30 June 2024

NOTE C1. RECEIVABLES

2024

$M

2023

$M

Receivables

Trade receivables and revenue accruals508 360

Allowance for credit loss(6) (7)

Net trade receivables and accruals502 353

ASX prudential deposits96 60

Prepayments 40 28

638 441

Trade receivables are measured at amortised cost

using the effective interest method. Customers

are typically invoiced on a monthly basis. Large

commercial and industrial customers are billed

on a calendar month basis, while for most mass

market customers billing occurs on a rolling

cycle over the year. Revenue accruals for unbilled

telecommunication services and unread gas and

electricity meters at balance date involves an estimate

of consumption for each unread meter based on past

consumption history. Generation revenue accruals

are derived mostly from generation sales to the

New Zealand wholesale market at the prevailing spot

price at the grid injection point. Revenue is invoiced

by the Wholesale Market Clearing Manager on a

calendar month basis reflecting actual metered

generation at the stations.

Trade receivables are non-interest bearing and are

generally on 30 day terms for large commercial and

industrial customers and mass market customers are

on 18 day terms. For terms and conditions of related

party receivables refer to note E2.

The Company applies the simplified approach

to measuring expected credit losses, which uses

a lifetime expected loss allowance for all trade

receivables, with impairment being recognised

in the income statement and a corresponding

provision on the balance sheet at the time of billing.

To measure the expected credit losses, trade

receivables have been grouped based on days past

due. The expected loss rates are based on historical

credit losses in prior periods, adjusted for any

significant known amounts that are not receivable.

Prudential deposits act as security to cover mark-to-

market movement in the ASX futures position.

The following table details the loss allowance at

30 June 2024:

Not due

Less than 30

days past due

More than 30

days past due

More than 60

days past dueTot al

Expected loss rate%0%6%13%46%

Gross carrying amount – trade receivables$M 128 8 3 11 150

Expected credit loss$M– 1 – 5 6

2024

$M

2023

$M

Movements in the allowance for impairment loss were as follows:

Balance at beginning of the year 7 5

Charge for the year38

Amounts written off(4)(6)

Balance at end of the year67

49

MERCURY 2024 INTEGRATED REPORTLOOKING AT THE NUMBERSMENU

NOTE C2. INVENTORIES
Cost of consumable stores is determined on a

weighted average basis and includes expenditure

incurred in acquiring consumable stores and

bringing them to their final condition and location.

Consumable stores include consumables held to

service and repair operating plants and finished

goods relating to the customer business.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.

For the year ended 30 June 2024

2024

$M

2023

$M

Consumable Stores 53 51

Carbon Units - at fair value less cost to sell 67 40

Inventories 120 91

Carbon Units - at fair value less cost to sell2024

Units

000

2024

Value

$M

2023

Units

000

2023

Value

$M

Opening Balance 954 40 854 65

Purchases 375 19 321 27

Amounts recognised in income statement–– (221) (16)

Revaluation movement– 8 – (36)

Closing Balance 1,329 67 954 40

Inventories also include carbon units (NZUs) which

management has identified as held for trading.

These are measured at fair value less cost to sell.

When there is a change in fair value, the gain or loss

on revaluation is recognised in the income statement.

Fair value is calculated based on the CommTrade

spot price at the valuation date. As a result, the units

are classified as Level 1 in the fair value hierarchy.

NOTE C3. PROVISIONS

2024

$M

2023

$M

Balance at the beginning of the year8481

Provisions made/(used) during the year(3)–

Discounting movement43

Balance at the end of the year8584

Current33

Non-current8281

8584

Provisions have been recognised for the abandonment

and subsequent restoration of areas from which

geothermal resources have been utilised. The provision is

calculated based on the present value of management's

best estimate of the expenditure required, and the likely

timing of that expenditure. Changes in these estimates

made during the year are reported as an increase in

provisions and a reduction in revaluation reserves.

The increase in provision resulting from the passage

of time (the discount effect) is recognised as an

interest expense. The provision will be utilised when the

individual wells are abandoned. The wells are estimated

to have an average useful life of 19 years.

50

MERCURY 2024 INTEGRATED REPORTLOOKING AT THE NUMBERSMENU

The share capital of the Company is represented
by 1,400,012,517 ordinary shares (2023: 1,400,012,517)

issued and fully paid. The weighted average number

of shares on issue during the year, on both a basic and

diluted basis, was 1,390,795,153 (2023: 1,385,131,962).

These shares do not have a par value, have equal

voting rights and share equally in dividends and

any surplus on winding up.

2024

Number

of shares

(M)

2024

$M

2023

Number

of shares

(M)

2023

$M

Treasury shares

Balance at the

beginning of the

period

13 34 19 50

Issue of treasury

shares for dividend

reinvestment

program

(7) (18) (5) (13)

Issue of treasury

shares for long

term incentive

scheme

– (1)––

Sale of treasury

shares

–– (1) (3)

Balance at the end

of the period

6 15 13 34

Treasury shares were issued during the financial year

for the following purposes:

• The dividend reinvestment program (DRP) continued

with the transfer of 6,887,550 shares (2023:

4,734,460) to shareholders that elected to reinvest

the net proceeds of cash dividends payable; and

• A total of 375,302 treasury shares worth $1m were

issued for management long term incentive (LTI)

payments (2023: 214,106 shares).

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.

For the year ended 30 June 2024

Cents

per

share

2024

$M

2023

$M

Dividends declared and paid

Final dividend for 2022 12.0 – 166

Interim dividend for 2023 8.7 – 120

Final dividend for 2023 13.1 182 –

Interim dividend for 2024 9. 3 129 –

311 286

The imputation credit account was in a surplus

balance at 31 March 2024, as legally required. At

30 June 2024, no imputation credits were available

(2023: $nil) as the imputation credit account had a

deficit of $36m (2023: deficit of $39m) due to the

timing of the interim dividend payment.

2024 2023

Earnings per share

Profit for the year attributable to owners

of the parent ($M)

290 112

Weighted average ordinary shares 1,400 1,400

Less weighted average treasury shares (9) (15)

Weighted average ordinary shares

for earnings per share (millions)

1,391 1,385

Basic and diluted earnings

per share (cents)

20.85 8.11

NOTE D1. SHARE CAPITAL AND DISTRIBUTIONNOTE D2. BORROWINGS & NET INTEREST

2024

$M

2023

$M

Borrowing currency

denomination

MaturityCouponCarrying

amount

Carrying

amount

Debt measured at amortised cost

Bank facilitiesNZDVariousFloating50 57

Commercial paper programmeNZD< 3 monthsFloating307 300

Capital bonds - MCY020NZDJul-20493.60%302 302

Debt in fair value hedge relationships

USPP - US$45mUSDDec-20254.60%72 70

Green retail bonds - MCY040NZDSep-20262.16%186 179

Green retail bonds - MCY030NZDSep-20271.56%181 172

Green retail bonds - MCY060NZDJun-20285.64%157 156

Green wholesale bondsAUDNov-20282.92%197 193

Green wholesale bondsNZDOct-20301.92%127 119

Capital bonds - MCY050NZDMay-20525.73%248 245

Lease liabilities121 113

Deferred financing costs(7) (8)

Total carrying value of loans1,941 1,898

Current383375

Non-current1,5581,523

1,9411,898

51

MERCURY 2024 INTEGRATED REPORTLOOKING AT THE NUMBERSMENU

NOTE D2. BORROWINGS & NET INTEREST
(CONTINUED)

Changes in borrowings from

financing activities

2024

$M

2023

$M

Borrowings at the start of the year1,898 1,956

Net cash borrowed/(repaid)62 (35)

Cash paid on principal of lease liability(13) (9)

Non-cash change in lease obligations21 2

Non-cash change in fair value

adjustment

(28) (17)

Non-cash change in deferred

financing costs

11

Borrowings at the end of the year1,9411,898

Borrowings are recognised initially at fair value,

net of transaction costs incurred. Borrowings are

subsequently measured at amortised cost. Some

borrowings are in fair value hedge relationships and

have fair value adjustments to their carrying amounts,

attributable to the risk being hedged through interest

rate swaps (IRS) and cross-currency IRS. Fair value

is calculated using the discounted cashflow method,

with applicable market yield curves adjusted for the

Group's credit rating. Fair value adjustments as at

30 June 2024 totalled $56m decrease to carrying

amount (30 June 2023: $84m decrease).

The Group is required to comply with certain financial

covenants in respect of its borrowings. During the

2024 and 2023 financial years, the Group was in

compliance with all of its financial covenants.

Current borrowings include all drawn bank facilities,

borrowings with a contractual maturity of less than

one year, accrued interest ($10m) and current lease

liabilities ($16m). Undrawn borrowing facilities at

30 June 2024 totalled $340m, net of Commercial

Paper on issue.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.

For the year ended 30 June 2024

Bank facilities

The Group has $700 million of committed and

unsecured bank loan facilities as at 30 June 2024

(30 June 2023: $650 million).

Commercial paper programme

The Group has a $400 million Commercial Paper

programme which is fully backed by committed

and undrawn bank facilities. Notes issued under

the programme are short-term money market

instruments, unsecured and unsubordinated and

targeted at professional investors. The programme

is rated A2 by S&P Global.

Green bonds

The Group has $908 million of green bonds

(including accrued interest) as at 30 June 2024

(30 June 2023: $908 million) . The green bond

proceeds have been tracked in accordance with

the Green Financing Framework.

USPP

The Group has $59 million of United States Private

Placement (USPP). The Group uses a cross currency

interest rate swaps (CCIRS) to manage foreign exchange

and interest rate risks on the notes. While the NZ dollar

amount required to repay the USPP is fixed as a result of

the CCIRS, the USPP is required to be translated to NZD

at the spot rate at the reporting date. Any revaluation of

the USPP as a result of this translation is offset by the

change in the value of the CCIRS.

Deeds

The Group has entered into a Master Trust Deed

and Supplementary Trust Deeds for all its NZD

denominated Senior Fixed and Floating Rate Bonds

with the New Zealand Guardian Trust Company

Limited acting as trustee for the holders. The Group

has agreed, subject to certain exceptions, not to

create or permit to exist a security interest over or

affecting its assets to secure indebtedness, and to

maintain certain financial covenants. There has been

no breach of the terms of these deeds.

The Group has entered into a negative pledge deed

in favour of its bank financiers in which the Group

has agreed, subject to certain exceptions, not to

create or permit to exist a security interest over or

affecting its assets to secure its indebtedness, and

to maintain certain financial ratios in relation to the

Group. These undertakings and covenants also apply

to the US Private Placement terms and conditions.

There was no breach of the terms of this deed or the

terms and conditions of the US Private Placement.

Lease liabilities

The Group has entered into various lease contracts

for the right to use land and buildings and office

equipment and is also deemed to be a lessee of

transmission equipment. The most significant

leases relate to office buildings in Auckland and

Tauranga. Lease payments of $19m were made

in 2024, including lease interest expense of $7m

(2023: payments of $15m, lease interest expense

of $6m).

Net Interest Expense 2024

$M

2023

$M

Interest expense on borrowings135 103

Interest expense on lease liabilities7 6

Unwind of discount on provisions4 3

Less capitalised interest(6) (9)

Total interest expense140 103

Interest income(6) (3)

Net interest expense134 100

The Group is capitalising interest costs related to the

construction of new generation assets. The average

rate used to determine the amount of borrowing

costs eligible for capitalisation as at 30 June 2024

was 6.67% (30 June 2023 6.28%).

52

MERCURY 2024 INTEGRATED REPORTLOOKING AT THE NUMBERSMENU

NOTE D3. COMMITMENTS AND
CONTINGENCIES

Capital commitments2024

$M

2023

$M

Within one year 263 134

One to five years 454 67

Later than five years––

717 201

Capital commitments

Capital commitments include purchases of

both property, plant and equipment (PP&E) and

intangibles. PP&E commitments include contracts for

refurbishment of hydro generation assets at Karāpiro,

contracts for construction of an additional generating

unit at Ngā Tamariki geothermal station, geothermal

drilling campaigns across the Kawerau, Ngā Tamariki

and Rotokawa fields and contracts for construction

of stage 2 of the Kaiwera Downs wind farm.

Intangible commitments are contracts to purchase

New Zealand emissions trading scheme (NZ ETS)

units. In the event the NZ ETS is terminated the

existing purchase agreements, which cover the three

year period from the end of the reporting period,

will also terminate.

Operating commitments

As part of its day-to-day operations, the Group from

time to time enters various operating arrangements

and commitments with third parties to support and

enhance the Group’s long-term licence to operate,

provide access to land, and use of natural resources.

These operating arrangements may be short-,

medium-, or long-term in nature.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.

For the year ended 30 June 2024

Contingencies

On 7 June 2021, the Kawerau geothermal station

experienced an unplanned outage as a result of

a mechanical failure. An outage was completed

in June 2023 to install replacement equipment.

The Group received an initial payment of $26m

recorded as income in 2022, and has recognised

further interim income of $17m in 2024. The Group

expects to receive additional insurance proceeds

in the 2025 financial year once the total loss to the

Group as a result of the incident has been confirmed.

This will be recognised as revenue when it is virtually

certain to be received.

The Group holds land and has interests in fresh water

and geothermal resources that are subject to claims

that have been brought against the Crown. The Group

discloses these claims as contingent liabilities as

the value, timing and likelihood of the claims being

successful are all uncertain.

The Pouākani Claims Trust No 2 and a group of

kaumātua have filed a claim in the Māori Land Court

seeking a declaration that certain parts of the Waikato

riverbed on which Mercury operates hydro assets are

Māori customary land, including the riverbed beneath

the Whakamaru, Maraetai I and II and Waipapa dams

and certain related power stations. The claim has been

amended to include interests in the water flowing over

the riverbed. Mercury holds the fee simple or beneficial

title to those parts of Waikato riverbed beneath the

Whakamaru, Maraetai I and II and Waipapa dams,

and has received advice that if the outcome of the

claim adversely affects the Group’s title to, or ability

to access or operate its hydro assets, Mercury may

bring a claim seeking compensation against the

Crown. The claim is currently subject to a judicial

review challenge to the Māori Land Court’s decision

to decline Mercury’s application to strike out parts

of the claim. The applicants have also filed a related

claim in the Waitangi Tribunal under the Treaty of

Waitangi Act 1975, but have not yet taken any further

steps in relation to that claim.

The Group holds land that was subject to a remedies

hearing brought against the Crown in the Waitangi

Tribunal. The remedies hearing related to an application

seeking binding recommendations for the resumption

of land at Pouākani, including the Group’s land at

Maraetai. The Crown and Ngāti Kahungunu ki Wairarapa

Tāmaki nui-ā-Rua Settlement Trust signed a settlement

deed addressing the resumption claim, and settlement

legislation has been enacted bringing this claim to an

end. Wairarapa Moana Incorporation issued a further

claim against the Crown claiming the Ngāti Kahungunu

ki Wairarapa Tāmaki nui-ā-Rua settlement breaches

the New Zealand Bill of Rights Act 1990. The High Court

recently dismissed this claim.

A claim by the New Zealand Māori Council relating

to fresh water and geothermal resources was lodged

in 2012 with the Waitangi Tribunal. The inquiry

was divided into three stages. In earlier stages, the

Tribunal concluded that Māori have residual (but

as yet undefined) proprietary rights in fresh water

and geothermal resources, and it will be for the

Government to determine how any such rights and

interests may best be addressed. Stage three will

consider law reform, including what Māori rights

and interests in geothermal resources are guaranteed

and protected by the Treaty of Waitangi, whether

current law in respect of geothermal resources

is consistent with the principles of the Treaty of

Waitangi and, if not, what recommendations should

be made for the reform of the current law. Relatedly,

individuals representing hapū affiliated with Ngāti

Tūwharetoa have filed a claim in the Tribunal

asserting customary interests in certain geothermal

resources, including the Mōkai, Rotokawa and

Kawerau geothermal fields. The impact of these

claims on the Group’s operations, and consequently

the amount of any claim or recourse the Group may

have should that impact be adverse to the Group’s

interests, are unknown at this time.

From time to time the Group will issue letters of credit

and guarantees to various suppliers in the normal

course of business. However, there is no expectation

that any outflow of resource relating to these letters

of credit or guarantees will be required.

The Group has no other material contingent assets

or liabilities.

53

MERCURY 2024 INTEGRATED REPORTLOOKING AT THE NUMBERSMENU

NOTE D4. RECONCILIATION OF PROFIT TO OPERATING CASH FLOWS
Net earnings attributable to owners of the parent ($M)

2024

$M

Restated

2023

$M

Profit for the year290112

Adjustments for non-cash movements:

• Change in interest expense accrual– (6)

• Gain on revaluation of NOW New Zealand shares– (12)

• Depreciation and amortisation350 344

• Impairment– 12

• Loss on revaluation of generation assets– 41

• Amortisation of contract assets and costs to profit or loss42 41

• Change in the unrealised fair value of financial instruments(14) 165

• Change in the fair value of carbon units held for trading(8) 36

• Movement in effect of discounting on long-term provisions4 3

• Share of earnings of associate and joint venture companies1 (5)

• Increase in deferred tax37 (57)

Net cash provided by operating activities before change in assets and liabilities702 674

Change in assets and liabilities during the year:

• (Increase) in trade and other receivables and prepayments(199) (48)

• (Increase)/decrease in inventories(21) 3

• (Increase) in contract assets and costs, net of amortisation(45) (58)

• Increase/(decrease) in trade payables and accruals146 (23)

• Increase in provision for tax29 30

Net cash inflow from operating activities612 578

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.

For the year ended 30 June 2024

NOTE E1. INVESTMENTS IN AND ADVANCES TO ASSOCIATES AND JOINT ARRANGEMENTS

(JOINT VENTURES AND JOINT OPERATIONS)

The Group financial statements include the following:

Interest held

Name of entityPrincipal activityType20242023Country

TPC Holdings LimitedInvestment holdingAssociate

1

25.00%25.00%New Zealand

RotokawaSteamfield operationJoint operation64.80%64.80%New Zealand

Nga Awa PuruaElectricity generationJoint operation65.00%65.00%New Zealand

EnergySource LLCInvestment holdingJoint venture

1

20.86%20.86%United States

EnergySource Minerals LLCMineral extractionJoint venture

1

17.7 3%18.41%United States

1

Associates and joint ventures are equity accounted under NZ IAS 28 Investments in Associates and Joint Ventures.

AssociatesJoint ventures

2024

$M

2023

$M

2024

$M

2023

$M

Balance at the beginning of the year 72 67 8 6

Additional investment during the year––– 3

Share of earnings 1 4 (2) 2

Share of movement in other comprehensive income and reserves (6) 11 ––

Distributions received during the year (4) (6)– (3)

Reclassification to subsidiary– (16)––

Fair value revaluation during the year – 12 ––

Balance at the end of the year 63 72 6 8

At the end of the year the Group had outstanding advances to its Rotokawa joint operation partner of $3 million

(2023: $3 million) and its associate TPC Holdings Limited of $4 million (2023: $4 million). For terms and conditions

of these related party receivables refer to note E2.

54

MERCURY 2024 INTEGRATED REPORTLOOKING AT THE NUMBERSMENU

NOTE E2. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
Majority shareholder

The majority shareholder of Mercury NZ Limited

is the Government. Transactions cover a variety of

services including energy, postal, travel and tax.

Transactions with related parties

The Group entered into a number of contracts with

other Crown-controlled entities to hedge against

wholesale electricity price risk, the most significant

being a virtual asset swap with Meridian Energy

Limited which has a remaining life of 1.5 years and a

contract for difference with Genesis Energy Limited

for generation produced at the Waipipi wind farm.

Mercury NZ Limited also has investments in

subsidiaries, associates and joint arrangements,

all of which are considered related parties.

As these are consolidated financial statements,

transactions between related parties within the

Group have been eliminated. Consequently, only

those transactions between entities which have

some owners external to the Group have been

reported in the next table:

Transaction value

2024

$M

2023

$M

Associates

• Management fees and service

agreements received

26 18

• Energy contract settlements

(paid)/received

31 (2)

• Service fees (paid)/received– (3)

Joint operations

• Management fees and service

fees received and paid

31 21

• Energy contract settlements

(paid)/received

12 –

• Interest income– 1

On 15 December 2022, Mercury NZ Limited acquired

the remaining 52% interest in NOW. After this

acquisition date, NOW ceased to be an associate

of the Group. The service fees disclosed during

the comparative reporting period are related to

transactions with NOW during the period it was

an associate of Mercury NZ Limited.

An advance to TPC Holdings Limited of $4m

(30 June 2023: $4m) is interest free and is repayable

on demand subject to certain conditions being met.

The long-term advance to our Rotokawa joint

operation partner of $3m (30 June 2023: $3m)

carries a floating interest rate. Repayments under

the advance are linked to the level of receipts under

the geothermal energy supply agreement. There

is no fixed repayment date; the agreement will

terminate on receipt of any outstanding balances.

No related party debts have been written off,

forgiven, or any impairment charge booked.

Transaction value

2024

$000

2023

$000

Key management personnel

compensation (paid and

payable) comprised:

• Directors' fees1,102 1,101

• Benefits for the Chief Executive

and Senior Management:

Salary and other short-term

benefits

7,444 7,0 4 4

Termination benefits 312 –

Share-based payments 779 680

9,6378,825

Other transactions with key

management personnel

Key management personnel are those people with

responsibility and authority for planning, directing

and controlling the activities of the Group. Key

management personnel for the Group are considered

to be the Directors and Senior Management.

Some Directors also provide directorship services

to other third party entities.

A number of key management personnel provide

directorship services to subsidiaries, associates and

joint operations as part of their employment without

receiving any additional remuneration from the Group.

The Group purchases directors and officers insurance

for the benefit of key management personnel in

relation to the services they provide to the Group.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.

For the year ended 30 June 2024

Mokai geothermal station.

55

MERCURY 2024 INTEGRATED REPORTLOOKING AT THE NUMBERSMENU

NOTE F1. DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL
INSTRUMENTS

The Group uses a range of derivative contracts

in order to manage risk and hedge against cash

flow and fair value volatility. It is the Group's policy

to apply hedge accounting to reduce volatility in profit

or loss, and where possible, derivatives are designated

into hedging relationships under NZ IFRS 9 as either

cash flow or fair value hedges.

Interest rate and cross currency interest

rate derivatives

Interest rate swaps and cross currency derivatives are

used to manage interest rate risks. Interest rate swaps

where we pay-fixed, and receive-floating interest rates

are designated as cash flow hedges in a relationship

with a portion of floating rate debt exposure. Interest

rate swaps where we receive-fixed, pay-floating

interest rate are designated as fair value hedges in

a relationship with the swap rate on fixed rate bonds.

Cross-currency swaps are designated as both fair value

and cash flow hedge relationships with the USPP and

Australian denominated Green wholesale bond (refer

note D2) depending on the component of the debt

being hedged: the risk free (swap) rate as a fair value

hedge; and the credit margin as cash flow hedge.

Foreign exchange derivatives

Foreign exchange forward contracts are designated

as cash flow hedges in a relationship with forecast

purchases of inventory and capital equipment, mainly

for maintenance and construction of generation assets.

Electricity contracts

Where possible, electricity price derivatives are

designated as cash flow hedges in a relationship

with forecast electricity sales and purchases.

Exceptions are swaps and options used for trading

(electricity futures, options and financial transmission

rights) as well as other contracts that have been deemed

Change in fair value of financial instruments

2024

$M

Restated

2023

$M

Realised gain/(loss) on unhedged electricity swaps 158 6

Unrealised gain/(loss) on unhedged derivatives and hedge ineffectiveness through income

statement

14 (165)

Change in fair value of derivative financial instruments per P&L172 (159)

The unrealised changes in fair values of all financial instruments recognised in the income statement and other

comprehensive income are summarised below:

Income statementOther comprehensive

income

2024

$M

Restated

2023

$M

2024

$M

Restated

2023

$M

Interest rate and cross currency interest rate derivatives13 (7)(9) 2

Electricity price derivatives20 (175)(171) 211

Foreign exchange rate derivatives––– (1)

Ineffectiveness of cash flow hedges recognised in the income statement(19) 17 ––

Total unrealised change in fair value of derivative financial instruments14 (165)(180) 212

Movement in cash flow hedge reserve on hedged unrealised gains/losses

2024

$M

Restated

2023

$M

Opening balance(80) (245)

Effective portion of cash flow hedges recognised in the reserve(180) 212

Amount transferred to balance sheet(2) 2

Equity accounted share of associate's movement in other comprehensive income(6) 11

Transfer of share of associate's reserves to profit or loss upon disposal––

Tax effect of movements51 (60)

Closing balance(217) (80)

Unrealised gains and losses on hedged derivatives are recognised in the cash flow hedge reserve and other

comprehensive income. When the gains or losses are realised, they are released from the cash flow hedge

reserve to the balance sheet or profit and loss in line with the underlying hedged item.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.

For the year ended 30 June 2024

not eligible for hedge accounting due to price

reset mechanisms, termination options or variable

volume structures (e.g. wind and solar power 

purchase agreements).

The fair values of derivative financial instruments

are summarised in the following table:

2024

$M

Restated

2023

$M

CURRENT ASSETS

Electricity price derivative 308 190

Interest rate derivative 4 11

Cross currency interest rate

derivative

-–

Foreign exchange derivative 1–

313 201

CURRENT LIABILITIES

Electricity price derivative 327 133

Interest rate derivative 36 44

Cross currency interest rate

derivative

8 9

Foreign exchange derivative -–

371 186

NON-CURRENT ASSETS

Electricity price derivative 183 224

Interest rate derivative 6 6

Cross currency interest rate

derivative

14 13

203 243

NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES

Electricity price derivative 235 160

Interest rate derivative 54 73

Cross currency interest rate

derivative

7 10

296 243

56

MERCURY 2024 INTEGRATED REPORTLOOKING AT THE NUMBERSMENU

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.
For the year ended 30 June 2024

AREA OF KEY JUDGEMENT

FAIR VALUE ESTIMATION

Valuation techniques

All fair value balances are assigned to a fair value hierarchy level as defined by NZ IFRS 13 Fair Value Measurement. No transfers

occurred between hierarchy levels in the period ended 30 June 2024.

The following table provides a breakdown of the fair value of derivatives by the source of key valuation inputs:

30 June 2024

Quoted

market

price

Market

observable

inputs

Non-

market

observable

inputsTot al

Valuation techniqueLevel 1

$M

Level 2

$M

Level 3

$M


$M

Financial assets

Derivative instruments

• Electricity price derivatives 36 – 455 491

• Interest rate derivatives– 10 –10

• Cross currency interest rate derivatives– 14 –14

• Foreign exchange rate derivatives– 1 –1

36 25 455 516

Financial liabilities

Derivative instruments

• Electricity price derivatives 72 – 490 562

• Interest rate derivatives– 90 –90

• Cross currency interest rate derivatives– 15 –15

• Foreign exchange rate derivatives–––-

72 105 490 667

Net financial asset/(liability) (36) (80) (35) (151)

Restated 30 June 2023

Quoted

market

price

Market

observable

inputs

Non-

market

observable

inputsTot al

Valuation techniqueLevel 1

$M

Level 2

$M

Level 3

$M


$M

Financial assets

Derivative instruments

• Electricity price derivatives 33 – 381 414

• Interest rate derivatives– 17 – 17

• Cross currency interest rate derivatives– 13 – 13

33 30 381 444

Financial liabilities

Derivative instruments

• Electricity price derivatives 45 – 248 293

• Interest rate derivatives– 117 – 117

• Cross currency interest rate derivatives– 19 – 19

45 136 248 429

Net financial asset/(liability) (12) (106) 133 15

NOTE F1. DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (CONTINUED)

57

MERCURY 2024 INTEGRATED REPORTLOOKING AT THE NUMBERSMENU

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.
For the year ended 30 June 2024

Valuation of Level 1 Financial Instruments

Level 1 financial derivatives includes ASX futures and financial transmission rights with fair values

determined using quoted prices. These prices represent regularly occurring market transactions on

an orderly basis.

Valuation of Level 2 Financial Instruments

The fair values of Level 2 derivatives are determined using discounted cash flow models. Listed below

are the Level 2 derivatives and the key inputs to the valuation model.

DerivativeValuation Input

Cross Currency Interest Rate Swaps (CCIRS)

Forward interest rate price curve and foreign exchange

rate curve

Interest Rate SwapsForward interest rate curve

Foreign Exchange ContractForward foreign exchange rate curves

Valuation of Level 3 Financial Instruments

The Group uses various methods in estimating the fair value of an electricity financial derivative. Where

the fair value of a derivative is calculated as the present value of the estimated future cash flows of the

instrument there are two key inputs being used:

20242023

Price path $84/MWh to $221/MWh$73/MWh to $153/MWh

Discount rate10.3% to 4.1%12.0% to 4.0%

The wide range in discount factors are driven by entering into longer term derivative contracts. Forward

electricity spot price in the front end of the curve in FY24 were higher, driven by futures price, thus resulting

in a higher maximum price of $221/MWh in FY24 compared to $153/MWh in FY23.

The selection of valuation inputs requires significant judgement, and therefore there is a range of

reasonably possible assumptions in respect of these inputs that could be used in estimating the fair

values of these derivatives. Maximum use is made of observable market data when selecting inputs and

developing assumptions for the valuation technique.

Reconciliation of Level 3 unrealised fair value movements

The unrealised Level 3 fair value movements in the Group's Consolidated Income Statement are recognised within 'change in the fair value of financial

instruments', along with realised gains/losses on financial instruments not in a hedging relationship.

Fair value through other

comprehensive income

Fair value through

profit or loss

Tot al

2024

$M

Restated

2023

$M

2024

$M

Restated

2023

$M

2024

$M

Restated

2023

$M

Opening balance sheet position (78) (257)211359133102

New contracts (48) 23 (4) 10 (52)33

Matured contracts (12) 66 (6) 17 (17)83

Gains and losses

• Through the income statement ––22 (175)22 (175)

• Through other comprehensive income (120) 90 ––(120)90

Closing balance sheet position (259) (78)223211(35) 133

NOTE F1. DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (CONTINUED)

Sensitivity of Level 3 fair value measurements

The following summarises the potential impact of increases or decreases

in price risk exposures of the Group on post tax profit. Sensitivity analysis

is based on an assessment of the reasonably possible movements in

forward price. The electricity sensitivities disclosed below do not include

Level 1 electricity derivatives. Refer to note F2 for sensitivity analysis on

all electricity derivatives.

Impact on post

tax profit

2024

$M

Restated

2023

$M

Group

Electricity forward price increased by 10% (28) 39

Electricity forward price decreased by 10% 23 (45)

Deferred 'inception' gains/(losses) on Level 3 derivatives

There is a presumption that when derivative contracts are entered into at

an arm's length basis that the fair value at inception is zero. The contract

price of non exchange traded electricity derivative contracts are agreed

on a bilateral basis, the pricing for which may differ from the prevailing

derived market price curve for a variety of reasons. In these circumstances

an inception adjustment is made to bring the initial fair value of the

contract to zero at inception. This inception adjustment is amortised

over the life of the contract by adjusting the future price path used to

determine the fair value of the derivatives by a constant amount to return

the initial fair value to zero.

The table below details the movements in inception value gains/(losses)

included in the fair value of derivative financial assets and liabilities as at

30 June 2024.

2024

$M

2023

$M

Electricity price derivatives

Opening deferred inception gains/(losses) 39 26

Deferred inception gains/(losses) on new hedges(23) 17

Deferred inception(losses)/gains realised during

the year

(17) (4)

Closing inception gains/(losses)(1) 39

58

MERCURY 2024 INTEGRATED REPORTLOOKING AT THE NUMBERSMENU

NOTE F2. FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT
The Group's overall risk management programme

focuses on the unpredictability of financial markets

and seeks to proactively manage these risks with the

aim of protecting shareholder wealth. Exposure to

price, credit, foreign exchange, liquidity and interest

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.

For the year ended 30 June 2024

(A) MARKET RISK

Nature of risk exposureRisk Management Policy

Electricity price

The Group is exposed to movements in the spot price of electricity

arising from the sale and purchase of electricity in the market.

The Group enters into electricity derivative contracts, including

swaps, futures, options and PPAs that establish a fixed price

at which future quantities of electricity are purchased and

sold. The electricity contracts are periodically settled with any

difference between the contract price and the electricity spot

price settled between the parties. Cash flow hedge accounting

is applied.

Foreign exchange

The Group is exposed to foreign exchange risk as a result of

transactions denominated in a currency other than the Group's

functional currency. The currencies giving rise to this risk are

primarily US Dollar, Japanese Yen, Euro, Yuan and AU Dollar.

The Group's policy is to enter into forward exchange contracts

to hedge its committed foreign denominated expenditure

programme.

Interest rate

The Group has exposure to interest rate risk to the extent

that it borrows for fixed terms at floating interest rates.

The Group uses mostly interest rate swaps and rarely interest

rate options to manage this exposure.

Derivatives in designated hedging relationships

ElectricityForeign ExchangeInterest Rate

2024

$M

Restated

2023

$M

2024

$M

2023

$M

2024

$M

2023

$M

Notional amount 5,830 4,680 202 31 2,500 2,061

Maturity1-20 years1-16 years0-1 year1 year0-10 years0-10 years

Carrying amount - asset76 135 1 – 24 30

Carrying amount - liability(360)(207)–– (105) (136)

Recognised in OCI (171) 211 – (1) (9) 2

Ineffectiveness (13) 9 –– (5) 7

Hedge Ratio1:11:11:11:11:11:1

rate risks arise in the normal course of the Group's

business. The Group's principal financial instruments

comprise cash, trade receivables and accruals (not

prepayments), advances, payables and accruals,

borrowings and derivative financial instruments.

At inception, each hedge relationship is formalised

in hedge documentation. Hedge accounting is

discontinued when the hedge instrument expires

or is terminated, exercised or no longer qualifies

for hedge accounting. The Group determines the

existence of an economic relationship between the

hedging instrument and the hedged item based

on the amount and timing of respective cashflows,

reference interest rates, currency, maturities and

notional amounts. The Group assesses whether the

derivative designated in each hedging relationship is

expected to be, and has been, effective in offsetting

the changes in cash flows of the hedged item using

the hypothetical derivative method.

The Group’s policy is to designate derivatives in hedge

relationships on inception when their fair value is

zero, applying a hedge ratio of 1:1. The main source

of ineffectiveness for electricity contracts relates to

the difference between the market price and the

strike price at inception of the contracts. For interest

rate derivatives, the weighted average hedge rate

for cashflow hedges (receive floating, pay fixed rate)

is 4.0% (2023: 3.6%) and for fair value hedges (pay

floating, receive fixed rate) is 3.4% (2023: 2.6%).

Market risk sensitivity analysis

The following summarises the potential impact of

increases or decreases in the relevant market risk

exposures of the Group on post tax profit (unhedged

derivatives) and on other components of equity

(hedged derivatives) from the change in the derivative

valuation. The analysis does not take into account

dynamic market response over time, which could be

material. The electricity sensitivities disclosed below

include Level 1 derivatives.

Impact on post tax profitImpact on equity

2024

$M

Restated

2023

$M

2024

$M

2023

$M

Electricity forward price increased by 10% (27)42 (77)(62)

Electricity forward price decreased by 10% 22 (43)76 62

Forward foreign exchange rates increased by 10%––(12) (2)

Forward foreign exchange rates decreased by 10%––17 2

Interest rates higher by 100 bps (32)(28)11 6

Interest rates lower by 100 bps 34 29 (11) (6)

(B) CREDIT RISK

Nature of risk exposureRisk Management Policy

The carrying amounts of financial

assets recognised in the balance

sheet best represent the Group's

maximum exposure to credit risk

at the reporting date without taking

account of any collateral held by

way of customer bonds.

The Group manages its exposure to credit risk under policies approved by the Board of

Directors. The Group performs credit assessments on all electricity customers and normally

requires a bond from commercial customers who have yet to establish a suitable credit

history. In the event of a failure by a retailer to settle its obligations to the Energy Clearing

House, following the exhaustion of its prudential security, a proportionate share of the

shortfall will be assumed by all generator class market participants. The Group would be

impacted in the event that this occurs. It is the Group's policy to only enter into derivative

transactions with banks that it has signed an ISDA master agreement with, and which have

a minimum long-term Moody's (or equivalent) credit rating of A- or higher.

59

MERCURY 2024 INTEGRATED REPORTLOOKING AT THE NUMBERSMENU

NOTE F2. FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (CONTINUED)
(C) LIQUIDITY RISK

Nature of risk exposureRisk Management Policy

Liquidity risk is the risk that the

Group will not be able to meet

its financial obligations as they

fall due.

The Group manages its exposure to liquidity risk

under policies approved by the Board of Directors.

Policies require that prescribed headroom is

available in undrawn and committed facilities

to cover unplanned needs and that a limited

amount of facilities mature over the immediate

12 month forward-looking period. The Group's

objective is to maintain a balance between

continuity of funding and flexibility through

the use of various funding sources.

The following liquidity risk disclosures reflect all contractually fixed

payoffs, repayments and interest from recognised non-derivative

financial liabilities. The timing of cash flows for non-derivative financial

liabilities is based on the contractual terms of the underlying contract.

The information on contractual cashflows are presented on an

undiscounted basis, consequently the totals will not reconcile with

the amounts recognised in the balance sheet.

• Net settled derivatives include interest rate derivatives and electricity

price derivatives.

• Gross settled derivatives relate to foreign exchange derivatives that

are used to hedge future purchase commitments.

• Foreign exchange derivatives may be rolled on an instalment basis

until the underlying transaction occurs. While the maturity of these

derivatives are short-term the underlying expenditure is forecast to

occur over different time periods. The Group also expects to receive

funds relating to derivative asset settlements.

While the following tables give the impression of a liquidity shortfall, the

analysis does not take into account expected future operating cash flows or

committed and undrawn debt facilities that will provide additional liquidity

support. The expectation of cash receipts in relation to derivative assets

should also be considered when assessing the ability of the Group to meet

its obligations.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.

For the year ended 30 June 2024

Less than 6 months

$M

6 to 12 months

$M

1 to 5 years

$M

Later than 5 years

$M

Tot al

$M

30 JUNE 2024

Liquid financial assets

Cash 44 – – – 44

Receivables 638 – – – 638

Non derivative financial liabilities

Payables and accruals (462) – – – (462)

Borrowings (341) (33) (1,041) (1,794) (3,209)

Lease liabilities (11) (11) ( 74) (56) (153)

Derivative financial liabilities

Derivative liabilities - net settled

Electricity price derivatives (180) (146) (338)– (664)

Interest rate derivatives (19) (14) (54) (8) (95)

Cross currency interest rate derivative (5) (4) 10 – 1

Derivative liabilities - gross settled

Foreign exchange derivatives inflows 202 – – – 202

Foreign exchange derivatives outflows (202) – – – (202)

Net outflows (336) (208) (1,498) (1,858) (3,900)

Less than 6 months

$M

6 to 12 months

$M

1 to 5 years

$M

Later than 5 years

$M

Tot al

$M

RESTATED 30 JUNE 2023

Liquid financial assets

Cash 75 – – – 75

Receivables 440 – 1 – 441

Non derivative financial liabilities

Payables and accruals (344)––– (344)

Borrowings (383) (28) (840) (1,793) (3,044)

Lease liabilities (7) (7) (55) (88) (157)

Derivative financial liabilities

Derivative liabilities - net settled

Electricity price derivatives(34)(57)(194)(19)(303)

Interest rate derivatives(23)(23)(69)(12) (128)

Cross currency interest rate derivative (5) (5) (7) 8 (9)

Derivative liabilities - gross settled

Foreign exchange derivatives inflows 31 – – – 31

Foreign exchange derivatives outflows (31) – – – (31)

Net outflows (280) (120) (1,164) (1,904) (3,468)

60

MERCURY 2024 INTEGRATED REPORTLOOKING AT THE NUMBERSMENU

NOTE F2. FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT
(CONTINUED)

(D) CAPITAL RISK MANAGEMENT

The Board policy is to maintain a sustainable financial

structure for the Group, recognising Mercury's targeted

long-term credit rating of BBB+ assigned by S&P

Global and the risks from predicted short and medium-

term economic, market and hydrological conditions

along with estimated financial performance. Capital

is managed to provide sufficient funds to undertake

required asset reinvestment as well as to finance new

generation development projects and other growth

opportunities to increase shareholder value at a rate

similar to comparable private sector companies.

In order to maintain or adjust the capital structure,

changes can be made to the amount paid as

dividends to shareholders, capital can be returned or

injected or assets sold to reduce borrowings.

Consistent with other companies in the industry, the

Group monitors capital on the basis of its gearing

ratio. This ratio is calculated as net debt divided

by total capital. Net debt is calculated as total

borrowings (both current and non-current) less cash.

Total capital is calculated as shareholders' equity plus

net debt. The gearing ratio is calculated below:

2024

$M

Restated

2023

$M

Borrowings at carrying value1,941 1,898

Add back: fair value adjustments5684

Less cash(44)(75)

Net debt1,953 1,907

Tot al equit y4,849 4,863

Total capital6,802 6,7 70

Gearing ratio28.7%28.2%

NOTE G1. SHARE-BASED PAYMENTS

LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN

The Group operates an equity-settled share

based long-term incentive (LTI) plan for senior

management. The plan is designed to enhance the

alignment between shareholders and those senior

managers most able to influence the performance

of the Group.

Under the plan senior managers are granted the

shares at nil cost if certain total shareholder return

targets are met. Performance is measured against a

combination of: i) other electricity generators who are

listed on the NZX; and (ii) out-performance against

the Group's internal return on capital hurdles. The

plan is due to vest in July 2025 and July 2026.

Each LTI plan represents the grant of in-substance

nil-price options to senior managers. During the

year the Group expensed $779,312 in relation to

equity-settled share based payment transactions

(2023: $680,022).

The cost of the share-based payment is recognised

over the period in which the performance or service

conditions are fulfilled. The total amount expensed

is based on the Group’s best estimate of the number

of equity instruments that will ultimately vest,

taking into consideration the likelihood that service

conditions will be met, multiplied by the initial fair

value of each share.

Under the negative pledge deed in favour of its

bank financiers the Group must, in addition to

not exceeding its maximum gearing ratio, exceed

minimum interest cover ratios and a minimum

shareholder equity threshold.

The Group seeks to maintain a debt to EBITDAF ratio

of between 2.0 and 3.0 times, on average through

time, to maintain credit metrics sufficient to support

its credit rating on an on-going basis. For the purpose

of calculating this ratio and consistent with the rating

agency treatment, adjustments are made to net debt

and EBITDAF based on the definitions provided by

the rating agency. For the year ended 30 June 2024,

the Group had a debt to EBITDAF ratio of 2.0 times

(2023: 2.0 times).

Movements in the number of share options are

as follows:

2024

$M

2023

$M

Balance at the beginning of the year 930,241 863,879

Options granted 255,843 348,101

Options expired– (57,009)

Options exercised(358,528)(224,730)

Balance at the end of the year827,556 930,241

241,339 options were exercisable at the end of the

year (2023: 358,528) with the remaining options

under the plan having a weighted average life of 1

year (2023: 1 year).

NOTE G2. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS AND

OTHER MATTERS

The Board of Directors has approved a fully imputed

final dividend of 14.0 cents per share to be paid on

30 September 2024. The Group plans to continue

with the DRP announced in FY2022, with a DRP

strike price to be determined by the average of daily

volume weighted average sale price for a share,

calculated on all price setting trades of shares that

took place through the NZX Main Board over a period

of five trading days starting on 16 September 2024,

less a 2% discount.

On 11 July 2024, the Group redeemed capital bond

MCY020 and issued a new capital bond MCY070

for $350m.

There are no other material events subsequent to

balance date that would affect the fair presentation

of these financial statements.


NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.

For the year ended 30 June 2024

61

MERCURY 2024 INTEGRATED REPORTLOOKING AT THE NUMBERSMENU

TE TAUĀKI ĀHUARANGI.
In this section we cover how we consider and respond to climate-related

risks and opportunities as we pursue our objective of accelerating the

shift to a low-carbon future.

Turitea wind farm.

62

MERCURY 2024 INTEGRATED REPORTMENU

MERCURY &
CLIMATE CHANGE.

This climate statement has been prepared in

alignment with the Aotearoa New Zealand Climate

Standards

1

(NZ CS) and is for the 2024 Financial

Year. In FY24, Mercury is relying on the adoption

provisions in NZ CS 2, namely adoption provision 2,

for an exemption from disclosing the anticipated

financial impacts of climate-related risks and

opportunities and adoption provision 4, for an

exemption from disclosing a selected subset of

our scope 3 GHG emissions sources, comprising

of capital goods, purchased goods and services

and investments.

1

Aotearoa New Zealand Climate Standards available www.xrb.govt.nz/

standards/climate-related-disclosures/aotearoa-new-zealand-climate-

standards/aotearoa-new-zealand-climate-standard-1/

FY24 CLIMATE STATEMENT

20 August 2024

SCOTT ST JOHN // C H A I R

JAMES MILLER // CHAIR, RISK ASSURANCE

AND AUDIT COMMITTEE

CONTENTS.

64 INTRODUCTION

65 GOVERNANCE

69 STRATEGY

78 RISK MANAGEMENT

80 METRICS & TARGETS

Aratiatia Rapids

63

MERCURY 2024 INTEGRATED REPORTCLIMATE STATEMENTMENU

INTRODUCTION.
Mercury’s purpose is Tiakina te anamata, mā te tūhono i ngā tāngata me ngā wāhi o

te inamata. Taking care of tomorrow: Connecting people and place today. This brings

together our company, employees, customers, iwi, and stakeholders to contribute toward

a positive impact on people and the planet.

As Aotearoa New Zealand navigates to Net Zero, we

recognise the multifaceted nature of climate change,

including immediate and long-term challenges and

opportunities. These encompass physical impacts from

acute events such as storms, chronic long-term shifts

in climate patterns and transitional impacts such

as policy, legal, technology and market changes.

We recognise the potential opportunities such as

electricity demand increasing as we shift to a low-

carbon future. To effectively address these dynamics,

our integrated strategy considers climate-related risks,

opportunities and current impacts.

A SUMMARY OF KEY POINTS IN THIS CLIMATE STATEMENT ARE:

IMPORTANT INFORMATION

FOR READERS

Mercury has used best efforts in the preparation

of this Climate-Related Disclosure to provide accurate

information as at 20 August 2024 but cautions reliance

being placed on representations that are necessarily

subject to significant risks, uncertainties or assumptions.

This Climate-Related Disclosure contains forward-

looking statements, including climate-related metrics,

climate scenarios, estimated climate projections, targets,

assumptions, forecasts and statements of Mercury’s

future intentions. These statements necessarily involve

assumptions, forecasts and projections about Mercury’s

present and future strategies and the environment

in which Mercury will operate in the future, which

are inherently uncertain and subject to limitations,

particularly as to inputs, available data and information

which is likely to change. Mercury has used its best

efforts to provide a reasonable basis for forward-

looking statements but is constrained by the novel

and developing nature of this subject matter. Climate-

related forward-looking statements may therefore be less

reliable than other statements Mercury may make in its

annual reporting.

Descriptions of the qualitative and quantitative current

financial and other impacts of climate change draw

on and/or represent estimated figures only. In particular,

the risks and opportunities described in this report, and

the forecast emissions reductions, may not eventuate

or may be more or less significant than anticipated.

There are many factors that could cause Mercury’s actual

results, performance or achievement of climate-related

metrics (including targets) to differ materially from that

described, including climatic, government, consumer,

and market factors outside of Mercury’s control.

Nothing in this Climate-Related Disclosure should be

interpreted as capital growth, earnings or any other legal,

financial tax or other advice or guidance.

BASED ON THESE SCENARIOS:

We identified material climate-related risks

and opportunities that could affect our

business and captured our view of material

climate-related current impacts to Mercury.

MATERIAL CLIMATE-RELATED

OPPORTUNITIES IDENTIFIED

AS THOSE ARISING FROM:

• Low-carbon transition lifts

electricity demand

• Capital markets tilt towards

investing in low-carbon generation

MATERIAL CLIMATE-RELATED RISKS

IDENTIFIED AS THOSE ARISING FROM:

• Greater variability in weather patterns

(including more frequent high inflow

events and droughts) that reduces hydro

generation flexibility and profitability

• Growing intensity of atmospheric

conditions (including storm events)

that cause asset damage

• Government policy settings fail

to balance the energy trilemma

• Supply chain and labour constraints

MATERIAL CLIMATE-RELATED

CURRENT IMPACTS IDENTIFIED

AS THOSE ARISING FROM:

• Participation in the New Zealand

Emissions Trading Scheme

• Investment in greenhouse gas 

reinjection at our geothermal sites

We employ strategic foresight to navigate uncertainties,

exploring risks and opportunities in different plausible

future scenarios. Mercury employs a single set of

scenarios that include both climate-related and other

strategic considerations. This Climate Statement

focuses on the climate-related aspects of Mercury’s

scenarios. Regular monitoring informs our choices,

keeping climate change central to our strategy.

Our governance frameworks and remuneration models

ensure that we have appropriate oversight and active

management of these factors.

12345

MERCURY’S SCENARIOS HAVE FOUR

DIFFERENT PATHWAYS:

• where global temperature increase

is limited to 1.5 ̊C,

• where global temperature increase

is limited to 2.5 ̊C,

• where global temperature increase

is limited to 3 ̊C,

• where global temperature increase

is greater than 3 ̊C.

We are continuing to explore additional actions to reduce our own emissions and mitigate climate change. Further details are outlined in our Climate Action Plan.

64

MERCURY 2024 INTEGRATED REPORTCLIMATE STATEMENTMENU

GOVERNANCE.
BOARD

Our Board oversees Mercury’s strategic scenarios, including climate-

related risks and opportunities. Responsibilities of the Board are outlined

in the Board Charter and include establishing clear strategic goals with

appropriate supporting business plans and resources, monitoring strategy

implementation, financial performance, and the integrity of reporting,

and ensuring that effective audit, risk management, and compliance

systems are in place and monitored.

The Board discusses Mercury’s scenarios, any changes in the external

environment (including climate-related changes) and progress towards

our three-year objectives quarterly (covered in Strategic Monitoring Reports)

and in more detail biannually at Strategy Days. From June 2024, the Board

also receive quarterly updates from the Executive GM Sustainability that

include how we are progressing toward our Scope 1, 2 and 3 emissions

reduction targets. For further information on our emissions reduction

targets, refer to the Metrics and Targets section of this Climate Statement.

A committee of the Board - the People and Performance Committee

(PPC) – supports the Board in setting the approach to remuneration,

including incorporating climate-related matters in the Short-Term

Incentive component of remuneration.


In FY24, the relevant Board meetings were:

August 2023

Board Meeting;

discuss scenarios,

external changes

and progress

towards our three-

year objectives

November 2023

Strategy Day; discuss

scenarios, external

changes and

progress towards our

three-year objectives

February 2024

Board Meeting;

discuss scenarios,

external changes

and new three-year

objectives

May 2024

Strategy Day; discuss

scenarios, external

changes and

progress towards our

three-year objectives

June 2024

Board Meeting;

discuss sustainability

quarterly update

In FY25, the relevant

Board meetings were:

August 2024

Approval of the FY24 Climate

Statement and Climate Action

Plan, discuss scenarios, external

changes and progress towards

our three-year objectives

In FY24, the relevant RAAC meetings were:

July and August 2023

Review and

endorsement of

the FY23 Climate

Statement

February 2024

Update on FY24

Climate Scenario

Analysis and risk

and opportunity

identification

May 2024

Initial review of

the FY24 Climate

Statement and

Climate Action Plan

In FY25, the relevant RAAC meetings were:

July 2024

Further review of

the FY24 Climate

Statement and

Climate Action Plan

August 2024

Final review and

endorsement of

the FY24 Climate

Statement and

Climate Action Plan

RISK ASSURANCE AND AUDIT COMMITTEE

A committee of the Board – the Risk Assurance and Audit Committee

(RAAC) – supports the Board in overseeing climate-related risks. The Board

itself has responsibility for climate-related opportunities. Members of

the EMT attend quarterly RAAC meetings where necessary to ensure

appropriate support and facilitate feedback and discussion. The RAAC

is responsible for reviewing and making recommendations to the Board

on our risk management policy and processes, including climate-related

risks and opportunities. They review progress against our risk management

framework, including metrics and targets. The Board is updated by the

RAAC Chair on relevant discussions and decisions reached at each meeting.

Mercury does not currently consider it necessary to establish a separate

sustainability sub-committee of the Board as Sustainability and

Kaitiakitanga/Stewardship are inherent in Mercury’s business operating

model and strategy and are therefore addressed within existing

governance structures.

65

MERCURY 2024 INTEGRATED REPORTCLIMATE STATEMENTMENU

SKILLS AND COMPETENCIES TO PROVIDE
OVERSIGHT OF CLIMATE-RELATED RISKS,

OPPORTUNITIES AND CURRENT IMPACTS

The Board’s skills matrix specifically includes

climate change.

In FY20, the Board evaluated our risk management

framework to assess whether it adequately addressed

climate-related risks within our integrated business

planning process. Given the potential impact of climate

change for Mercury, the Board amplified climate-

related risks within our consolidated risk register.

In FY21, the Board held an externally facilitated deep

dive into regulatory, economic, and legal aspects of

climate-related risks and opportunities. Additionally,

management presented its first climate change

scenario analysis report and the outcome of its review

of climate-related risks and opportunities to the RAAC.

In FY22 and FY23, we continued to mature our

approach to climate scenario analysis with input

from the RAAC through regular engagements.

The Board seeks internal and external expertise

and advice as required to ensure they have current

information for appropriate oversight of climate-

related risks and opportunities.

The Chair of our Board, Scott St John, has previously

been on the steering committee of Chapter Zero

New Zealand (www.chapterzero.nz), a global network

of board directors committed to acting on climate

change, which is hosted in Aotearoa New Zealand

by the Institute of Directors. Scott has recently

been appointed as a member of the Nominating

Committee for the Climate Change Commission.

MANAGEMENT’S ROLE IN ASSESSING AND

MANAGING CLIMATE-RELATED RISKS,

OPPORTUNITIES AND CURRENT IMPACTS

The Board entrusts the Chief Executive and the EMT 

with responsibility for developing and recommending

strategies to identify, assess and manage climate-

related risks and opportunities (refer to the Leadership

and Governance section of the FY24 Integrated Report

for further detail). The EMT focuses on improving

reporting and disclosure of these climate-related

aspects, including identifying metrics and targets.

Mercury’s management is responsible for ensuring the

business effectively identifies, assesses, and manages

climate-related risks, opportunities and current impacts.

Mercury’s annual climate-related disclosure process

is prepared by Management with a primary governance

pathway, via the RAAC, to the Board.

The key inputs this year were:

• the analysis undertaken by the cross-functional

working group that reviewed and updated our

scenarios, risks, opportunities and current impacts;

• our participation in the development, and further

analysis, of the Energy and Telecommunications

Sector climate scenarios; and

• making progress towards the more detailed financial

quantification of our risks and opportunities.

In FY24, the relevant RMC meetings were:

January 2024

Update and endorsement of FY24

Climate Scenario Analysis and risk

and opportunity identification

April 2024

Initial review of the FY24

Climate Statement and

Climate Action Plan

In FY25, the relevant RMC meetings were:

July 2024

Further review of the FY24

Climate Statement and

Climate Action Plan

July 2024

Final review of the FY24

Climate Statement and

Climate Action Plan

RISK MANAGEMENT FRAMEWORK

Our risk management framework meets Aotearoa

New Zealand standard AS/NZS ISO 31000 Risk

Management – Principles and Guidelines. It helps

us to identify different categories of risk – compliance,

operational, reputational, financial and people risks.

Climate-related risks are integrated within these

categories and treated like other risks. More

information on our risk management approach can be

found in the Assurance & Managing Risk section of our

Corporate Governance Statement.

RISK MANAGEMENT COMMITTEE

Our management operates a Risk Management

Committee (RMC) whose mandate, as captured

in our Risk Management Policy, is to establish and

promote risk awareness among all staff, implement

and communicate effective risk management and

internal control frameworks, regularly monitor,

report, and review risk activities, and ensure sufficient

business resources for effective risk management.

Membership of the Risk Management Committee

includes representatives from the EMT and is

chaired by the Chief Executive. The RMC meets

approximately 10 times per year, including prior

to each RAAC meeting.

(Please refer to the table on the following page

for more information on specific responsibilities.)

66

MERCURY 2024 INTEGRATED REPORTCLIMATE STATEMENTMENU

BOARD
MERCURY BOARD

Establishes the purpose and strategic direction, oversees and approves risk management strategy and risk appetite and monitors progress against climate-related risks, metrics and targets.

Climate-related risks and opportunities form an integral part of Mercury’s overall risk management framework. All key climate-related risks and opportunities are approved by the Board.

In addition to reporting from the Risk Assurance and Audit Committee (RAAC), the Board receives quarterly updates on key sustainability trends and issues.

RISK ASSURANCE AND AUDIT COMMITTEE (RAAC)

The RAAC, a sub-committee of the Board, supports the Board in overseeing risks and opportunities including those related to climate change. The committee has been delegated primary responsibility for reviewing all

Climate Related Disclosures (CRDs) to ensure compliance with the NZ Climate Standards and engaging with management and assurance providers regarding these disclosures. The committee also ensures a suitable

system of controls and management in connection to climate-related risks is embedded in the business, including the keeping of proper CRD records.

Periodically reviews Mercury’s Risk Management Policy and Framework,

to ensure these remain fit for purpose, with appropriate and effective

risk management strategies in place.

Quarterly review of risk reports from management. Each year, there’s an annual

in-depth review including climate-related risk assessments and endorsing

updated scenarios used in Mercury’s identification of key climate-related risks

and opportunities.

Reports to the Board on the outcomes of RAAC meetings, including

discussion concerning risks and making recommendations to the Board.

EXECUTIVE

CHIEF EXECUTIVE AND EXECUTIVE MANAGEMENT TEAM

Overall accountability for actions and commitments to embed climate change into risk management, business strategy and planning, budgeting processes and frameworks.

Includes identifying, considering, and monitoring climate-related risks and opportunities and reporting to the RAAC and the Board.

RISK MANAGEMENT COMMITTEE (RMC)

The RMC is a committee of the EMT chaired by the Chief Executive.

Promotes risk awareness and appropriate risk management

throughout the business. Monitors and reviews risk activities at its

approximately 10 meetings each year.

Reporting of business risk is coordinated through the Risk Assurance Team and

Risk Assurance Officer. Climate-related risks and opportunities are reported to the

RMC through facilitation by the Sustainability Team.

When appropriate, management engages third-party experts for services

such as auditing, specific climate research or strategic management consulting.

EXECUTIVE

Ensures the risks in each business area are identified, understood, mitigated, managed and monitored and escalated appropriately.

Implements risk mitigation strategies.Reviews quarterly sustainability updates.

Monitors emerging and developing risks. For climate-related

risks and opportunities, this is facilitated by the Executive

General Manager Sustainability. Oversight of risk reporting

is performed by the Risk Assurance Team, which reports to

the Chief Financial Officer.

Preparation and presentation of climate-related

risk reports to the RAAC. These reports include

actions taken to mitigate risks previously disclosed.

Management remuneration includes incentives tied to climate-related risks and opportunities.

OPERATIONS

At an operational level, the identification and day-to-day management of climate-related risks is dispersed throughout Mercury.

OVERVIEW AND RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN RESPONSIBILITIES OF MERCURY BOARD, SUB-COMMITTEES AND MANAGEMENT.

67

MERCURY 2024 INTEGRATED REPORTCLIMATE STATEMENTMENU

CLIMATE-RELATED RISKS, OPPORTUNITIES
AND CURRENT IMPACTS ARE

INCORPORATED INTO COMPANY

STRATEGY DEVELOPMENT

Management’s periodic reviews of Mercury’s strategic

framework actively consider climate-related risks,

opportunities and current impacts. These reviews

play a crucial role in assessing significant market

changes, leading to the identification of new risks

and opportunities or re-assessment of existing ones,

potentially altering the likelihood and/or consequence

of their impact.

A cross-functional business team comprising of

representatives from our Sustainability, Portfolio,

Generation, Finance and Customer business units,

led by the Sustainability Team reporting through the

Executive GM Sustainability, contributes insights from

across the business. This group includes the strategy

function, as a fundamental objective of climate-

related scenario analysis is to bolster the resilience

of Mercury’s strategy. It also includes people who

engage with external stakeholders, such as suppliers,

customers, councils, and industry groups. Their work

directly informs scenario updates and continuous

monitoring of signals and signposts, culminating in

our quarterly Strategic Monitoring Reports. These

reports provide valuable insights during strategic

discussions and input into setting our three-year

objectives. Additionally, the EMT and Board conduct

quarterly reviews of our scenarios, integrating climate

considerations into our ongoing strategic monitoring

process. In FY24, these reviews occurred in August

and November 2023 and in February and May 2024.

MANAGEMENT REMUNERATION IS LINKED

TO MANAGEMENT OF CLIMATE-RELATED

RISKS AND OPPORTUNITIES

The remuneration of the Chief Executive and the EMT

is linked to Mercury’s strategic objectives, purpose and

goals. The Short-Term Incentive (STI) component of

remuneration is set as a percentage of the executive’s

base salary and for FY24 was set at 60% for the Chief

Executive and up to 35% for other EMT members.

A proportion (70% for the Chief Executive and 50%

for other EMT members in FY24) of the STI is related

to a shared set of Group Key Performance Indicators

(KPIs) that form our scorecard and are aligned with

our three-year objectives. These STI proportions have

remained consistent for over five years, and climate-

related KPIs have been a key part of this scorecard

for numerous years, as shown in the table below.

This scorecard is monitored by the Finance team and

reported to the People and Performance Committee

(PPC). The PPC reviews the annual performance

appraisal outcomes for all members of the EMT

and endorses for Board approval the outcomes for

all EMT members, including the Chief Executive.

Ngā Tamariki geothermal station.

FY22-24 THREE-YEAR

OBJECTIVE

FY22 KPIFY23 KPIFY24 KPIFY25-27 THREE-YEAR

OBJECTIVE

FY25 KPI

Play a leading role in

New Zealand’s successful

transition to a low carbon

economy

Support sector decarbonisation

options

Progress on future

development pipeline

Role in electricity sector

transition progress

Delivering more reliable

and renewable energy

to power Aotearoa

Generation availability

target met

Create executable options

for new growth

Progress generation development

pipeline options

Clear path to

carbon reduction

Progress on non-condensable

gas reinjection

Accelerating the shift

to a low-carbon future

Deliver 2 of 3 outcomes of:

• Advancement of new

demand or Commercial

and Industrial electrification

• Progress emission reduction

• Sector and Government

Energy Transition

Framework

More information on the responsibilities and remuneration of the Chief Executive and the EMT can be found in our Corporate Governance Statement and Remuneration Report.

68

MERCURY 2024 INTEGRATED REPORTCLIMATE STATEMENTMENU

STRATEGY.
WHAT WE ARE SEEING

Mercury recognises that climate change is currently

impacting the way we operate. The material current

impacts on our business are as follows:

LOOKING FORWARD

SCENARIO ANALYSIS

Mercury recognises the importance of scenario

analysis in assessing climate-related risks and

opportunities, ensuring the resilience of our

strategy across different time horizons. To support

transparency and informed decision-making, we

update our scenarios quarterly and conduct an in-

depth annual review on the climate-related aspects.

Prior to FY23, we had climate scenarios aligned

with Task Force on Climate-related Financial

Disclosures recommendations that were separate

from our strategic scenarios. We had used external

third-party consultants to guide the scenario

analysis process.

In FY23, our cross-functional working group

conducted in-depth scenario analysis to highlight

emerging risks, opportunities and current impacts.

Recognising the interconnectedness of climate

considerations with our overall strategy, we

consolidated these scenarios into a unified set,

embedding climate into strategy discussions.

In FY24, our cross-functional working group

refined these scenarios and added a fourth

scenario incorporating climate-related aspects

into each. We also collaborated on the Energy

and Telecommunications Sector climate-related

scenarios with diverse businesses and external

parties. These helped us test and validate our

scenarios, risks and opportunities and identify any

gaps in our analysis. We also considered externally

published reference scenarios and models to enrich

our scenarios and will continue to use these as a

reference as we refine and update the climate-

related aspects of our scenarios.

Our unified set of scenarios explores a range of

plausible futures, and we use them to identify both

strategic and climate-related risks and opportunities

and to inform our strategic discussions and

decision-making.

The RMC, RAAC and the Board discussed our

scenarios to validate their robustness. The RAAC

and the RMC provided governance and oversight,

receiving updates from management and providing

feedback during meetings in February and May

FY24. These updates reviewed our processes,

updated scenarios and material climate-related

risks, opportunities, and current impacts. As part

of our quarterly strategic monitoring process, our

Board reviews our scenarios and provides feedback.

In accordance with NZ CS 1, we must consider three

scenarios: one with a global temperature increase

limited to 1.5 ̊C, another with a rise above 3 ̊C, and

a third with discretionary parameters (e.g., drivers).

Additionally, we explore a fourth scenario to further

assess alternative pathways for New Zealand’s low-

carbon transition. These scenarios and associated

pathways fulfil NZ CS 1 requirements, robustly

testing the resilience of our strategy and business

model under plausible and distinct futures,

and against diverse climate-related risks and

opportunities.

Our FY23 and FY24 scenario analysis has been

framed by the focal question: “What climate-related

risks and opportunities are affecting Mercury now

and could plausibly affect Mercury over the short,

medium and long terms?”.

The STEEP (Social / Technological / Economic /

Environmental / Political) framework shapes our

scenarios, considering external data sources as

captured in the Datasets and Models Used section

of this Climate Statement.

The boundary for Mercury’s scenario analysis covers

the entire organisation’s New Zealand operations,

including subsidiaries as well as joint ventures and

investments. Our investment in Energy Source LLC

and ES Minerals LLC was considered to not meet our

materiality threshold. We considered the impacts on

the upstream and downstream phases of our value

chain, e.g. key suppliers, partners, and customers.

Mercury did not undertake its own modelling in the

construction of its scenarios.

Our time horizons for both scenario

analysis and climate-related risks and

opportunities align with Mercury’s

business planning:

CURRENT: LESS THAN 1 YEAR

Tied to immediate planning and

operational considerations.

SHORT-TERM: 1 TO 3 YEARS

Aligning with Mercury’s 3-year objectives.

MEDIUM-TERM: 3 TO 10 YEARS

Corresponding to Mercury’s long-term

strategy and strategic scenarios.

LONG-TERM: 10 TO 30 YEARS

Aligning with the expected useful life

of new generation development.

1

234

CURRENT TRANSITION

CLIMATE IMPACTS

As a participant in the New Zealand Emissions Trading

Scheme, Mercury surrenders emissions credits for its

geothermal fugitive emissions and natural gas sales.

Financial impact: In FY24, the cost of New Zealand

emission units (NZU) surrendered totalled $7.2m NZD.

This cost is one of many factors that contribute

to wholesale electricity prices.

In FY24, Mercury sequestered ~7,100tCO

2

e by reinjecting

non-condensable gases from one unit at our Ngā

Tamariki geothermal station (about 20% of the total).

1

Expanding reinjection to other units at Ngā Tamariki

will begin early in FY25. We also plan to expand to

our Mokai and Rotokawa geothermal stations in the

next 5 years.

Financial impact: To date we have spent $3m.

1

Please refer to our GHG Emissions Inventory Report for details

on the calculation of our emissions.

CURRENT PHYSICAL

CLIMATE IMPACTS

No physical impacts have been deemed material for FY24.

69

MERCURY 2024 INTEGRATED REPORTCLIMATE STATEMENTMENU

2
SSP information sourced from IPCC, 2021: Summary for Policymakers. In: Climate Change 2021: The Physical Science Basis. Contribution of Working

Group I to the Sixth Assessment Report of the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change [Masson-Delmotte, V. et al (eds.)]. Cambridge University Press,

Cambridge, United Kingdom and New York, NY, USA, p. 14. (www.ipcc.ch/report/ar6/wg1/downloads/report/IPCC_AR6_WGI_SPM.pdf) and SSP Public

Database, Version 2.0 (https://tntcat.iiasa.ac.at/SspDb/dsd?Action=htmlpage&page=welcome)

3

NGFS scenario information from the Scenarios Portal (www.ngfs.net/ngfs-scenarios-portal/explore)

OUR SCENARIOSORDERLY TRANSITION SCENARIO

(TEAL SCENARIO)

Global temperature increases are limited

to 1.5 degrees by 2100.

DISORDERLY TRANSITION SCENARIO

(BLUE SCENARIO)

Global temperature increases are limited

to 2.5 degrees by 2100.

DISORDERLY TRANSITION SCENARIO

(AMBER SCENARIO)

Global temperature increases are limited

to 3 degrees by 2100.

3+ DEGREE WARMING SCENARIO

(MAROON SCENARIO)

Global temperature increases

by 3+ degrees by 2100.

Scenario NarrativeGlobal cooperation and technology advancements

enable climate mitigation and adaptation. Aotearoa

excels in renewable energy, efficiently managing

high grid demand with decreasing wholesale prices,

leading to reliable and affordable energy. Fossil

fuels are phased out equitably, and New Zealand is

attractive for investment.

Insufficient infrastructure investment results in unreliable

grid systems and outages, exacerbated by extreme

weather. New technologies mitigate climate disruption

unevenly, leading to increased inequality and a

contested process for accessing natural resources.

Technological advancements lag behind, posing

challenges for renewable energy development.

New Zealand achieves a Zero Carbon energy sector

at considerable expense. Regulatory settings

contribute to delayed development.

Widespread climate impacts damage infrastructure

significantly. Slow technological advancements

hinder effective mitigation efforts. Deepening

economic inequalities lead a minority to pursue

luxury and sustainability in isolated communities.

Regulatory settings, alongside geopolitical tensions

disrupting international cooperation and supply

chains, complicate renewable energy development

essential for climate adaptation.

KEY DATAPOINTS – GLOBAL IMPACTS

Temperature increase

(2081-2100, relative to 1850-1900)

2

1.4°C 2.2°C2.7°C3.6°C

Technology Change

3

FastFastSlowSlow

Negative emissions technologies

3

Medium-high useMedium useLow-medium useLow use

KEY DATAPOINTS – AOTEAROA NEW ZEALAND IMPACTS

Average number of hot days (above 25°C)

(for the period 2031-50, average across

regions)

4

25 hot days 27 hot days27 hot days30 hot days

Renewable energy percentage

of total consumption in 2050

5

89% 87%74%46%

CLIMATE IMPACTSMedium physical climate risk. New technologies

have emerged to help adapt and mitigate

disruption caused. However, extreme weather

events occur more frequently, causing damage

and loss of life. Pre-emptive relocation of homes

and businesses in the areas predicted to be worst

hit is occurring.

We are able to navigate to a less than 2.5 degree future

and new technologies have emerged to help mitigate

disruption caused by climate change. However, the

impacts of climate change are widely felt, particularly in

poorer areas where these technologies are not in use.

We are able to navigate to a less than 3 degree

future, however, when climate events do occur,

they are expensive and disruptive as technological

solutions are not adequate to help adapt and

mitigate the disruption caused.

Highest physical climate risk. We have been unable

to navigate to a 1.5 degree future, with warming

on track to realise a 3+ degree future. Incidents of

disruptive and expensive damage to infrastructure

are growing in frequency. The retreat from the

ocean has begun.

REFERENCE SCENARIOS / DATA

SOURCES

SSP1-1.9

RCP2.6

CCC Tailwinds

NGFS Net Zero 2050

SSP4-3.4

RCP4.5

CCC Further Technology Change

NGFS Low Demand

SSP2-4.5

RCP4.5

CCC Headwinds

NGFS NDCs (Nationally Determined Contributions)

SSP3-7.0

RCP8.5

CCC CPR (Current Policy Representation)

NGFS Current Policies

4

RCP information applied to New Zealand by Ministry for the Environment 2018. Climate Change Projections for New Zealand: Atmosphere Projections

Based on Simulations from the IPCC Fifth Assessment, 2nd Edition. Wellington: Ministry for the Environment

(www.environment.govt.nz/assets/Publications/Files/Climate-change-projections-2nd-edition-final.pdf)

5

CCC scenarios as in Climate Change Commission ‘Chapter 12:Long Term Scenarios to meet the 2050 target’

(www.climatecommission.govt.nz/public/Evidence-21/Evidence-CH-12-Long-term-scenarios-to-meet-the-2050-target.pdf)

70

MERCURY 2024 INTEGRATED REPORTCLIMATE STATEMENTMENU

OUR SCENARIOSORDERLY TRANSITION SCENARIO
(TEAL SCENARIO)

Global temperature increases are limited

to 1.5 degrees by 2100.

DISORDERLY TRANSITION SCENARIO

(BLUE SCENARIO)

Global temperature increases are limited

to 2.5 degrees by 2100.

DISORDERLY TRANSITION SCENARIO

(AMBER SCENARIO)

Global temperature increases are limited

to 3 degrees by 2100.

3+ DEGREE WARMING SCENARIO

(MAROON SCENARIO)

Global temperature increases

by 3+ degrees by 2100.

ENERGY PATHWAYS:

Grid Demand

High demand driven by AI adoption, as well as

industry and transport decarbonisation. Peak shaving

and demand response (smart Distributed Energy

Resources- DER) are used efficiently to help manage

the grid effectively.

Grid electricity use is down due to an increase in

DER and loss of industry. DER creates a relatively flat

demand profile.

High demand is driven by transport

decarbonisation. Demand-side flexibility is minimal

and only used in emergencies (much like today).

Electricity demand has been stagnant to declining

due to a lack of industry decarbonisation and slow

EV uptake. Gas is still used quite extensively.

ENERGY PATHWAYS:

Grid Supply

Fossil fuels have been retired. Demand growth has

been met by grid-scale renewable generation and

batteries. Wholesale prices decrease.

Fossil fuels and thermal generation have been retired.

The system is under resourced and a little unreliable.

Net-Zero Carbon has been achieved. Grid scale wind

and other renewable solutions are the cornerstones

of this achievement. Blended Fossil and Bio-gas is

used for extreme peaks and security.

Fossil fuels remain with limited growth in

renewables. Large-scale storage will be used to help

meet peak demand and cover dry years once they

have been built.

MACROECONOMIC TRENDS:

Resource and technology constraints

Goods and knowledge are affordable and flow freely.

Technology allows a high degree of sustainable use

of natural resources. New Zealand is attractive for

investment.

Goods and knowledge are affordable and flow freely.

Access to natural resources is often contested and

involves a drawn-out process.

Physical resources were challenging to access due

to global demand, however, are now available from

global sources.

Access to knowledge and technology is difficult

and expensive. Physical resources were challenging

to access due to supply chain issues and global

demand.

POLICY AND SOCIOECONOMIC

ASSUMPTIONS:

Consumer needs

AI-powered digital assistants enrich consumers

lives. Consumers have a strong work/life balance

and discretionary spending on entertainment and

other luxuries.

Significant wealth divide in society between rich and

poor, with vastly different needs. The majority use

AI-powered digital assistants to enrich their lives.

A significant minority struggle for life’s essentials.

Many are struggling and looking for deals on the

basics, while a growing older wealthy segment is

looking for entertainment and life’s comforts.

Financial hardship has created a large price sensitive

segment focussed on the basics. There is a culture of

conserving, repairing, and reusing limited resources.

In contrast to the majority, there is a small segment

seeking luxury, who have created off-grid sanctuaries.

POLICY & SOCIOECONOMIC

ASSUMPTIONS:

Government and policy settings

International and New Zealand regulatory settings

for renewable energy do not constrain development.

Global carbon prices drive investment in renewable

technology without impacting supply chains.

International and New Zealand regulatory settings for

renewable energy somewhat constrain development

and drive uptake of DER.

Wealthier nations invest in energy research and

renewable technology.

International and New Zealand regulatory settings

for renewable energy delay development.

Supply chains are impacted by uncoordinated

international incentives to invest in clean energy.

International and New Zealand regulatory settings

for renewable energy obstruct development.

There is a lack of coordination and cooperation

internationally. Geopolitical tensions increase driving

protectionism and impacting supply chains and the

development of renewable technology.

CARBON SEQUESTRATION FROM

AFFORESTATION

Carbon sequestration from afforestation has been

utilised for emissions reduction to a limited extent,

being displaced by technological and nature-based

solutions as they become available.

Carbon sequestration from afforestation has been

utilised for emissions reduction to a limited extent, being

displaced by technological and nature-based solutions

as they become available.

Carbon sequestration from afforestation has been

widely deployed, being gradually superseded by

technological and nature-based solutions.

Carbon sequestration from afforestation is utilised

at a local level, without effective global coordination

and certification.

NATURE-BASED SOLUTIONSNature-based solutions have been developed

and form part of a broad portfolio of emissions

reduction solutions.

Nature-based solutions have been developed and

form part of a broad portfolio of emissions reduction

solutions.

Nature-based solutions have been developed

and form part of a broad portfolio of emissions

reduction solutions.

Effective nature-based solutions have not

been developed.

NEGATIVE EMISSIONS TECHNOLOGYEffective negative emissions technology has been

developed and widely deployed.

Effective negative emissions technology has been

developed and deployed.

The development of negative emissions

technology was slower than expected, leading

to its delayed deployment.

Negative emissions reduction technology has

not been developed.

71

MERCURY 2024 INTEGRATED REPORTCLIMATE STATEMENTMENU

CLIMATE-RELATED RISKS AND
OPPORTUNITIES

Climate-related risks and opportunities were identified

from the scenario analysis. They were assessed using

information and data from discussions with internal

technical experts, internal data such as hydro inflow

and storage and generation output, and key external

sources, including:

• Climate Change Projections for New Zealand from

NIWA, Ministry for the Environment and StatsNZ,

including local precipitation and wet day projections.

• Historical Wholesale price trends from the Electricity

Authority New Zealand.

• BERL (Business and Economic Research Limited) on

the economic impact of the electricity price changes.

• Paper for the Parliamentary Commissioner for the

Environment on the economics of the electricity

pathways.

New West Spring, Rotokawa geothermal field.

OUR APPROACH TO ASSESSING

MATERIALITY

Our approach to assessing the materiality of

information included in this Climate Statement,

including climate-related risks and opportunities, is to

consider whether the information or the way in which

information is presented, could influence the decisions

of users of our Climate Statement. The principle

of considering the impact of information on capital

allocation decisions of end users is broadly consistent

with the materiality principle applicable to preparing

financial statements and the continuous disclosure

rules under the NZX Listing Rules.

When assessing materiality, we evaluate both

quantitative and qualitative factors. The quantitative

threshold we use is aligned with the material value

we use to prepare our financial statements. We also

consider whether information could influence the

decisions of users of our Climate Statement, regardless

of its quantitative impact, due to the nature of the

example, we consider potential reputational impacts

or impacts on our social licence to operate. In assessing

each climate-related risk and opportunity, it involves

detailed processes, sources, and assumptions/limitations.

The following tables detail identified material climate

risks and opportunities and their anticipated

unmitigated impacts. The likelihood and consequence

of the following climate related risks and opportunities

is based upon Mercury’s risk matrix.

72

MERCURY 2024 INTEGRATED REPORTCLIMATE STATEMENTMENU

GREATER VARIABILITY IN WEATHER PATTERNS
(INCLUDING MORE FREQUENT HIGH INFLOW EVENTS

AND DROUGHTS) REDUCES HYDRO GENERATION

FLEXIBILITY AND PROFITABILITY

RISK TYPE: Chronic Physical

TIME HORIZON: Current, short, medium, long-term

TIME HORIZON OVER WHICH RISK BECOMES MATERIAL: Medium – long-term (3–30 years)

LIKELIHOOD:

This risk is assessed as being probable (1–10%

probability in any given year) to materialise.

CONSEQUENCE:

May have a significant financial impact,

i.e. between $7.5m—75m p.a.

1.

IMPLICATIONS:

More volatile catchment inflows from

changing and increasingly extreme weather

patterns makes it more difficult to optimally

manage hydro storage. This manifests

through increased risk of spill during high

inflow events and reduced generation

volumes during low inflow periods and

droughts. More volatile catchment inflows

may also have an impact on spot prices

in a highly renewable market.

ASSESSMENT METHODOLOGY:

Our approach to assessing this risk included

assessing changes in average rainfall and

minimum/maximum inflow profiles using

NIWA modelling (RCP8.5 scenario) to

determine the decrease in our long-run hydro

generation earnings and profile factor. This

evaluation is based on historical hydro inflow

and storage data from 1927 to 2024, historical

generation output from 2004 to 2024, and

insights from NIWA’s climate modelling and

research. Additionally, internal business insights

and historical wholesale price trends from the

Electricity Authority New Zealand were used

to quantify the impact.

MANAGEMENT RESPONSE:

• Mercury manages its peak customer sales

commitments by adopting a portfolio approach

that integrates generation development,

existing operations and financial hedging,

aiming to balance sales with our physical

generation and financial contract purchases.

• Mercury’s environmental and planning teams

engage with governing and consenting bodies

to manage the operational impacts of lake

storage levels and ensure we have the

operational flexibility that we need on the

Waikato Hydro System.

LIKELIHOOD:

This risk is assessed as being probable (1–10%

probability in any given year) to materialise.

CONSEQUENCE:

May have a significant financial impact,

i.e. between $7.5m—$75m per event.

IMPLICATIONS:

Increasing intensity of storm events, floods

and high wind events may lead to physical

damage to generation assets resulting in

costs to repair and lost generation revenue.

Increasing storm intensities and/or higher

likelihood of heating and fires and/or other

extreme atmospheric conditions may lead

to severe damage to electricity transmission

and distribution systems resulting in Mercury

being unable to export from stations.

ASSESSMENT METHODOLOGY:

Our approach to assessing this risk included

estimating the cost to repair generation assets

and the lost generation revenue from

transformer outages. The financial impact was

based on historical hydro inflow and storage

data from 1927 to 2024, historical generation

output from 2004 to 2024, and insights from

NIWA’s climate modelling and research.

Additionally, internal business insights, historical

experience on transmission repairs, and

historical wholesale price trends from the

Electricity Authority New Zealand were used.

MANAGEMENT RESPONSE:

• Mercury regularly assesses physical risks to

generating plant and assets as a reasonable

and prudent asset owner/operator and will

mitigate risks of damage as they arise.

• Mercury has a dam safety programme,

including annual and 5-yearly (external) reviews,

and continues to work to gain insight into the

impacts of climate change on flood risks.

• Mercury maintains a geographically dispersed

and fuel diverse generation fleet which reduces

impacts arising from locational-specific storm

events that could cause asset damage.

• Mercury carries insurance cover that mitigates

the financial impact of replacing damaged

assets and for business interruption.

GROWING INTENSITY OF ATMOSPHERIC

CONDITIONS (INCLUDING STORM EVENTS)

THAT CAUSE ASSET DAMAGE

2.

RISK TYPE: Acute Physical

TIME HORIZON: Current, short, medium, long-term

TIME HORIZON OVER WHICH RISK BECOMES MATERIAL: Medium – long-term (3–30 years)

CLIMATE RELATED RISKS

73

MERCURY 2024 INTEGRATED REPORTCLIMATE STATEMENTMENU

LIKELIHOOD:
This risk is assessed as being almost certain

(>30% probability in any given year) to materialise.

CONSEQUENCE:

May have a significant financial impact,

i.e. between $7.5m and $75m p.a.

3.

IMPLICATIONS:

Constrained global supply of renewable

generation technology (i.e. wind turbines and

solar panels) and skilled labour shortage causes

construction delays and capital cost overruns.

This may be exacerbated by geopolitical tensions

and the recent uptick in renewable generation

investment globally making it challenging for

manufacturers to meet that demand. In this

context, the NZ market is unattractive compared

to larger countries due to its relatively small

market and remoteness. On a local level, grid

constraints may impact our ability to connect

new renewable generation.

ASSESSMENT METHODOLOGY:

Our approach to assessing this risk included

estimating cost increases in generation

development and accounting for longer lead

times resulting in commissioning delays.

This evaluation was based on historical data

on supply chain disruptions such as those

documented in internal business insights and

historical project timelines. Additionally, insights

from industry reports, internal business

assessments, historical project timelines,

and historical wholesale price trends from the

Electricity Authority New Zealand were used

to quantify the impact.

MANAGEMENT RESPONSE:

• Mercury manages its generation development

pipeline to time procurement and development

at favourable periods and with sufficient lead

time to minimise unplanned delays.


• Mitigation for this risk includes key supplier

relationship planning and management.

LIKELIHOOD:

This risk is assessed as being highly likely (10-30%

probability in any given year) to materialise.

CONSEQUENCE:

May have a major financial impact,

i.e. between $75m—$750m p.a.

IMPLICATIONS:

Without clear and considered government

policy setting, the rate of electrification of industrial

process heat and transport could fall behind

projections or Resource Management Act reforms

could favour other environmental protection over

mitigating climate impacts, constraining and

adversely impacting Mercury’s generation

development pipeline. Specifically, this could

include declining demand growth, loss of investor

confidence, increased costs, delayed or declined

renewable generation consents, delayed renewable

electricity generation capacity development,

security of supply issues, and market intervention

that negatively impacts asset valuations.

ASSESSMENT METHODOLOGY:

Our approach to assessing this risk included

assessing the potential reduction in average

wholesale price for generation, reduced revenue

from delays in supplying renewable electricity

generation to the NZ market, and the reduced

enterprise value of the company. This evaluation

was based on historical data and research on

policy impacts, such as those documented in

external regulatory reports (such as BERL) and

market trends observed over recent years. Revenue

projections were made using historical data and

insights from internal assessments. Additionally,

the impact of historical policy changes was

analysed to quantify the potential future impacts.

MANAGEMENT RESPONSE:

• Engage on policy settings that will support

a successful transition for Aotearoa.

• Supporting decarbonisation opportunities with

existing and new commercial and industrial

customers as well as new demand sources,

such as data centres.

• Maintain a broad range of renewable electricity

generation development options that can be brought

to market in different demand scenarios.

• Mercury actively engages with regulators and

other external stakeholders to increase the

understanding that renewable electricity is a key

enabler of the transition to a low-carbon economy

and promote regulatory settings that support

the development of renewable electricity.

GOVERNMENT POLICY SETTINGS

FAIL TO BALANCE THE ENERGY TRILEMMA

4.

SUPPLY CHAIN AND LABOUR CONSTRAINTS

RISK TYPE: Transition

TIME HORIZON: Short, medium, long-term

TIME HORIZON OVER WHICH RISK BECOMES MATERIAL: Medium (3–10 years)

RISK TYPE: Transition

TIME HORIZON: Medium, long-term

TIME HORIZON OVER WHICH RISK BECOMES MATERIAL: Medium (3–10 years)

CLIMATE RELATED RISKS

74

MERCURY 2024 INTEGRATED REPORTCLIMATE STATEMENTMENU

LIKELIHOOD:
This opportunity is assessed as being

likely (1-10% probability in any given year)

to materialise.

CONSEQUENCE:

May have a major reputational impact.

2.

IMPLICATIONS:

Mercury’s profile as a renewable electricity

generator leads to reduced capital costs as

capital markets reflect societal desire to invest

in the transition to a low carbon economy.

ASSESSMENT METHODOLOGY:

Our approach to assessing this opportunity

included assessing the impact of the

reduced cost of borrowing. This evaluation

was based on historical data on borrowing

costs, trends in capital market investments,

and market insights on the financial

performance of low-carbon generation

projects. Additionally, insights from financial

reports, internal business assessments, and

historical market data were used to quantify

the impact.

MANAGEMENT RESPONSE:

• Mercury has looked to leverage its renewable

profile in issuing Green Bonds and promotes

its low-carbon generation profile to research

analysts and sustainability rating agencies.


LIKELIHOOD:

This opportunity is assessed as being almost

certain (>30% probability in any given year)

to materialise.

CONSEQUENCE:

May have a major financial impact,

i.e. between $75m—$750m p.a.

IMPLICATIONS:

Increased demand for renewable electricity

due to decarbonisation of transport and

process heat may provide greater

opportunities to build renewable generation

capacity and increase sales volumes.

ASSESSMENT METHODOLOGY:

Our approach to assessing this opportunity

included assessing the increased generation

revenue from new generation development.

This evaluation was based on the historical

data on electricity demand trends,

projections of future demand increases due

to low-carbon policies, and the financial

performance of generation development

projects. Additionally, insights from industry

reports, internal business assessments, and

historical wholesale price trends from the

Electricity Authority New Zealand were used

to quantify the potential future impacts.

MANAGEMENT RESPONSE:

• Mercury looks to secure resource consents for

generation development projects ahead of

expected increases in demand.

• Ensure a broad pipeline of development

opportunities and maintain strong relationships

with generation equipment suppliers.

• Ongoing exploration of additional demand that

we have not yet considered.

LOW-CARBON TRANSITION LIFTS

ELECTRICITY DEMAND

1.

CAPITAL MARKETS TILT TOWARDS INVESTING

IN LOW-CARBON GENERATION

OPPORTUNITY TYPE: Transition

TIME HORIZON: Medium, long-term

TIME HORIZON OVER WHICH OPPORTUNITY BECOMES MATERIAL: Medium – long-term (3–30 years)

OPPORTUNITY TYPE: Transition

TIME HORIZON: Short, medium, long-term

TIME HORIZON OVER WHICH OPPORTUNITY BECOMES MATERIAL: Long-term (10–30 years)

CLIMATE RELATED OPPORTUNITES

75

MERCURY 2024 INTEGRATED REPORTCLIMATE STATEMENTMENU

RESILIENCE OF STRATEGY
Management actions described above for each

of these climate-related risks and opportunities

are reflected in our planning processes through:

• the setting of strategic objectives and performance

incentives in the Executive Scorecard each

financial year;

• the application of our Risk Management Framework

to assess physical risks to generating plant and

assets and prioritising any required mitigation work

in business plans;

• the deployment of capital and funding for the

development of new renewable generation; and

• the consideration of portfolio risks when progressing

new generation development.

When making capital allocation decisions we

consider climate-related transition impacts, such as

decarbonisation initiatives and emissions reductions

pathways, given their significance on future electricity

demand growth. We also account for climate-related

risks and opportunities over different time horizons

in developing our capital investment plans. In FY24,

100% of Mercury’s growth capital expenditure was

allocated to renewable generation development.

TRANSITION PLAN ASPECTS

OF STRATEGY

Our business model and strategy are detailed

in our FY24 Integrated Report (on pages 5 and 8

respectively). We test the resilience of our strategy

through the lens of our material climate-related

risks and opportunities. We have developed a

plan including our targets and actions to transition

towards a low-emissions, climate-resilient future.

New Zealand’s largest emissions reductions by 2030

are expected to come from energy and industry,

meaning getting the settings right to support

electrification is crucial. We have a role to play

in supporting the decarbonisation of New Zealand,

and we’re doing so through significant investments

made in renewable generation development, which

aid in reducing emissions across the electricity sector

and other industries.

BUILDING MORE RENEWABLES

The rapid growth of new renewable electricity

generation development is key to Mercury’s

contribution to Aotearoa’s transition to a low-carbon

economy. We recognise the risks involved in bringing

large-scale, complex projects to market while

balancing the energy trilemma needs of security,

affordability, and sustainability. Some of these

include whether demand for electricity will occur

at the predicted levels, ensuring stability across

our operations, navigating supply chain complexities,

and working collectively with others across the sector.

Our strategy and business model evolving through:

Cultivating a robust and diverse generation

pipeline, including wind, solar and geothermal,

considering both fuel types and locational risks

(considering the vulnerabilities caused by the co-

location of generation assets). In FY24 this included

completion of the Kaiwera Downs 1 wind farm,

starting development of a new unit (OEC5) at Ngā

Tamariki geothermal station and the second stage

of the Kaiwera Downs wind farm, and progressing

development of other onshore wind farm projects.

Positioning ourselves for a range of different

outcomes related to demand and taking action

to enable electrification and attract new sources

of demand to Aotearoa such as offering Power

Purchase Agreements (PPAs) for new infrastructure,

such as Data Centres.

In 2024, we issued a request for Expressions

of Interest for an offtake agreement for 100MW

of solar energy, commencing in 2026, which we

saw as an opportunity to further diversify our

renewable energy portfolio. This garnered a variety

of responses, and after a thorough examination we

determined our own development options presently

provide greater value than an agreement of this

nature would. We gained valuable insight from this

process, which we may consider again in the future.

Committing to long-term capital allocation aiming

to ensure sustained investment in the development

of renewable energy, with a significant portion directed

towards growth capital specifically earmarked for

constructing new renewable generation. We have

started measuring the impact of this growth capital

activity on Scope 3 emissions (capital goods)

through our GHG Inventory process. As we mature

our approach to recording emissions from long-

term capital allocation, we will look to disclose

these in the GHG Inventory report. By acknowledging

and including these emissions, we are transparent

about the environmental impact of our growth and

are committed to mitigating these impacts through

sustainable practices and innovative solutions.

Collaborating closely with suppliers to secure reliable

supply chains for renewable components, is critical

amidst intensifying global competition.

Engaging with regulators to advocate for renewables

aligning with stringent environmental standards.

Collaborating with others across the sector to collectively

improve the energy transition for New Zealand.

A significant portion of our growth capital is allocated

specifically for new renewable generation. In FY22,

this totalled $85m, $155m for FY23 and $153m

for FY24. This ongoing investment demonstrates our

commitment to building more renewable generation in

Aotearoa. We also have dedicated teams for generation

development and management of our portfolio.

This strategic allocation underscores our commitment

to expanding renewable energy and supporting

Aotearoa‘s transition to a low-carbon economy.

Maraetai hydro station.

76

MERCURY 2024 INTEGRATED REPORTCLIMATE STATEMENTMENU

MANAGING OUR ASSETS
Mercury is committed to effectively managing our

assets to ensure long-term operations. Our strategy

and business model are evolving to incorporate

climate-related impacts into our asset management

capabilities. Some of the challenges we are responding

to include maintaining asset integrity, navigating supply

chain complexities, reducing the emissions from

our own operations, and ensuring we have a team

that supports our long-term assets.

Our strategy and business model are evolving through:

Maintaining and refurbishing our assets to ensure

integrity and performance under changing conditions.

Including the hydro refurbishment programme,

involving significant investment over the past 10+

years to ensure our assets continue to generate

renewable energy for years to come. We are working

on a ~$90m refurbishment of the Karāpiro hydro

station that will extend the asset’s life by 50 years and

make it more efficient in different flow conditions.

Programmes on dam safety that support asset

integrity for our hydro assets. One element of

management of dam safety risks is incorporating

the Probable Maximum Flood (PMF) assumptions

to reflect potential changes due to shifting climate

conditions. This measures the possible volume

and flow rate of the Waikato River in the event

of an extreme flood. Our PMF values are prudently

conservative, and we are mindful that our PMF

values may need adjustment over time. Through

our ongoing dam safety work programme and

hydrological studies, we are working alongside other

dam infrastructure owners in New Zealand to review

the PMF assumptions including considering if these

need to be updated to reflect the changing climate.

We are working on how we can reduce emissions

from our operations. We are currently sequestering

~7,100 tonnes of CO

2

e per annum from our

Ngā Tamariki station and are looking to expand

CO

2

 capture and reinjection across this and other

geothermal sites.

Investing in the development of our workforce,

nurturing talent and fostering skill development via

graduate roles. Employee training and development

play a crucial role in enhancing skill sets within

our organisation. We continually invest in training

programmes to equip our workforce with the

necessary knowledge and expertise to manage

our assets effectively.

We also invest in and develop our core asset

management groups that work horizontally across

the business while supporting local decision-making.

These teams include specialist asset engineers who

monitor and improve asset performance across the

business, ensuring that we have robust maintenance

routines and ensuring there are sound whole-of-life

plans for our critical infrastructure, thus reducing

business risks.

HELPING OUR CUSTOMERS ON THEIR

ENERGY TRANSITION

Mercury is dedicated to supporting our customers

through the energy transition, which involves potential

changes in energy choices. Some of the challenges our

strategy and business model are responding to include:

uncertainty of the role and supply of gas in the Aotearoa

New Zealand market, the pace of adoption of new uses

of electricity (like Electric Vehicles), continued efficiency

opportunities as we use more electricity and how

affordability can be navigated through the transition.

Our strategy and business model are responding,

including through:

A retail gas strategy, providing our customers with

information about their energy options.

Offering innovative solutions to customers, such as

our recent smart charging trial, concluding in June

2024, enabling two-way communication between

EVs and the grid, optimising the charging process.

Insights gained and customer feedback gathered

from this trial will shape future EV propositions.

While our EV discount product remains available,

decisions on smart charging will be based on

these findings.

Providing usage monitoring tools and tips

on our app and website, empowering

customers to make informed decisions about their

energy consumption.

Taking a programme approach to customer care

including increasing knowledge and understanding

of hardship, direct support, and partnerships/

collaborations with others including community

providers that support our customers.

Engaging with others across the sector

to provide electricity users with clear information

on how pricing could change through the

transition, along with sector-wide initiatives

to support customers through the transition.

We have dedicated teams that work on developing

new customer propositions, teams that support

customers through periods of financial hardship,

and broader community engagement.

Further information on our emission reduction

targets and the actions we are taking can be found

in our Climate Action Plan and details on our

targets and progress can be found in the metrics

and targets section of this Climate Statement.

Whakamaru hydro station.

77

MERCURY 2024 INTEGRATED REPORTCLIMATE STATEMENTMENU

RISK MANAGEMENT.
PROCESSES FOR IDENTIFYING AND

ASSESSING CLIMATE-RELATED RISKS

Risk management is an integral part of Mercury’s

business. We have an overarching Risk Management

Policy supported by a suite of risk management

tools and practices appropriate for our business.

The purpose of the Risk Management Policy

is to embed a risk management competence

across the entire Mercury enterprise. This group-

wide capability provides a consistent method of

identifying, assessing, controlling, monitoring and

reporting on potential risks to our business and to

the achievement of its plans.

Our risk management framework meets

New Zealand standards (see the Governance

section in this Climate Statement).

Our cross-functional working group support the

identification of climate-related risks through

scenario analysis (see the Scenario Analysis section

in this Climate Statement). They utilise information

to understand whether potential risks are material

and to inform our view of the likelihood and impact

of these risks. In FY24, we made progress towards a

more detailed financial quantification process, which

informed our climate-related risks and opportunities.

Climate-related risks are classified and assessed

relative to other types of risks using a common

methodology (the risk matrix – shown below). This

was done in FY24, and we intend to conduct this

process annually. Mercury’s risk matrix requires

consideration of both estimated quantitative impacts,

such as loss of revenue or increases in costs, and

qualitative impacts, such as loss of social license,

or reputational impacts. The likelihood is measured

against the probability of a risk taking place in any

given year. We have assessed the materiality

of our climate-related risks and opportunities

to determine whether the information or the way

in which information is presented, could influence

the decisions of users of our Climate Statement,

considering both quantitative (financial impacts)

and qualitative factors (non-financial impacts).

In FY24, we have sought to align our approach

to materiality with the thresholds of materiality we

use in other company disclosures. For example, the

quantitative threshold is aligned with the materiality

value used to prepare our financial statements.

The RMC and RAAC review climate-related risks.

Climate-related risks have been incorporated into

our existing risk management framework by being

recorded in our risk register system and assigned

to relevant business units.

The climate-related risks and opportunities included

in this year’s climate statement have been identified

by considering our four climate change scenarios

over a 30-year time horizon. In doing so, we

considered all phases of our value chain (without

any exclusions).

MANAGING CLIMATE-RELATED RISKS

The day-to-day management of climate-related

risk occurs across various business units such

as Generation, Portfolio, Customer, Finance and

Sustainability with escalating responsibilities up to

the RMC and the RAAC. The RAAC assesses the

appropriate management of our climate-related risks

and ensures there are effective systems of control,

assurance, reporting, policies and procedures in place.

As an example, when the technical safety team

considers the risks faced by their business function,

potential impacts from climate change are

considered. The technical safety team works with the

Executive GM Generation to build an approach to

manage these risks and develop their forward plans.

Where material, risks and issues are escalated to the

RMC, the RAAC and the Board (see responsibilities of

RMC, and the RAAC in the Governance section in this

Climate Statement).

In relation to markets, our Portfolio and Finance

teams manage risks and opportunities presented by:

• the electricity market – we continually model

scenarios of resource availability, electricity

market supply and demand and adjust our

approach accordingly.

• the carbon market – we are involved in forest carbon

investments and have long-term contracts in place.

Regulatory risks and opportunities are managed by

the Sustainability team. In FY24, submissions have

been made to the Climate Change Commission

regarding its 2023 draft advice to inform the strategic

direction of the government’s second Emissions

Reduction Plan, its fourth emissions budget, 2050

target, and the inclusion of international aviation and

shipping in the 2050 target. We have engaged in

broader Electricity Authority work programmes to

transition the existing market arrangements to enable

a more renewable future. We have also provided the

Ministry for the Environment (MfE) feedback on the

Emissions Trading Scheme. Alongside this, Mercury

maintains active involvement in ongoing government

processes to create a framework for climate adaptation.

Physical risks and opportunities from climate change

fall into acute (event-driven, such as increased severity

of extreme weather events) and chronic (longer-term

shifts in precipitation and temperature and increased

variability in weather patterns, such as sea level rise).

We continue to monitor proposed methodologies

for climate change risk assessment and adaptation

planning, both nationally and internationally.

We have models of storm events experienced

within the Waikato Hydro System and we work in

partnership with the Waikato Regional Council to

engage in training exercises and flood simulations to

educate and familiarise Mercury and council staff on

the management of storms and flood risks.

We continue to refine and mature our climate-

related scenario analysis to assess the impacts of

our changing climate on our assets and business

while working with research organisations to improve

the quality of our climate data including potential

future inflows to the Waikato Hydro System.

Existing regional-level datasets lack the granularity

for informed long-term investment decisions for

hydro assets.

IMPACT

InsignificantMinorModerateSignificantMajorFundamental

LIKELIHOOD

Almost Certain

Highly Likely

Likely

Possibly

Unlikely

Rare

78

MERCURY 2024 INTEGRATED REPORTCLIMATE STATEMENTMENU

DATASETS & MODELS USED
In undertaking scenario analysis, we considered

a number of external data sources, including:

• Shared Socioeconomic Pathways (SSPs) in the

IPCC Sixth Assessment Report on Climate Change

to inform our consideration of global socioeconomic

changes and data points such as global

temperature changes.

• Representative Concentration Pathways (RCPs)

in the IPCC Fifth Assessment Report on Climate

Change and Ministry for the Environment and NIWA

Climate Change projections for New Zealand to

inform our consideration of New Zealand specific

impacts under different pathways. These provided

data points such as the increased number of hot days

and were a key input to our financial quantification.

• Climate Change Commission Long Term Scenarios

to meet the 2050 target to inform our consideration

of how different scenarios could play out in New

Zealand, including the role of renewable energy.

• Networking for Greening the Financial System

(NGFS) Scenarios and analysis to inform our

consideration of global physical climate risks and

policy and technology trends in different scenarios.

Maraetai hydro station.

79

MERCURY 2024 INTEGRATED REPORTCLIMATE STATEMENTMENU

METRICS & TARGETS.
NEAR-TERM / INTERIM TARGETLONG-TERM TARGET

Scope 1Target Year: FY2030

70% reduction in emissions intensity

(in kgCO

2

e/kWh) from base year

Target Year: FY2040

70% reduction* in emissions intensity

(in kgCO

2

e/kWh) from base year

Scope 2Target Year: FY2030

42% absolute reduction from base year

Target Year: FY2040

90% absolute reduction from base year

Scope 3 – Use of sold products

(Natural Gas Sales)

Target Year: FY2030

42% absolute reduction from base year

Target Year: FY2040

90% absolute reduction from base year

FY23 FY24

Scope 14.7 tCO

2

e/GWh decrease from base year

18.39% decrease in emissions intensity

from base year

1.7 tCO

2

e/GWh decrease from base year

6.45% decrease in emissions intensity

from base year

Scope 2476 t CO

2

e decrease from base year

42.96% absolute reduction from base year

587 tCO

2

e decrease from base year

52.98% absolute reduction from base year

Scope 3 – Use of sold

products

2,369 tCO

2

e decrease from base year

1.71% absolute reduction from base year

3,168 tCO

2

e decrease from base year

2.29% absolute reduction from base year

CLIMATE TARGETS

Mercury has committed to set our near-term and long-

term company-wide emission reduction targets in line

with science-based net-zero, using Science Based

Targets Initiative (SBTi). These targets have been

developed using tools provided by the SBTi and have

been approved by the Board. The SBTi framework uses

a sectoral decarbonisation approach to align emissions

reductions in each industry to a global emissions

reduction pathway consistent with limiting global

warming to 1.5 degrees Celsius compared to pre-

industrial revolution times. It is Mercury's view that by

meeting SBTi criteria, we contribute to this global effort

to limit warming to 1.5 degrees Celsius.

Our fixed base year for these targets is FY22, which

serves as a consistent historical reference point for

comparing current emissions. Since our long-term

targets extend to 2040, we regularly assess any

material changes in the organisation since FY22.

If such changes occur, we will undergo a base year

recalculation process following Greenhouse Gas

Protocol guidance which will enable us to better

track progress toward our SBTi targets and make

meaningful comparisons between reporting periods.

In FY24, we recalculated our FY22 base year emissions

from the sale of natural gas to include emissions from

a full twelve months of Trustpower gas sales, as the

existing FY22 base year only included two months

of Trustpower gas sales following our acquisition

of the Trustpower retail business in May 2022.

This recalculation approach follows the Greenhouse

Gas Protocol guidance. Additionally, the calculation

methodology for reticulated gas sales has been

revised to account for the purchasing of reticulated

gas on the wholesale spot market. This change

impacts GHG inventories from FY23 onwards,

In FY24, Mercury’s progress against these targets was:

necessitating a restatement of the emissions for use

of sold products in FY23. We have applied this new

methodology to our FY24 GHG Inventory, and we will

continue with this calculation approach in future.

* Mercury’s 2040 Scope 1 emissions intensity target is equivalent to our 2030 Scope 1 emissions intensity target as the targeted 2030 emissions reduction will

already reduce Mercury’s Scope 1 emissions intensity to the level required by the SBTi for our 2040 target.

Note: These targets are subject to change through the validation process with SBTi. Mercury does not currently use emissions offsets and, in alignment with the SBTi

framework, does not intend to use offsets to achieve interim targets. Offsets may be used for persistent emissions that are unable to be abated for final targets, or

for broader purposes outside of achieving interim targets.

FY22 TONNES

CO

2

e (Original)

FY22 TONNES

CO

2

e (Adjusted)

Reticulated Gas sales78,196121,136

Distribution losses

(reticulated gas sales)

4,6437,192

LPG Sales1,7589,951

Tot al84,597138,279

Impact of Recalculation on Emissions

FY23 TONNES

CO

2

e (Original)

FY23 TONNES

CO

2

e (Adjusted)

Reticulated Gas sales119,004121,301

Distribution losses

(reticulated gas sales)

4,3804,464

LPG Sales10,14510,145

Tot al133,529135,910

Impact of calculation methodology change

on emissions

Overall, we are making progress towards our Scope

1 emissions intensity reduction target since our base

year. Despite this, we observed a slight increase in

emissions intensity in FY24. This can be attributed

to two primary factors: reduced hydro electricity

generation during this period, and temporary outages

at our Kawerau and Nga Awa Pūrua geothermal

stations in FY23. The latter event caused our emissions

to be unusually lower that year, making FY24’s figure

appear higher in comparison.

As our renewable generation projects that are currently

under construction come online, along with the

expansion of our NCG reinjection activities to additional

stations, we expect our emissions intensity will reduce.

Mercury is actively working towards reducing our

emissions and meeting our climate targets, both near

and long-term. In FY24, we continued to progress

decreasing our Scope 3 emissions from gas sales.

As we continue implementing our retail gas strategy,

we expect this downward trend to continue, positioning

us well to meet our near-term target. Our scope 2

emissions continue to decrease and at the end of FY24,

we sit close to a 53% reduction since our base year.

80

MERCURY 2024 INTEGRATED REPORTCLIMATE STATEMENTMENU

FY22 (tCO
2

e)FY23 (tCO

2

e)FY24 (tCO

2

e)

Scope 1222,736213,645239,574

Scope 2 (location-based)1,108632521

Scope 3138,591137,159136,335

MEASURING OUR IMPACT – EMISSIONS

Mercury produces an annual GHG Emissions

Inventory Report in accordance with the Greenhouse

Gas Protocol which is available on our website. This

document has further information available for the

methods and assumptions used in determining our

emissions as well as the limitations of those methods,

and uncertainties in our approach.

A summary of our FY24 and prior years GHG

emissions and emissions intensity is shown below.

Our gross emissions are primarily driven by Scope

1 emissions, which account for ~63% of our entire

emissions profile. Over the past nine years they have

reduced by 55%. This is due to the elimination of our

emissions from thermal electricity power generation

by decommissioning the Southdown gas-fired

power station in FY16, the natural decline in fugitive

geothermal emissions over time and our investment

in geothermal greenhouse gas reinjection. Our FY24

emissions intensity has decreased by 0.002kg CO

2

e/

kWh since our base year, and by 0.046kg CO

2

e/kWh

since FY15. Details of these figures can be found in

table 12 and figure 1 in our FY24 Greenhouse Gas

Emissions Inventory Report.

Our Scope 3 emissions from total gas sales now

account for ~36% of our total gross emissions. This

represents an annual decrease from FY23 of 2.78%.

The emissions intensity calculation uses gross

Scope 1 emissions and total generation output

figures from all our power stations under operational

control. No adjustments have been made to reflect

Mercury’s part-ownership of two of our geothermal

power stations nor have any adjustments been

made in relation to carbon credit surrenders or

trading conducted under the NZ Emissions

Trading Scheme (ETS).

Under the NZ ETS, Mercury surrenders certified

forestry-backed carbon units, purchased under

long-term agreements with forest owners, to the

NZ Government which covers all our geothermal

emissions, and to the NZ Government or to our

gas supplier for gas sales related emissions.

Consistent with a reduction in our gross emissions

over time, our emission intensity has also reduced

where the impact of our increase in wind generation

from both new builds and acquisitions is having

measurable impacts.

This year we updated our FY22 Scope 3 emissions

from natural gas sales to reflect a full year of

Trustpower gas sales. This has meant a recalculation

of our FY22 base year emissions, resulting in an

increase in total and Scope 3 emissions compared

to our previous years reporting.

Further, our calculation methodology for reticulated

gas sales has been adjusted to include wholesale spot

market purchases, aligning with the Greenhouse Gas

Protocol's Corporate Value Chain (Scope 3) Standard.

This adjustment ensures that all gas passing through

Mercury’s value chain is accurately accounted for

from FY23 onwards. For further information on both

changes, please refer to the FY24 GHG Emissions

Inventory report.

0

100,000

200,000

300,000

400,000

500,000

600,000

Scope 1

FY24FY23FY22FY21FY20FY19FY18FY17FY16FY15

TONNES CO2e

FINANCIAL YEAR

Scope 2Scope 3

EMISSIONS INTENSITY

(kg CO2e/kWh)

GENERATION (

GWh)

FINANCIAL YEAR

0.02

0.04

0.00

0.06

0.08

0.10

0.12

0.14

0

2,000

4,000

6,000

8,000

10,000

12,000

FY24FY23FY22FY21FY20FY19FY18FY17FY16FY15

Total Generation (RHS)Mercury Generation Emissions IntensityNZ Grid Emissions Intensity

Data from FY2015 to FY2021 presented in these graphs have not been subject to assurance procedures.

FY22 has been restated to include Trustpower and FY23 has been restated for a reticulated gas sales methodology change

81

MERCURY 2024 INTEGRATED REPORTCLIMATE STATEMENTMENU

Our Climate Action Plan outlines in detail the actions
that we are taking to work towards a 1.5-degree

future and play our part in reducing greenhouse

gas emissions by reaching Net Zero by 2040.

MEASURING OUR IMPACT – CROSS

INDUSTRY MEASURES AND OTHER

ACTIVITY METRICS

In addition to emissions metrics, Mercury has looked

to the International Sustainability Standards Board

(ISSB) sector metrics for Electric Utilities and Power

Generators for general and industry-based metrics

for the management of climate-related risks and

opportunities. These metrics have been assessed

for their materiality to Mercury and the relevant

metrics are disclosed below.

WATER USE

WAT ER US EFY22FY23FY24

Geothermal

Water extracted (Mm3)252425

Water reinjected at source (Mm3)101311

Hydro

Non-consumptive water use (Mm3)6,52710,7857, 200

Mercury utilises geothermal water for generation

by extracting and reinjecting it. Additionally, Mercury

is a non-consumptive user of water through our hydro

power stations. The first half of 2023 experienced the

wettest conditions on record for several areas in the

North Island. This led to a significant increase in non-

consumptive water use at our hydro stations between

FY22 and FY23, before it decreased again in FY24.

The non-consumptive water flowing through our hydro

stations is measured from two sources, turbines and

spill flow. Turbines have MW/flow ratings allowing us to

measure the water passing through the turbines. Spill

flow is calculated using water levels and a gate opening

when water is spilled. Both sources are combined

to get the total flow. Geothermal water use figures are

prepared using our emissions information from each

station which contain extraction and re-injection data.

Upon reviewing figures from FY22 and FY23,

we picked up an error in our previous calculations.

We have restated our water use for the two periods

to ensure accuracy. Non-consumptive water use for

FY23 was updated from 11,529 (Mm3) and FY22 from

6,465 (Mm3). FY22 geothermal water reinjected at

source was also updated from 13 (Mm3).

Mercury does not extract any water from regions

with High or Extremely High Baseline Water Stress.

In FY24, there were no incidents of non-compliance

with water quantity and/or quality permits, standards,

and regulations.

Other material Activity Metrics are described in the

Our Business Model section of our FY24 Integrated

Report and disclosed in Operating Statistics.

FUGITIVE EMISSIONS

Fugitive emissions are unintended releases of gases

and for Mercury these originate primarily from

two sources, geothermal generation and sulphur

hexafluoride (SF6) releases during operations.

We measure these emissions through our GHG

Inventory process, which follows the Greenhouse Gas

Protocol reporting framework. Mercury is committed

to demonstrating transparency and uses commonly

accepted standards when accounting for its

greenhouse gas emissions.

The Fugitive Emissions in the table below shows

the combined emissions from geothermal and

SF6 releases. Most of these emissions are from

geothermal sources and trend within the expected

range due to planned and unplanned outages

associated with geothermal operations.

More information on our emissions can be found

in our Greenhouse Gas Emissions Inventory report

available on our website.

FUGITIVE

EMISSIONS

FY22

(tCO

2

e)

FY23

(tCO

2

e)

FY24

(tCO

2

e)

Scope 1222,397212,785236,312

IMPACTS OF THE CHANGING CLIMATE ON

OUR ASSETS AND BUSINESS ACTIVITIES

Mercury acknowledges the impact of physical risks,

transition risks, and climate-related opportunities on

our assets and therefore business activities. Unless

otherwise stated, these impacts have not changed

over the preceding two years.

All, i.e. 100%, of our generation assets and related

business activities are vulnerable to the physical risks

of climate change such as extreme wind, floods and

fires. Details on identified material risks are disclosed

earlier in this Climate Statement.

Mercury’s assets and business activities are

vulnerable to transition risks as described below:

• All of our geothermal generation assets, comprising

~30% of Mercury's generation assets recognised

in our FY24 financial statements, produce fugitive

emissions that are vulnerable to transition risks

in the form of rising NZU carbon prices in the event

that geothermal emissions are unable to be captured

and/or reinjected.

• All of our generation portfolio is vulnerable to climate

transition risk from regulatory settings impacting

the energy trilemma, e.g. through influencing carbon

pricing in the NZ ETS which directly impacts the

spot price of electricity. Our generation development

portfolio is vulnerable to risks arising from regulatory

settings constraining renewable electricity development.

• All of our gas sales activities, comprising 3% of FY24

revenue, are vulnerable to transition risks in changes

in regulatory settings and/or changes in consumer

preferences away from fossil fuels. This impact

increased in FY22 following the acquisition of

the Trustpower retail business, including its gas

customer base.

All, i.e. 100%, of Mercury’s existing electricity generation

assets are considered aligned with climate-related

opportunities as enablers in Aotearoa’s low carbon

transition. Increasing demand for renewable electricity

due to the decarbonisation of transport and process

heat has been identified as a material climate-related

opportunity from which 100% of Mercury’s renewable

generation assets stand to benefit.

The majority of Mercury’s capital deployment is also

aligned with climate-related opportunities as in FY24

$153m of growth capital expenditure was allocated

to new renewable generation development. Mercury

is also pursuing climate-related opportunities to reduce

emissions through developing reinjection of geothermal

non-condensable gases.

The alignment of management remuneration to these

climate-related risks and opportunities is discussed

in the Governance section of this Climate Statement.

We use the Carbon NZU spot price to value our

inventory of carbon units. The monthly prices as of

30 June, adjusted for inflation were, FY24: $50/t, FY23:

$41/t, FY22: $76/t. We also have an internal emissions

price forecast—a metric representing the cost per metric

tonne of CO

2

e, which guides decision-making within

our operations. This forecast informs strategic decisions

related to buying and selling carbon units and serves as

an input for business cases where they impact our GHG

profile. We assess opportunities across various carbon

forward curve scenarios for up to 15 years into the

future. These ranges, adjusted for inflation, were FY24:

$44/t - $127/t, FY23: $41/t - $117/t, FY22: $27/t - $101/t.

The volatile carbon prices over the past three years

have been primarily due to heightened regulatory

measures and balancing market demand and supply

for carbon units. Long term, the carbon price is

expected to increase, reflecting a growing emphasis

on reducing greenhouse gas emissions.

82

MERCURY 2024 INTEGRATED REPORTCLIMATE STATEMENTMENU

A MEMBER FIRM OF ERNST & YOUNG GLOBAL LIMITED
Assurance Conclusion

Based on our limited assurance procedures

performed and the evidence we have obtained,

nothing has come to our attention that causes

us to believe that Mercury NZ Limited's

("Mercury") Climate Statement for the year

ended 30 June 2024 is not fairly presented

and has not been prepared, in all material

respects, in accordance with Aotearoa New

Zealand Climate Standards (‘NZ CSs’).

Independent Limited Assurance

Report to the Directors of

Mercury NZ Limited

Scope

Ernst & Young Limited (“EY”) has undertaken a limited

assurance engagement, as defined by International

Standards on Assurance Engagements, to report on

Mercury’s Climate Statement for the year ended 30

June 2024 on pages 62 to 82 (the “Subject Matter”

or “Report”) within the Mercury 2024 Integrated

Report. The Report includes web links to information

which is included in the scope of our assurance.

Criteria applied by Mercury

In preparing the Report, Mercury applied the NZ CSs

(the “Criteria”). In applying the Criteria the methods

and assumptions used are described on pages 62 to

82 of the Report, as are the estimation uncertainties

inherent in the methods used.

Mercury’s Responsibility

The Directors are responsible, on behalf of Mercury,

for the preparation and fair presentation of the Report

in accordance with the NZ CSs. This responsibility

includes establishing and maintaining internal controls,

maintaining adequate records and making estimates

that are relevant to the preparation of the Report, such

that it is free from material misstatement, whether due

to fraud or error.

EY’s Responsibility

Our responsibility is to express a limited assurance

conclusion on the Report based on the procedures we

have performed and the evidence we have obtained.

Our engagement was conducted in accordance with

the International Standard for Assurance Engagements

(New Zealand): Assurance Engagements Other than

Audits or Reviews of Historical Financial Information

(‘ISAE (NZ) 3000’) and additionally in relation to

GHG disclosures in accordance with the International

Standard for Assurance Engagements (New Zealand):

Assurance Engagements on Greenhouse Gas

Statements (‘ISAE (NZ) 3410’). Those standards require

that we plan and perform this engagement to obtain

limited assurance about whether the Report has

been prepared, in all material respects, in accordance

with the Criteria. The nature, timing and extent of

the procedures selected depend on our judgment,

including an assessment of the risk of material

misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

We believe that the evidence obtained is sufficient

and appropriate to provide a basis for our limited

assurance conclusion.

Ernst & Young provides financial statement audit

and review services and agreed upon procedures

to Mercury. Partners and employees of our firm may

deal with Mercury on normal terms within the

ordinary course of trading activities of the business

of Mercury. We have no other relationship with,

or interest in, Mercury.

Our Independence and Quality Management

We have complied with the independence and other

ethical requirements of the Professional and Ethical

Standard 1 International Code of Ethics for Assurance

Practitioners (including International Independence

Standards) (New Zealand) issued by the New Zealand

Auditing and Assurance Standards Board, which

is founded on fundamental principles of integrity,

objectivity, professional competence and due care,

confidentiality and professional behaviour.

The firm applies Professional and Ethical Standard

3 Quality Management for Firms that Perform Audits

or Reviews of Financial Statements, or Other Assurance

or Related Services Engagements, which requires

the firm to design, implement and operate a system

of quality management including policies or procedures

regarding compliance with ethical requirements,

professional standards and applicable legal and

regulatory requirements.

A MEMBER FIRM OF ERNST & YOUNG GLOBAL LIMITED
Description of procedures performed

Procedures performed in a limited assurance

engagement vary in nature and timing from,

and are less in extent than, for a reasonable assurance

engagement. Consequently, the level of assurance

obtained in a limited assurance engagement is

substantially lower than the assurance that would

have been obtained had a reasonable assurance

engagement been performed. Our procedures

were designed to obtain a limited level of assurance

on which to base our conclusion and do not provide

all the evidence that would be required to provide

a reasonable level of assurance.

Although we considered the effectiveness of

management’s internal controls when determining

the nature and extent of our procedures, our assurance

engagement was not designed to provide assurance on

internal controls. Our procedures did not include testing

controls or performing procedures relating to checking

aggregation or calculation of data within IT systems.

A limited assurance engagement consists of making

enquiries, primarily of persons responsible for

preparing the report and related information and

applying analytical and other relevant procedures.

Our procedures included:

• Interviewing key personnel to understand the

reporting processes, including management’s

processes to identify Mercury’s material climate-

related risks and opportunities

• Considering the Report to understand how

Mercury’s identified material climate-related risks

and opportunities are reflected in the qualitative

disclosures

• Evaluating the suitability of the methods and

assumptions used in adopting the Criteria

and whether the Criteria have been applied

appropriately to the Subject Matter

• Identifying and assessing whether the assumptions

and approach supporting Mercury’s scenario analysis

and portfolio assessment were reasonable and

consistent with the principles specified in the Criteria,

• Undertaking analytical procedures in relation to the

metrics and targets disclosed in the Report

• On a limited sample basis, comparing metrics

to source information

• Obtaining Director representation

We also performed such other procedures as

we considered necessary in the circumstances.

Inherent Uncertainties

As discussed on page 64 of the Report, climate-related

risk management is an emerging area, and often

uses data and methodologies that are developing

and uncertain. The Report contains forward looking

statements, including climate-related scenarios, targets,

assumptions, climate projections, forecasts, statements

of future intentions and estimates and judgements

that have not yet occurred and may never occur.

We do not provide assurance on the achievability

of this prospective information.

The GHG quantification process is subject to scientific

uncertainty, which arises because of incomplete

scientific knowledge about the measurement of GHGs.

Additionally, GHG procedures are subject to estimation

(or measurement) uncertainty resulting from the

measurement and calculation processes used to

quantify emissions within the bounds of existing

scientific knowledge.

Other matter

Our review included web-based information that was

available via web links as of the date of this statement.

We provide no assurance over changes to the content

of this web-based information after the date of this

assurance statement.

Use of our Assurance Report

We disclaim any assumption of responsibility for any

reliance on this assurance report to any persons other

than the management and Directors of Mercury, or for

any purpose other than that for which it was prepared.







Ernst & Young Limited

Auckland, New Zealand

20 August 2024

TE TĀTAKI ME TE WHAKAHAERE.
In this section we introduce our Board and Executive Management

Team and present our corporate governance statement. We also share

our remuneration policy and report, directors’ and other disclosures,

information for security holders, sustainability index, directory information

and a glossary.

The Mercury Building, Auckland.

85

MERCURY 2024 INTEGRATED REPORTMENU

SCOTT ST JOHN CHAIR
Tenure:First Appointed: 1 Sep 2017

(Chair since Jan 2024)

Last Elected: 19 Sep 2023

Key Skills*: M&A and capital structure; stakeholder

relationships; commercial experience; people leadership.

Scott has an extensive background in investment advisory

and capital markets. Scott is Chair of Fisher & Paykel

Healthcare Corporation

1

, Chair of ANZ New Zealand and a

director of ANZ Group and Next Foundation. He was formerly

a director of Fonterra Cooperative Group, a member of the

Capital Markets Development Taskforce and the Financial

Markets Authority Establishment Board and was Chancellor

of the University of Auckland. He was the Chief Executive


of First NZ Capital from 2002 to 2017.

MARK BINNS DIRECTOR

Tenure:First Appointed: 1 Sep 2023

Last Elected: 19 Sep 2023

Key Skills*: Energy industry; wholesale markets trading;

commercial experience; major project investment.

Mark was CEO of Meridian Energy from 2012 – 2017 and

before that spent 22 years with Fletcher Building, including 15

years as CEO of the Construction and Infrastructure division.

He currently chairs Crown Infrastructure Partners and Hynds

Limited and is a director of Auckland International Airport.

YOUR BOARD OF DIRECTORS.

HANNAH HAMLING DIRECTOR

Tenure:First Appointed: 1 Feb 2020

Last Elected: 19 Sep 2023

Key Skills*: Natural resource management (including water

and climate change); health and safety; risk management.

Hannah is an environmental scientist with a particular interest

in sustainable development and resilience. Until January

2020, she was President of the Asia Pacific Region and Global

Sustainable Development Leader for Golder, a Canadian global

ground engineering and environmental science company.

Before joining Golder, Hannah was Managing Director of New

Zealand environmental consultancy firm Kingett Mitchell.

Hannah has extensive background in consulting, management

and board roles across various sectors including electricity,

construction and water management.

R

P

NR

R

P

* Key Skills are defined as the particular skills each director

brings to the Mercury Board, and which

we consider in our succession planning.

1

Scott St John will retire from the Board of Fisher & Paykel

Healthcare Corporation in August 2024.

ADRIAN LITTLEWOOD DIRECTOR

Tenure:First Appointed: 1 Aug 2023

Last Elected: 19 Sep 2023

Key Skills*: Commercial experience; large organisation and

cultural leadership experience; major project investment;

stakeholder relationships.

Adrian has deep executive experience including 12 years

at Auckland International Airport, nine of these as CEO.

Before that he held senior roles across strategy, operations,

product and marketing with Telecom New Zealand. Previous

governance roles include acting as the New Zealand Chair


of the Australia/New Zealand Leadership Forum, Chair of the

NZ Airports Association and a director of North Queensland

Airports and Tourism Industry Aotearoa.

Committee Membership Key:Tenure Key:

N

Nominations and Corporate

Governance Committee

P

People and Performance Committee

R

Risk Assurance and Audit Committee< 3 years6

+

years

3-6 years

Chair of the committee

86

MERCURY 2024 INTEGRATED REPORTLEADERSHIP & GOVERNANCEMENU

JAMES MILLER DIRECTOR
Tenure:First Appointed: 2 May 2012

Last Elected: 22 Sep 2022

Key Skills*: M&A and capital structure; investment analysis;

audit and risk management; energy industry.

James is an experienced non-executive director and chair

and an experienced chair of Audit and Risk Committees.

James is an is an experienced company director and Chair

of company Audit and Risk Committees. He has specialist

expertise in utility economics and 15 years’ experience

in capital markets. He is currently Chair of Channel

Infrastructure NZ and is a director of Vista Group, and Ryman

Healthcare. James’ prior roles have included Chair of NZX,

Deputy Chair of Accident Compensation Corporation and

board positions with Auckland International Airport, the

Financial Markets Authority and Vector.

James is a qualified Chartered Accountant and is a Fellow


of the Institute of Chartered Accountants and Institute

of Finance Professionals.

YOUR BOARD OF DIRECTORS.

MIKE TAITOKO DIRECTOR

Tenure:First Appointed: 28 Aug 2015

Last Elected: 23 Sep 2021

Key Skills*: Iwi and other stakeholder relationships; natural

resource management (including water and climate

change); digitisation.

Mike is a leading advisor on Māori economic development and

has well-established networks in Māoridom. Mike has strong

commercial skills in the application of digital technologies. He

is the co-founder and CEO of Takiwā Limited and a co-founder

and director of Toha Foundry Limited, technology companies

commercialising cloud-based geospatial analytics services.

He was formerly a director of Auckland Tourism Events


and Economic Development (ATEED).

SUSAN PETERSON DIRECTOR

Tenure:First Appointed: 1 Sep 2022

Last Elected: 22 Sep 2022

Key Skills*: Large organisation and people leadership; AI;

data and digitisation; customer relationships; governance.

Susan is an experienced non-executive director, board

chair and chair of People and Remuneration and Audit


and Risk Committees. As a business leader, Susan has

helped companies to drive growth through technology,

innovative customer solutions and organisational culture.

She currently chairs Vista Group and is an independent

director of Xero and Arvida. Susan is also an independent

director of Craigs Investment Partners.

Susan was previously a member of the New Zealand

Markets Disciplinary Tribunal and a past director of

Trustpower, ASB Bank and Property for Industry. Susan

also served on the Board of Global Women and has been


a past Ministerial appointee to the National Advisory

Council for the Employment of Women.

LORRAINE WITTEN DIRECTOR

Tenure:First Appointed: 1 Sep 2022

Last Elected: 22 Sep 2022

Key Skills*: Governance; commercial experience; audit and

risk management; innovation.

Lorraine is an experienced director and business leader with

an extensive background in the telco, technology, and ICT

sectors. Lorraine currently chairs Rakon and is a director


of MOVE Logistics Group

1

and VWORK. Lorraine’s prior roles

are as chair of audit and risk committees including Chair


of the Department of Corrections Audit and Risk committee,

director of Horizon Energy Group, Pushpay Holdings, Board

member WREDA and director and Chair of Kordia Group.

Lorraine is a qualified Chartered Accountant and is a Fellow

of the Institute of Chartered Accountants.

N

RNP

P

R

* Key Skills are defined as the particular skills each director

brings to the Mercury Board, and which

we consider in our succession planning.

Committee Membership Key:Tenure Key:

N

Nominations and Corporate

Governance Committee

P

People and Performance Committee

R

Risk Assurance and Audit Committee< 3 years6

+

years

3-6 years

Chair of the committee

1 Lorraine Witten will retire from the Board of MOVe Logistics Group in

October 2024.

87

MERCURY 2024 INTEGRATED REPORTLEADERSHIP & GOVERNANCEMENU

YOUR BOARD OF DIRECTORS.
PRUE FLACKS PAST CHAIR

1

Tenure:First Appointed: 1 May 2010

(Chair since Sep 2019)

Last Elected: 28 Sep 2021

Resigned: 31 Dec 2023

Key Skills*: Governance; commercial experience;

stakeholder relationships; people leadership.

Prue is a professional director with experience across a

range of industries. Formerly a commercial lawyer and

partner in the national law firm Russell McVeagh for 20

years, her expertise included corporate and regulatory

matters, corporate finance, capital markets and business

restructuring. Prue was formerly a director of Chorus

Limited, Bank of New Zealand and Chair of Queenstown

Airport Corporation. Prue retired from the Mercury Board


on 31 December 2023.

PATRICK STRANGE PAST DIRECTOR

2

Tenure:First Appointed: 1 Feb 2014

Last Elected: 24 Sep 2020

Resigned: 19 Sep 2023

Key Skills*: Energy industry; major project investment;

health and safety.

Patrick was a Mercury director in 2006-2007 before being

appointed Chief Executive of New Zealand’s transmission

owner and operator, Transpower, a position he held for more

than six years. At the time he was a Mercury director, Patrick

chaired Auckland International Airport and was a director

of Transgrid. He was previously a director of NZX Limited

and Essential Energy, Australia. Patrick retired from Mercury

after the September 2023 Annual Shareholders’ meeting.

NICOLE ROSIE FUTURE DIRECTOR

First Appointed: 1 May 2024 (1 year term)

Key Skills*: Networked infrastructure (delivery


and operation), regulation, public and private sector,

cultural change, health and safety and sustainability/

climate change.

Nicole is an experienced Chief Executive and director. She is

currently the Chief Executive of the New Zealand Transport

Agency, Waka Kotahi and before that, Chief Executive

of WorkSafe. Nicole has also held a range of Board and

governance roles with Auckland Transport, The Construction

Accord and in large infrastructure delivery programmes.

Her executive experience includes executive roles in Fonterra,

KiwiRail, Vector and Fletcher Challenge Forests.

As a Future Director, Nicole is invited to attend and

participate in Mercury Board and Committee meetings,

although she does not participate in decision making.

RP

NR

1

Prue was a director of Mercury from 1 May 2010

until 31 December 2023.

2

Patrick was a director of Mercury from 1 February 2014

until 19 September 2023.

* Key Skills are defined as the particular skills each director

brings to the Mercury Board, and which

we consider in our succession planning.

Committee Membership Key:Tenure Key:

N

Nominations and Corporate

Governance Committee

P

People and Performance Committee

R

Risk Assurance and Audit Committee< 3 years6

+

years

3-6 years

Chair of the committee

88

MERCURY 2024 INTEGRATED REPORTLEADERSHIP & GOVERNANCEMENU

YOUR EXECUTIVE
MANAGEMENT TEAM.

VINCE HAWKSWORTH //

CHIEF EXECUTIVE*

LUCIE DRUMMOND //


EXECUTIVE GENERAL MANAGER

SUSTAINABILITY

PHIL GIBSON //


EXECUTIVE GENERAL MANAGER

PORTFOLIO

FIONA SMITH //


EXECUTIVE GENERAL MANAGER

PEOPLE EXPERIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY

STEW HAMILTON //


EXECUTIVE GENERAL MANAGER

GENERATION*

WILLIAM MEEK //


CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER

CRAIG NEUSTROSKI //


EXECUTIVE GENERAL MANAGER

CUSTOMER

* Vince will retire effective 31 August and Stew Hamilton will succeed him

as Chief Executive.

The Executive Management Team leads our business

to deliver on strategy, ensuring we continue to succeed

while also positioning us for future opportunities and

challenges. The team bring enterprise-wide leadership

capability, together with deep subject knowledge

expertise. Together, they provide leadership for our

people and more widely in a changing environment.

89

MERCURY 2024 INTEGRATED REPORTLEADERSHIP & GOVERNANCEMENU

SCOTT ST JOHN // C H A I R
GOVERNANCE AT MERCURY.

LETTER FROM OUR CHAIR.

Dear Shareholder

It is my pleasure to present our corporate governance

statement for the year ended 30 June 2024.

This corporate governance statement outlines

Mercury’s Corporate Governance Framework, including

information about the composition, characteristics

and function of Mercury’s Board, how we oversee ethical

and responsible action at Mercury, our approach to risk,

and inclusion and diversity.

Mercury’s directors have deep industry, governance,

and business experience. The Board draws on this

experience to oversee the delivery of Mercury’s goals

and the setting of new ambitions to play a leading role

in the electrification of the New Zealand economy.

This letter highlights some of the Board’s activity

in F Y24.

CONTINUED PATH OF SUCCESSION

The Board has a significant focus on succession

at Mercury and in FY24 the positive impact of this

focus was evident, with change at governance and

leadership levels.

Prue Flacks retired as Board Chair, and I assumed the role

in January 2024. Meanwhile, Susan Peterson took on the

role of Chair of the People & Performance Committee.

During her tenure, Prue made an enormous contribution

to Mercury’s evolution from State-Owned Enterprise

to a listed company that is one of New Zealand’s largest

generators and multi-product, digital retailers. On behalf

of the Board, I extend my thanks to Prue.

Patrick Strange also retired from the Board during

the year. Patrick made a significant contribution

to Mercury over a total of 11 years as director.

I thank Patrick for his service.

During FY24, Adrian Littlewood and Mark Binns

joined the Board. These appointments reflect

our commitment to building a Board with deep

and varied experience to govern the business over

the medium to longer term.

Mercury continues to participate in the Future

Directors programme established by the Institute

of Directors. Nicole Rosie was appointed as Mercury’s

current “Future Director” from 1 May 2024.

BOARD COMMITTEE STRUCTURE

During FY24, the Board discussed reviewing

our committee structure to maximise director

effectiveness and efficiency in discharging Board

duties. As part of this, we clarified the role of the

‘Nominations Committee’ to address governance

matters beyond director nominations, such as

oversight of ongoing director development and Board

performance. The committee was renamed the

‘Nominations and Corporate Governance Committee’

to reflect this. Our review of the Board committee

structure is ongoing. We intend to progress this

during FY25 with updates to be reflected in our

FY25 Corporate Governance Statement.

TRANSITION OF LEADERSHIP

Vince announced his retirement effective from the end

of August 2024 and Stew Hamilton, Mercury’s Executive

General Manager Generation, was unanimously

appointed by the Board as the incoming Chief Executive.

Vince spearheaded significant growth over his four years

at Mercury, guiding the company through a phase of

renewable construction and delivery, and overseeing two

major acquisitions (Tilt Renewables and Trustpower).

I thank Vince for his significant contribution to Mercury.

I also extend a warm welcome to Stew in his new

role. Stew has a track record of success leading

large, complex businesses in New Zealand and

abroad. During his time at Mercury, he has generated

substantial business value while fostering lasting

partnerships and enhanced health and safety

performance. Stew’s appointment underscores

the depth of talent at Mercury and our commitment

to fostering this.

As announced in late 2023, William Meek, our

Chief Financial Officer, will be stepping down in 2025.

A recruitment process for a new Chief Financial Officer

is ongoing and we are confident that the transition will

be smooth.

CLIMATE

Climate has once again been a focus for the Board

in FY24. This year Mercury has published its first

mandatory climate-related disclosures in accordance

with the Aotearoa New Zealand Climate Standards.

This has involved a concentrated effort from the

Board and the Risk Assurance and Audit Committee.

Of particular focus for the Board this year was our

approach to scenario analysis, the articulation of

our material climate-related risks and opportunities,

and our progress towards our climate targets.

CAPITAL BOND ISSUANCE

In June 2024, the Board approved the issuance

of a $350m capital bond to refinance existing bonds

and for general corporate purposes. The bond issue

was fully subscribed, and the strong response from

the market demonstrates continued long-term

confidence in Mercury’s business performance

and future outlook.

ANNUAL SHAREHOLDERS' MEETING

Our ASM will be held in a hybrid format again this

year, with shareholders being able to join in person or

remotely via video link. This approach was successful

in 2022 and 2023 and Mercury is aligned with the

New Zealand Shareholders' Association’s principles

of maximising meaningful shareholder participation

and quality engagement.

It is a privilege to lead our Board in overseeing

Mercury’s role in Aotearoa New Zealand’s energy

transition. The Board is focussed on facilitating

the delivery of Mercury’s commitments to deliver

new renewable generation for New Zealand and drive

returns for our shareholders. I look forward to seeing

you at our ASM.

90

MERCURY 2024 INTEGRATED REPORTLEADERSHIP & GOVERNANCEMENU

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE FRAMEWORK.
This corporate governance statement (comprising

pages 85 to 104 of this report) has been prepared

in accordance with NZX Listing Rule 3.8.1 and was

approved by the Board of Mercury NZ Limited on

20 August 2024. The information contained in this

corporate governance statement is current as at that

date. Some information in the corporate governance

statement is expressed to be current at another date,

for example the FY24 balance date of 30 June 2024.

This corporate governance statement reports against

the NZX Corporate Governance Code dated 1 April 2023.

At Mercury, we are committed to the highest standards

of corporate governance, business behaviour and

transparency to protect and enhance the interests

of our owners. Our corporate governance framework

includes robust policies and processes which are

fundamental to all of Mercury’s foundational pillars.

Our corporate governance framework underpins

the maintenance of strong relationships with

our stakeholders and our ability to create long-

term value. It also ensures Board accountability

to our shareholders and provides for an appropriate

delegation of responsibilities to our people.

The Board regularly reviews our corporate governance

policies and practices to ensure compliance with

NZX and ASX standards (Mercury is an ASX Foreign

Exempt Listed company) as well as reflecting positive

contemporary corporate governance trends in

New Zealand and Australia.

Over the reporting period, our corporate governance

practices were in substantial compliance with the

NZX Corporate Governance Code. The only exceptions

relate to Recommendation 3.3 (Remuneration

Committee), where the governance of remuneration

at Mercury is split between the People and Performance

Committee and the Nominations and Corporate

Governance Committee (see the Board Committees

section of this report for a full explanation of this exception);

and Recommendation 5.1 (Director Remuneration), where

Mercury adopted a policy for director remuneration during

the reporting period but did not have a specific policy

for the full reporting period (see the Remuneration Report

for a full explanation of this exception).

While not required due to our ASX foreign exempt

listing status, we also endeavour to comply with

ASX Corporate Governance Principles and

Recommendations (fourth edition).

SHAREHOLDERS

CHIEF EXECUTIVE

EXECUTIVE MANAGEMENT

TEAM

MERCURY PEOPLE

RISK ASSURANCE &

AUDIT COMMITTEE


PEOPLE & PERFORMANCE

COMMITTEE


NOMINATIONS

& CORPORATE

GOVERNANCE

COMMITTEE

MERCURY BOARD

91

MERCURY 2024 INTEGRATED REPORTLEADERSHIP & GOVERNANCEMENU

MERCURY’S BOARD.
BOARD COMPOSITION & CHARACTERISTICS

Structure of the Board

The Board typically comprises eight directors

although this number may vary as required to ensure

effective succession.

To enable Mercury to achieve its strategic goals,

the Board strives to include an effective combination

and diversity of skills, backgrounds and experiences.

The Board also focuses on ensuring that its culture

reflects Mercury’s values, to foster alignment with

the wider business.

There is a brief bio of each director at the beginning

of this section.

Chair

Scott St John is the Chair of the Board. First appointed

as a director in 2017, he was appointed as Chair in

2024. Scott is an independent, non-executive director.

The Chair’s overarching responsibilities are to provide

leadership to the Board and to ensure the Board is

well informed and effective. More information about

the role of the Chair is contained in the Mercury Board

Charter (found on the Corporate Governance section

of our website).

Future Director

The Institute of Directors’ Future Directors Programme

provides people with governance potential and ambition

with mentorship and the opportunity to participate on

a board. It aims to increase the next generation of board-

ready directors in New Zealand. The Mercury Board is a

supporter and active participant in the programme, with

Nicole Rosie (the current Future Director) the fifth such

appointee to the Mercury Board.

Future Directors are invited to attend, and actively

participate in, Mercury Board and Committee meetings,

although they do not participate in decision making.

The Board is structured to ensure that as a collective

group it has the skills, experience, knowledge, diversity

and perspective to fulfil its purpose and responsibilities.

INDEPENDENCE

All of Mercury’s directors, including the Chair, are

considered by the Board to be ‘independent’ directors,

in that they are non-executive directors who are not

substantial shareholders and who are free of any

interest, business or other relationship that would

materially interfere with, or could reasonably be seen

to materially interfere with, the independent exercise

of their judgement.

The Mercury Board takes director tenure into account in

considering independence. The NZX recommends that

issuers consider the effect of tenure on independence

after 12 years’ service. The Board has determined

James Miller to be independent. Mercury values

the experience and deep understanding of Mercury’s

business, energy markets and major capital investment

which James brings to the Board. James has been

on the Board since 2012, but in light of the considerable

value that he provides to the Board, his ability to

challenge and hold management to account and

the fact that he has been Chair of the Risk Assurance

and Audit Committee only since 2022, the Board has

determined that James’ independence is not affected

by his tenure. James intends to retire from Mercury

at the end of his current three-year term following

the 2025 Annual Shareholders’ Meeting.

RESPONSIBILITIES

The Board is responsible for Mercury’s strategic

direction and operation and has delegated certain

responsibilities to the Chief Executive and the

Executive Management Team (EMT).

The Board’s responsibilities are set out in the Board Charter,

which is reviewed at least every two years, and include:

Strategy and Planning• establishing clear strategic goals

with appropriate supporting

business plans and resources

• monitoring strategy

implementation

Environmental and

Health and Safety

• ensuring Mercury’s environmental

and health and safety culture

and practices comply with all

legal requirements, reflect best

practice in New Zealand and

are recognised by employees

and other stakeholders as

key priorities

Financial Performance

and Integrity

• monitoring financial

performance, effective delivery

of the budget and business

plan, and ensuring the integrity

of reporting

Executive Authority • setting delegated authority

levels for the Chief Executive

and EMT

Risk and Audit• ensuring that effective audit, risk

management and compliance

systems are in place and

monitored to protect Mercury’s

assets and to minimise the

possibility of Mercury operating

beyond legal or regulatory

requirements or beyond

acceptable risk parameters

as determined by the Board

Ethics, Culture and

Corporate Behaviour

• ensuring Mercury adheres

to high standards of corporate

behaviour, responsibility

and ethics

The Chief Executive and EMT are responsible for:

• developing and making recommendations to the Board on

Mercury strategies and associated initiatives

• managing and implementing strategies approved by the

Board

• formulating and implementing policies and reporting

procedures for management

• decision making compatible with Mercury’s Delegations

Policy

• managing business risk

• the day-to-day management of Mercury

The Chief Executive and EMT have appropriate

employment agreements setting out their roles

and conditions of employment.

Chief Executive and EMT performance are reviewed

regularly against objectives and measures set by the

Board in annual performance scorecards. The Chief

Executive’s and each EMT member’s performance

were evaluated during the reporting period on

this basis. Further details are contained in the

Remuneration Report.

92

MERCURY 2024 INTEGRATED REPORTLEADERSHIP & GOVERNANCEMENU

CONFLICTS
Mercury maintains a directors’ interests register. The

interests’ register is reviewed at each Board meeting

to ensure it is up to date and to determine if any

directors are interested in any current or proposed

transaction in which Mercury is or may become

involved. If a director is interested in a transaction,

this is discussed with the Chair and the Company

Secretary and actively managed. A management

plan is established and periodically reviewed as

necessary. More details on the Board’s approach to

conflicts of interest can be found in Mercury’s Board

Charter. Information on current directors’ interests

can be found under Directors’ Disclosures.

ACCESS TO ADVICE & COMPANY

SECRETARY

Directors may access such information and seek

such independent advice as they consider necessary

or desirable, individually or collectively, to fulfil their

responsibilities and permit independent judgement

in decision making. They are entitled to have access

to internal and external auditors without management

present and, with the Chair’s consent, seek

independent professional advice at Mercury’s expense.

All directors have access to the advice and services

of the Company Secretary for the purposes of the

Board’s affairs. The Company Secretary is appointed

on the recommendation of the Chief Executive

and must be approved by the Board. The Company

Secretary is accountable to the Board, through

the Chair, on all governance matters. As at the date

of this Corporate Governance Statement, Howard

Thomas is the Company Secretary.

SELECTION, NOMINATION & APPOINTMENT

All directors are elected by Mercury’s shareholders

(other than directors appointed by the Board to fill

casual vacancies, who must retire and stand for election

at the next meeting of shareholders) with rotation

and retirement determined in line with the NZX Listing

Rules. The Board is responsible for considering and

appointing directors to the Board after candidates have

been identified by the Nominations and Corporate

Governance Committee (see Board Committees).

Mercury notifies shareholders of their right to nominate

a candidate for election as a director by notice on the

NZX and ASX.

Where any director election or re-election is to occur at

a shareholder meeting, the Notice of Meeting includes

all information on candidates for director election or

re-election that the Board considers may be useful to

shareholders. Directors must retire every three years

and, if desired, seek re-election.

Mike Taitoko, having served for three years since his last

re-election, will retire at the September 2024 annual

shareholders’ meeting and stand for re-election in

accordance with the NZX Listing Rules.

The Board and Nominations and Corporate

Governance Committee carry out appropriate due

diligence before appointing a director or nominating

a candidate for election as a director in accordance

with our governance processes.

Mercury has a written agreement with each director

set out in a letter of appointment containing the

terms and conditions of their appointment. A copy

of the standard form of this letter is available in

the Corporate Governance section of our website.

In addition, Mercury also enters into deeds of

indemnity and insurance with each director, in

terms of which Mercury indemnifies and provides

insurance to directors in accordance with the

Companies Act 1993.

INDUCTION & DEVELOPMENT

All new directors participate in a comprehensive

induction programme to familiarise them with

Mercury’s business and the energy and

telecommunications industries. The induction

programme covers key Mercury policies and internal

frameworks and includes sessions run by EMT

members on their business areas and important

projects happening within Mercury. New directors

may request further induction training as needed.

The Board receives regular briefings on Mercury’s

business operations from senior managers. Regular

Board strategy days are held to consider matters

of strategic importance to Mercury, and Board and

management run scenario thinking sessions for key

issues. Visits to Mercury’s facilities keep the Board

informed of Mercury’s assets and operations

and in particular with respect to health, safety

and wellness matters.

The Board has an ongoing programme to enhance

the effectiveness of directors. This involves both deep-

dives into aspects of Mercury’s business, and sessions

focusing on the broader environment including future

trends and innovation. During FY24 there was a

session run on iwi rights and interests. Additionally,

in September 2023, directors undertook a study tour

across the US, UK and Europe. This included meetings

with industry representatives to discuss topics such as

balancing the energy trilemma, delivering on projects,

emerging technologies and trends and effective

business models.

Directors are also encouraged and supported

to continue their own professional development

through individual learning opportunities.

It is essential to Mercury that directors commit

sufficient time to prepare and perform their duties

properly and effectively. The Board has considered

this issue during the reporting period and is satisfied

that, taking into account all of their commitments,

each director had sufficient time to perform their

duties for Mercury.

MERCURY’S BOARD CONTINUED.

1

Prue Flacks and Patrick Strange are not included in this data for FY24 as they were only directors for part of the period. Nicole Rosie (Future Director)

is not included in this data.

KEY BOARD STATS

1

TENUREGENDER

Key:

6+ years (37.5%)

3-6 years (12.5%)

< 3 years (50%)

Key:

Female (37.5%)

Male (62.5%%)

Gender diverse (0%)

93

MERCURY 2024 INTEGRATED REPORTLEADERSHIP & GOVERNANCEMENU

SKILL & EXPERIENCE CATEGORYCOMBINED BOARDSKILL & EXPERIENCE CATEGORYCOMBINED BOARDSKILL & EXPERIENCE CATEGORYCOMBINED BOARD
STRATEGY & RISK SETTINGSSTAKEHOLDERSGOVERNANCE & RISK MANAGEMENT

Significant commercial

experience across

different industries

and economic cycles

Customer relationships

across market segments

and demographics

Governance experience, including

listed companies

Major project investment

and experience

Partner relationships

Finance/accounting/audit

committee experience

M&A and capital

structure experience

Government relationships

Risk management process and

experience, including cyber

security, climate related, structural

asset integrity

AI, automation and digitisation

Shareholder/investment

community relationships

PEOPLE LEADERSHIP

Health, safety and

wellbeing governance

Disruption and innovation

in energy and other sectors

Iwi relationships/connectivity

Large organisation and cultural

leadership experience

Climate Change and natural

resource management

(including water)

ENERGY INDUSTRYKEY

Energy industry experience

Substantial

Medium

Some

None

R E TAI L

Wholesale markets

trading (energy and/or

other commodities)

Understanding and maximising

value in retail distribution

networks at scale

BOARD SKILLS MATRIX

Through the Nominations and Corporate Governance

Committee, the Board regularly assesses its skills and

competencies in the context of key outputs required,

including:

• setting risk parameters for both value creation and

value protection;

• cultural leadership to reflect our values,

environmental kaitiakitanga and social licence

to operate; and

• strategy development in an environment of

disruption, requiring courage to challenge, resilience

and agility to respond.

During the reporting period, the Nominations and

Corporate Governance Committee has considered

and reviewed the skills of the Board and updated

the Board skills matrix. Recognising that how well

the Board performs is a function of the skills and

experience of individual directors and how the

directors work together as a whole, we consider

that addressing the level of skills and experience

collectively is a better indicator of overall Board

capability.

Although the Board fosters collaborative and open

discussion and each director is expected to contribute

broadly, the key skills which individual directors

contribute to the Mercury Board are indicated in the

director profiles. The purpose of identifying key skills

at an individual level is to signal the skills which would

need to be considered when a director retires. This is

important for succession planning purposes.

2

The skills matrix presented here includes data for all current directors as

at the date of this Integrated Report. It does not include data for Patrick

Strange (left the Board on 19 September 2023) or Prue Flacks (left the

Board on 31 December 2023).

MERCURY’S BOARD CONTINUED.

94

MERCURY 2024 INTEGRATED REPORTLEADERSHIP & GOVERNANCEMENU

REVIEWING PERFORMANCE
The performance of the directors (individually and

collectively), and the effectiveness of Board processes

and committees, are regularly evaluated using a

variety of techniques including external consultants,

questionnaires and Board discussion. A performance

review was carried out by an external facilitator during

the reporting period. A performance review led by the

Chair will be carried out during the 2025 calendar year.

DIRECTORS’ MERCURY SHAREHOLDINGS

The Board encourages the alignment of directors’

interests with those of shareholders and with Mercury’s

strategic aims. Non-executive directors are encouraged,

within five years of their appointment, to purchase and

hold Mercury shares equivalent to the non-executive

director’s fixed annual base fee. Further details

of directors’ shareholdings in Mercury are set

out in Directors’ Disclosures.

BOARD COMMITTEES

The Board has three standing committees: the Risk

Assurance and Audit Committee (RAAC), the People

and Performance Committee and the Nominations

and Corporate Governance Committee. Each Committee

focuses on specific areas of governance. Together,

they strengthen the Board’s oversight of Mercury.

Committee meetings are scheduled to coordinate

with the Board meeting cycle. Each Committee reports

to the Board at the subsequent Board meeting

and makes recommendations to the Board for

consideration as appropriate.

During the period, the Board discussed and clarified

the role of the previously named ‘Nominations

Committee’. The Committee was renamed the

‘Nominations and Corporate Governance Committee’

to more accurately reflect the Committee’s governance

roles and responsibilities.

As an exception to the NZX Corporate Governance

Code, Mercury does not comply with Recommendation

3.3 because it does not have a separate remuneration

committee. This exception has been approved by the

Board. The functions that would ordinarily be allocated

to a remuneration committee are shared between

the People and Performance Committee in respect of

the Chief Executive and the EMT, and the Nominations

and Corporate Governance Committee in respect

of the directors. These responsibilities are reflected

in the Committee Charters.

Each standing Committee operates in accordance

with a written Charter approved by the Board

and reviewed as required and at least every two

years. The Committee Charters are available in

the Corporate Governance section of our website.

ADDITIONAL COMMITTEES

Mercury assesses on a regular basis whether

additional standing or ad hoc committees are

required. Additional temporary committees are

established from time to time, including as required

to provide governance oversight on short-term

projects. As at the date of this statement, Mercury

has considered that no other standing committees

are required. During the year ended 30 June 2024,

the Board established one temporary committee

for a discrete project. The table below details the

directors that were members of that temporary

committee and the number of meetings attended.

Committee MemberMeetings attended

Scott St John0

James Miller1

Hannah Hamling1

MERCURY’S BOARD CONTINUED.

Arapuni hydro station.

95

MERCURY 2024 INTEGRATED REPORTLEADERSHIP & GOVERNANCEMENU


People and Performance Committee


Risk Assurance and Audit Committee


Nominations and Corporate Governance Committee

Membership and MeetingsMembership and MeetingsMembership and Meetings

Members as at 30 June 2024:

At least three directors, majority

independent.

Meetings in FY24:

At least 3 annually

Aug 23Dec 23Apr 24Jun 24

Out of

cycle

3

Susan Peterson (Chair)

Became Chair on 1 Jan 2024

3

Mike Taitoko

3

Adrian Littlewood

Became member on 1 Aug 2023

Observer3

Scott St John (prev. Chair)

Chair until 1 Jan 2024, member

as Board Chair from 1 Jan 2024

3

Prue Flacks

Member as Board Chair

until 31 Dec 2023

N/AN/AN/A

Members as at 30 June 2024:

At least three directors, each

independent non-executives.

At least one with accounting /

financial background. Board Chair

not eligible to be RAAC Chair.

Meetings in FY24:

At least 3 annually

Aug 23Dec 23Apr 24Jun 24

Out of

cycle

4

James Miller (Chair)

1

Hannah Hamling

1

Mark Binns

Became member on 1 Sept 2023

N/A0

Lorraine Witten

1

Scott St John

Member as Board Chair

from 1 Jan 2024

ObserverObserver

1

(Observer)

Prue Flacks

Member as Board Chair

until 31 Dec 2023

N/AN/A1

Patrick Strange

Member until 19 Sept 2023

N/AN/AN/A1

Members as at 30 June 2024:

At least three directors, majority independent.

Meetings in FY24:

At least annually

Nov 23Apr 24Jun 24

Scott St John (Chair)

Became Chair from 1 Jan 2024

James Miller

Susan Peterson

Became member on 1 Jan 2024

N/A

Prue Flacks (prev. Chair)

Chair until 31 Dec 2023

N/AN/A

PurposePurposePurpose

Assisting the Board to fulfil its people and performance responsibilities relating to:

• Mercury’s People and Performance strategy and plan

• review of inclusion and diversity objectives and progress against objectives

• the remuneration and performance of the Chief Executive and EMT

• People and performance policies and practices

Monitoring and providing guidance to management on people and performance

related matters.

Overseeing, reviewing and advising the Board on Mercury’s:

• risk management policy and processes (which include oversight of Health

and Safety assurance and climate-related risks and opportunities)

• internal control mechanisms and internal and external audit functions

• compliance with legislation and regulation

• financial information prepared by management for publication

Management retains responsibility for the implementation and operation

of adequate risk assurance, internal control and audit systems. Management

only attend RAAC meetings by invitation. The Board has delegated to the RAAC

the authority to oversee and monitor these activities.

Ensuring the Board and its committees are structured appropriately and composed

of suitably qualified individuals to support the Board’s effectiveness in discharging

its duties and responsibilities and adding value through good governance.

The Nominations and Corporate Governance Committee plays an important

role in identifying, for the Board to consider, people with the necessary expertise,

experience, diversity and perspectives for selection as potential directors to be

nominated for election at the next annual shareholder meeting or to fill a casual

vacancy on the Board.

PNR

4

There was one out of cycle Risk Assurance and Audit Committee meeting during the period

in relation to our FY23 climate-related disclosures.

3

There were three out of cycle People and Performance Committee meetings during the period

in relation to the Chief Executive transition.

96

MERCURY 2024 INTEGRATED REPORTLEADERSHIP & GOVERNANCEMENU

ASSURANCE & MANAGING RISK.
AUDIT PLAN & ROLE OF AUDITOR

As a public entity under the Public Audit Act 2001,

the Auditor General is the independent auditor

of Mercury and each of our subsidiaries (together,

the ‘Group’). The Auditor-General appointed Emma

Winsloe of Ernst & Young to carry out the FY24 audit

on his behalf. The NZX Listing Rules require rotation

of the key audit partner at least every five years.

The provision of external audit services is guided

by the Audit Independence Policy available on

the Corporate Governance section of our website.

The external auditor attends the Annual Shareholders’

Meeting and is available to shareholders to answer

questions relevant to the audit.

INTERNAL AUDIT & RISK ASSURANCE

Mercury has a comprehensive internal audit and risk

assurance plan, which take a holistic view of Mercury’s

culture, practices and procedures and include periodic

reviews of relevant areas of Mercury’s operations.

The internal audit plan is designed, updated and

approved by the RAAC in consultation with the Risk

Assurance Officer and the Internal Auditor (currently

made up of an internal team, Deloitte and other

internal audit and process specialists appointed

on an outsourced basis) who report on progress

and the results of internal audit reviews at each

RAAC meeting. The Internal Auditor has access

to management and the right to seek information

and explanations.

The RAAC meets with the Internal Auditor at least

once each year without management present.

During FY24, the focus of the RAAC was compliance

(regulatory), reputation, financial (including climate),

operational and health and safety. Assurance reviews

were undertaken for the following areas: Well Integrity

Management Systems, Incident Simulation, NOW’s

Compliance Framework, Cyber Security, Key Financial

Controls, Wholesale Markets, Medically Dependent

and Vulnerable Customers, and Treasury.

TIMELY & BALANCED DISCLOSURE

Shareholders and Markets

Mercury is committed to maintaining a fully informed

market through effective communication with the NZX

and ASX, our shareholders and investors, analysts,

media and other interested parties. Mercury provides

all stakeholders with equal and timely access to

material information that is accurate, balanced,

meaningful and consistent. Where Mercury provides

a new and substantive investor and analyst presentation,

these materials are released to the NZX and ASX ahead

of the presentation.

The Market Disclosure Policy is designed to ensure

this occurs in compliance with Mercury’s continuous

disclosure obligations under the NZX Listing Rules.

The Policy is available in the Corporate Governance

section of our website.

The Board has appointed the Company Secretary

as the Disclosure Officer who is responsible for

administering the Policy. The Disclosure Committee

(made up of the Board Chair, RAAC Chair, Chief

Executive, Chief Financial Officer and Disclosure

Officer) is responsible for ensuring that Mercury

complies with its disclosure obligations.

The Chief Executive and EMT are responsible for

providing the Disclosure Officer with all material

information relating to their areas of responsibility.

Information which, in the opinion of the Disclosure

Officer, may require disclosure is provided to the

Disclosure Committee for decision.

Disclosures relating to the annual and interim

financial statements must be reviewed by the RAAC

before being approved by the Board. Once approved

for disclosure, the Disclosure Officer is responsible for

releasing material information to the market.

Directors consider at each Board meeting whether

there is any material information which should be

disclosed to the market.

Integrity of Reporting

The Chief Executive and the Chief Financial Officer are

required each half year and full year to provide a letter

of representation to the Board confirming that the

financial statements have been prepared in accordance

with legal requirements, comply with generally accepted

accounting practice, and present fairly, in all material

respects, the financial position of Mercury and the

results of its operations and its cash flows.

A letter of representation confirming those matters

was received by the Board with respect to the Group’s

FY24 financial statements.

We report on non-financial information in our

Integrated Report. Material environmental, social

and governance matters are covered in this report,

corporate governance statement and the Climate

Statement. To provide this information in a format

accessible to our stakeholders we take guidance from

both the Global Reporting Initiative (GRI) standards

and the International Integrated Reporting Council

(IIRC) Integrated Reporting <IR> framework. We obtain

an independent limited assurance opinion from

Ernst & Young on our FY24 Climate Statement

and Greenhouse Gas Emissions Inventory.

OUR KEY RISKS

Safety and wellbeing

Mercury undertakes activities that potentially involve

significant safety risks. When we think about safety

and wellbeing risks at Mercury we focus on our 11

critical risks: driving, electricity, confined spaces, stored

energy, working around water, mental wellbeing,

dropped or falling objects, hazardous substances,

mobile plant and equipment, working alone, and

working at heights. A critical risk is something that

has the potential to kill or seriously hurt our people,

our partners or a member of the public.

There are several factors that can create wellbeing

risk for our people and our customers. Mercury has

implemented specific internal and external initiatives

(e.g. a suite of staff wellbeing tools, Customer Care

programme for Vulnerable and Medically Dependent

customers, Here to Help programme for affordability

issues) to address this risk and alleviate impacts.

Mercury operates three stations that are designated

as Upper-Tier Major Hazard Facilities (MHF) which

have unique safety risks beyond those found in

our other generation plants. As an operator of a

designated MHF, we work closely with WorkSafe

and Fire & Emergency NZ and have regular contact

with local councils and communities. We have a

strong focus on Process Safety management and

our Safety Cases demonstrate how we manage and

operate safely to ensure that risks to personnel are

reduced and that any potential damage to property,

the environment and the community is minimised.

COMPLIANCE

Legislative and regulatory changes

Regulatory changes to the current wholesale and retail

market structure and pricing regimes may affect how

Mercury manages its integrated business model of

generation and retailing electricity, gas and telco and

could adversely impact on Mercury’s ability to create

value. Legislative or regulatory changes, including Treaty

of Waitangi claims and iwi-related litigation with the

Government, changes to consent conditions, or levies

97

MERCURY 2024 INTEGRATED REPORTLEADERSHIP & GOVERNANCEMENU

ASSURANCE & MANAGING RISK CONTINUED.
on the use of natural resources, may result in Mercury

facing significant direct or indirect restrictions, conditions

or additional costs on Mercury’s access to freshwater

or geothermal resources and its hydro, wind and

geothermal generation activities.

Managing the energy trilemma (reliability, affordability

and renewability) is a key challenge as the energy

sector transition progresses and this in turn creates

an increased risk of possible regulatory intervention as

a way of impacting upon affordability.

Fuel constraints arising from reduced gas availability

at times of very low hydro storage can result in high

energy market volatility, resulting in financial and

operational stress for many New Zealand businesses.

This stress increases the risk of regulatory intervention

by the Government, which has the potential to

impact on Mercury’s wholesale/commercial sales and

profitability.

Reputation

Our reputation with investors, partners, customers

and the broader community is one of our most

significant assets. In addition to the risks mentioned

elsewhere in this statement, the following events

could threaten that reputation and could lead to

negative publicity resulting in the loss of business

revenues or a reduction in Mercury’s value:

• errors in customer connections, billing or general

customer communications

• errors by directors, management, contractors or related

industry operators negatively reflecting on Mercury

• adverse environmental impact caused by, or

perceived to be caused by, Mercury’s operations

• health and safety incidents under the operational

control of Mercury

• a reduction in standards of how we treat the

communities that we operate in.

Some of these reputational risks have the potential

to impact on Mercury’s social licence to operate

and hence our long-term success.

OPERATIONAL

Fuel security and supply

Mercury’s generation depends upon the availability

of water for hydro generation, wind for wind

generation, and geothermal fluid for geothermal

generation. The principal risks include the inability

to generate expected levels of electricity due to either

temporarily or permanently reduced fuel supplies,

loss of access to supply, or increased costs to secure

the necessary fuel, all of which may adversely affect

Mercury’s earnings.

Supply chain

Mercury is exposed to both international and

domestic supply chain risks that can impact on

our ability to successfully deliver our generation

development pipeline projects and major plant

refurbishment programme.

Electricity market exposure

In the short run, our ability to manage our electricity

portfolio risk depends upon our ability to purchase

and sell electricity in the wholesale electricity market

which could be impacted by:

• short-term changes in supply and demand

• national fuel availability based on hydrological

and thermal conditions (including extended

national drought)

• competitor behaviour

• significant reduction or ceasing of electricity

consumption (e.g. by large industrial companies)

• constrained transmission and distribution

of electricity.

In the long run, wholesale prices are determined

by the level of national demand relative to supply

from power generation. Prices can be affected by

levels of activity in the industrial sector, population

size, economic conditions, competitor behaviour,

generation build or retirement, technological changes

or new sources of energy, and regulatory changes.

We could also be adversely impacted if a large group

of customers, one or more major customers, or a New

Zealand market participant were to default on payment

for electricity provided or for hedge settlements.

Broadband and mobile services

Mercury now retails broadband and mobile

telecommunication services to residential and

commercial customers. Broadband and mobile

both introduce different operational challenges (e.g.

network availability, cyber-security) that if not well

managed can jeopardise Mercury's capacity to supply

telecommunication services to customers.

Power station availability

Our ability to generate electricity depends upon the

continued efficient operation of our power stations.

The viability, efficiency or operability of our power

stations could be adversely affected by a range

of factors including:

• catastrophic events such as a major earthquake,

volcanic eruption, or other natural perils that could

cause failure of one or more of our power stations

• material failure of turbines, transformers, key

infrastructure or geothermal wells that results

in unplanned power station outages that require

replacement or repair and could be influenced

by supply chain delays

• unexpected events impacting the short-term

availability of key people required to operate

stations, provide hydro control or trading oversight

• cyber-attacks upon our power stations that could

result in a plant failure or sustained loss of control.

Information security

We depend on many different IT systems for our

continued operations. There is a risk that the security

of critical systems may be compromised and/or

information accessed, copied, deleted or corrupted,

impacting on our ability to operate critical systems.

Such an event could result in costs to resolve or

repair; potential downtime of operations; potential

breaches of our customers’ privacy, including

unauthorised access and disclosure of their personal

information; and reputational impacts from any

loss of service, or resulting impacts on safety,

our environment or community.

FINANCIAL

Insurance

Mercury is insured through a comprehensive

programme including cover for generation property,

plant and equipment and business interruption with

a combined limit of $1 billion. Some catastrophic

events are uninsurable, or we have chosen not to

insure against them as the cost of cover is prohibitive

and the likelihood of occurrence is extremely rare.

This is a common approach in our industry.

In the event of a severe catastrophic event, it is possible

that the insurance portfolio will not provide sufficient

cover, impacting future operational performance and

the financial condition of Mercury. We estimate that

the maximum foreseeable loss to which the Group

could potentially be exposed to (cascade dam failure

causing significant flooding, business interruption,

direct reinstatement costs and potential loss of life)

is approximately $13 billion with an assessed likelihood

of occurrence of 1 in 100,000 years.

98

MERCURY 2024 INTEGRATED REPORTLEADERSHIP & GOVERNANCEMENU

RISK
MANAGEMENT

POLICY

GOVERNANCE

RISK

APPETITE

STATEMENTS

CONSOLIDATED

RISK REPORT

RISK

MATRIX

BOARD

Accountable

for governing risk

RISK ASSURANCE

AND AUDIT COMMITTEE

Oversees and monitors risk

management framework

CHIEF EXECUTIVE

Accountable to the Board and RAAC.

Responsible for managing risk

RISK

ASSURANCE OFFICER

Oversees implementation of

risk management framework,

promotes risk awareness and

mitigations, and tests key controls

RISK MANAGEMENT

COMMITTEE

Establishes, promotes and

implements risk management

(processes, controls, systems

and awareness)

EGM AND BUSINESS UNIT LEADERSHIP TEAMS

Oversees and owns Business Unit risks and controls

BUSINESS UNITS

Owns and manages day to day risks and controls

REPORTING

DELEGATES

OWNERSHIP & MANAGEMENT

BOARD APPROVED RISK MANAGEMENT FRAMEWORK

ASSURANCE & MANAGING RISK CONTINUED.

We review the level and nature of our insurance cover

annually. Following a third-party risk tolerance analysis

which considered several key financial metrics specific

to Mercury, the decision was previously made to retain

additional financial risk (e.g. deductibles, shared

primary level cover, caps, waiting periods, etc.) in the

event of an insurable loss to our generation assets.

Side C cover, which insures the company against

liabilities arising out of securities market conduct

breaches, was also previously removed from our

directors’ and officers’ insurance policy.

Climate change

For details of our key climate-related risks and how we

manage them, please refer to our Climate Statement.

Growth and development

Growth and development projects are subject

to risks that may affect expected financial returns

or outcomes:

• major generation development projects during

construction give rise to risks including cost over-

runs, commissioning delays, environmental impacts

and employee/contractor safety

• political and regulatory uncertainty, high interest

rates and poor economic conditions may limit our

development choices or adversely affect the viability

or costs of future developments.

Liquidity and earnings

A deterioration of our financial condition or instability

in capital markets could increase our cost of capital,

affect our ability to raise debt, or reduce our cash

liquidity thereby impacting our financial performance,

pursuit of our strategic objectives or result in insolvency.

The Crown’s shareholding and the provisions of

the Public Finance Act limits our ability to raise

equity capital.

There is a risk that foreign currency or interest rate

movements may impact our earnings by increasing

the cost for imported goods and services and the

cost of debt.

People

Attracting, developing, and retaining capable and

adaptable people who can contribute to our strategic

priorities and grow with our business remains a

focus for Mercury. We also face the challenge of an

aging workforce in several key operational areas and

attracting suitable people remains an area of risk.

RISK MANAGEMENT FRAMEWORK

& RAAC RESPONSIBILITIES

Risk management is an integral part of our business.

Responsibility starts with the Board who oversee that

effective audit, risk management, and compliance

systems are in place and monitored to protect

Mercury’s assets and to minimise the possibility

of operating beyond legal or regulatory requirements

or beyond acceptable risk parameters. The Board

delegates this oversight responsibility to the Risk

Assurance and Audit Committee (RAAC).

1

The RAAC’s Charter sets out the role, responsibilities,

composition, structure, and procedures of the

Committee. The Charter provides guidance for

the effective oversight of risk assurance and audit

matters by the Committee on behalf of the Board.

Mercury has an overarching Risk Management Policy

in place (see the Corporate Governance section of

1

The RAAC oversees the overall audit, risk management, and compliance systems. The Board delegates responsibility for certain people-related risks

to the People and Performance Committee (e.g. culture and psychological safety).

99

MERCURY 2024 INTEGRATED REPORTLEADERSHIP & GOVERNANCEMENU

ENGAGING WITH INVESTORS.
OUR INVESTOR RELATIONS PROGRAMME

We are committed to open and effective

communication with our stakeholders and owners

by providing comprehensive relevant information.

We take the steps set out in our Market Disclosure

Policy to achieve this.

We communicate with our investors in various ways,

including the Investor section of our website, annual

shareholders’ meetings (ASM) and webcasts, our annual

and interim reports, regular information disclosures,

and analyst and investor briefings and road shows. Our

aim is to clearly communicate our strategic direction,

including articulating our strategic priorities and how

these leverage our competitive advantages.

We also run a programme to build understanding and

appropriate measurement of our performance among

investors and research analysts. That programme

aims to be responsive, clear, timely, consistent, even-

handed and accurate, and is designed to ensure

appropriate access to management and directors.

Summary records of matters discussed at meetings

with investors and analysts are kept for internal use,

unless a recording or transcript of the presentation

is published on our website.

WEBSITE

Our website contains a comprehensive set of investor-

related information and data including stock exchange

and media releases, interim and annual reports,

investor presentations and webcasts, and shareholder

meeting materials. We will continue to build

environmental, social and governance (ESG) website

content to meet the increasing demand for transparent

disclosures of its performance across these areas and

the management of long-term risks and opportunities.

Shareholders can direct questions and comments

to Mercury through the website or contact

investor@mercury.co.nz.

our website) supported by a suite of risk management

tools appropriate for our business, including our Risk

Appetite Statement, the Mercury Code, an Energy

Markets Risk Management Policy, a Treasury Policy

and a Delegations Policy.

The purpose of the Risk Management Policy is to

embed a comprehensive, holistic, Group-wide capability

in risk management, which provides a consistent

method of identifying, assessing, controlling, monitoring,

and reporting existing and potential risks to our business

and its plans. The Policy sets out the risk management

objectives and requirements of Mercury within which

management is expected to operate. The Policy applies

to all business activities of the Group including Mercury-

controlled joint ventures and is reviewed annually

by the RAAC and approved by the Board.

The risk management framework supports a

comprehensive approach to risk, encompassing

financial, strategic, environmental, operational,

regulatory, reputational, social and governance risks.

This approach includes assessing and managing

climate-related risks.

The framework involves actively identifying

and managing risk and taking measures to reduce

the likelihood of risk, contain potential hazards and

take mitigating action to reduce impacts in line with

risk tolerances. This approach is consistent with the

precautionary principle.

We must accept some risks to achieve our strategic

objectives and to deliver shareholder value. Our

tolerance for risks is embodied in our Risk Appetite

Statement which are set and regularly reviewed by the

Board. As part of the current Risk Appetite Statement,

Mercury targets a long-term credit profile of BBB+

(bbb on a stand-alone basis) from S&P Global

(or its equivalent).

ASSURANCE & MANAGING RISK CONTINUED.

We have a Risk Assurance Officer who has the

independence to determine the effectiveness of risk

management, assurance and internal audit. The Risk

Assurance Officer has a dual reporting line to the Chief

Financial Officer and the RAAC Chair. The RAAC tasks

the Risk Assurance Officer to ensure healthy and robust

debate and interaction between management, risk

assurance and audit providers.

Our management operates a Risk Management

Committee, whose mandate is to establish, promote

and implement risk awareness and adequate risk

management controls to all staff. It also aims to monitor

and review risk activities as circumstances and our

strategic and operational goals change. Membership

of the Risk Management Committee is made up

of representatives from the Executive Management

Team and is chaired by the Chief Executive. The Risk

Management Committee meets at least quarterly.

In addition to these risk management processes,

several measures are employed to manage risks.

These include employee awareness, incident training,

due diligence, financial risk mitigation tools, active

involvement in the regulatory environment and

established whistle blower policy and procedures.

As noted above, the RAAC is responsible for

overseeing, reviewing and providing advice to

the Board on Mercury’s risk management policies

and processes. The Risk Assurance Officer reports

regularly to the RAAC on the effectiveness of our

management of material business risks. In addition,

the RAAC annually reviews the risk management

framework. The last review of the risk management

framework took place in May 2024.

Mercury’s Constitution, and relevant Charters and

Policies are available in the Corporate Governance

section of Mercury’s website.

GOVERNANCE ROADSHOW

Mercury held a series of investor meetings

during June 2024, primarily with institutional

investors. The governance roadshow aims to

provide an overview of Mercury’s activities and

significant governance matters during the year.

Materials from the roadshow can be found on

our website.

ANNUAL SHAREHOLDERS’ MEETING

& WEBCAST

An ASM is held in New Zealand at a time and location

which aims to maximise participation by shareholders.

Mercury’s 2024 ASM will be held in Auckland on 19

September 2024 and once again will be held in a

hybrid format (in person and online). This approach

was successful at the 2022 and 2023 ASMs and

is considered by the New Zealand Shareholders’

Association as the most effective approach to enable

meaningful shareholder participation.

ELECTRONIC COMMUNICATIONS

We encourage shareholders to provide email

addresses to enable them to receive shareholder

materials electronically. Communicating electronically

is faster and more cost effective. Most of our

shareholders receive information electronically.

However, we understand that this does not suit

everyone. We also provide a hard copy Integrated

Report to shareholders who wish to receive it.

100

MERCURY 2024 INTEGRATED REPORTLEADERSHIP & GOVERNANCEMENU

ACTING ETHICALLY & RESPONSIBLY.
TE NGĀKAU TAPATAHI ME TE HAEPAPA.

The Mercury Code and the policy framework described

below support our promises to each other and define

our commitment to our customers, our people and

community and our investors. The Mercury Code,

Modern Slavery Statement, and all Policies referred

to in the table on the following page are available

on the Corporate Governance section of our website.

THE MERCURY CODE

Mercury people strive to do what’s right. We have put in

place the Mercury Code to ensure that our people know

what the ‘right thing to do’ is. The Mercury Code is our

version of a code of conduct and ethics and documents

the behaviours we require to embed and sustain our

culture to successfully deliver our strategy and achieve

our Purpose of taking care of tomorrow: connecting

people and place today. The Mercury Code underpins

everything we do. It requires all Mercury people,

including directors and employees, to act honestly

and with integrity and fairness at all times, and to strive

to foster those standards within Mercury.

A Mercury employee is expected to apply the Mercury

Attitude. This attitude shapes our decisions, our actions

and our interactions with each other. Our Mercury

Attitude aligns our direction to achieve our Purpose.

The Mercury Code is reviewed by our Board at least

every two years. All Mercury employees are required to

complete an annual re-certification training on applying

the Mercury Code. This is an interactive e-learning

module which tests employees on their understanding

of applying the Mercury Code in different situations.

A 100% score is required to pass the module.

Directors are required, in the performance of their

duties, to give proper attention to the matters before

them and to act in the best interests of Mercury at

all times.

SUPPLIER CODE OF CONDUCT

We also want to ensure that we work with suppliers

who share our commitment to acting ethically and

doing the right thing. Our Supplier Code of Conduct

describes the way we work with our suppliers and what

we expect in return. The Supplier Code of Conduct

includes our commitments and our expectations

in relation to social responsibility, health and safety,

compliance with all applicable modern slavery laws,

environmental responsibility, and business integrity.

MODERN SLAVERY

Mercury acknowledges the importance of assessing

and addressing the risk of modern slavery in our

operations and supply chain. We continue to publish

a modern slavery statement, consistent with the

Australian Modern Slavery Act 2018. Our FY23

statement outlines the work undertaken during FY23

to assess and address the risk of modern slavery in

our operations and supply chain and identified the

following key focus areas for FY24.

The areas set out in the table on the next page are

of fundamental importance to Mercury to ensure

good governance and responsible business practices

are followed.

CARE / TAURIMA

Doing what's right.


Te mahi i te mea tika.

COMMIT / KĪ TAURANGI

Taking ownership.

Rangatiratanga.

CONNECT / HONONGA

Working together.

Te mahi tahi.

CURIOUS / PĀKIKI

Exploring possibilities.

Te wherawhera i ngā āheinga.

C

U

R

I

O

U

S







C

O

M

M

I

T






C

A

R

E






C

O

N

N

E

C

T

101

MERCURY 2024 INTEGRATED REPORTLEADERSHIP & GOVERNANCEMENU

Our Governance and Responsible Business Practices
ConflictsConflicts of interest must be avoided, except with the prior consent of Mercury. Mercury

people are required to declare conflicts of interests and are encouraged to proactively

discuss potential conflicts with their manager. Mercury takes practical, preventative action

wherever possible, for example by substituting project managers in circumstances of

possible conflict with contractors and suppliers.

Our directors declare all potential conflicts of interest prior to appointment

and if applicable, at each Board meeting in relation to specific agenda items.

BriberyThe acceptance of bribes, including gifts or personal benefits of material value which

could reasonably be perceived as influencing decisions, is prohibited under the Mercury

Code. Under Mercury’s Delegations Policy, donations to political parties are prohibited.

Use of

Mercury Assets

The Mercury Code places restrictions on the use of corporate information, assets and

property. All persons covered by the Mercury Code are encouraged to report any breach

or suspected breach of the Code.

WhistleblowingWe provide a framework for the protection of employees wishing to disclose serious

wrongdoing. This is described in Mercury’s Whistleblowing Policy.

Employees are also encouraged to voice with their manager, the HR team, the General

Counsel, other managers or directors any concern over ethical or irresponsible behaviour,

even if not reaching the threshold of serious wrongdoing.

Trading In

Company

Securities

Mercury’s Trading in Company Securities Policy sets out the rules and restrictions relating

to trading in Mercury securities by directors, employees and contractors, including the

prohibition on insider trading. The Policy is closely monitored by the Company Secretary

and is overseen by the RAAC.

The Chief Executive and EMT members are prohibited, by the Trading in Company

Securities Policy, from entering into transactions in associated products which limit

the economic risk of participating in unvested entitlements under Mercury’s Long-Term

Incentive Plans.

During FY24, the Trading in Company Securities Policy was updated to clarify the

application of trading restrictions to people associated with Mercury restricted persons.

Our Governance and Responsible Business Practices

Market

Disclosures

Our Market Disclosure Policy ensures we maintain a fully informed market through

communication with the markets, investors and stakeholders and by giving them equal

and timely access to material information.

PrivacyWe are committed to the safeguarding and proper use of personal information. We have

a comprehensive Privacy Policy, which is reviewed every two years, and a robust privacy

framework. Privacy is afforded significant consideration within Mercury and is managed

in accordance with our risk management framework.

Our General Counsel is Mercury’s Privacy Officer and is responsible for implementing our

Privacy Policy, promoting awareness of privacy matters, monitoring matters on a day-to-

day basis, and escalating matters as required to our Chief Executive, with notification to

our Risk Management Committee. Privacy issues are reported to the Risk Management

Committee on a quarterly basis. We also have a Group Information Security Manager who

is responsible for ensuring that appropriate systems and processes are in place for the

storage and security of personal information.

SustainabilityOur Sustainability Policy sets out the core principles and values that promote ethical

and responsible decision-making.

Under the Policy, we commit to integrating sustainability through principles relating

to our five-pillar strategy: Customers, Partnerships, Kaitiakitanga, People, Commercial.

Environmental Our Environmental Policy recognises that our generation activities rely on access to natural

resources that we know are highly valued by our communities. We strive to maintain

this trust by working with partners to deliver renewable electricity and make a long-term

difference New Zealand’s environmental health.

We work responsibly to deliver today and sustainably for future generations and will

achieve this by focussing on: Kaitiakitanga, challenging our performance, promoting

awareness, complying with requirements, and setting objectives and targets.

Takeover

Response Policy

We have a Takeover Response Policy to guide the Board and management if the

Company receives a takeover notice or the Company becomes aware that a takeover offer

in respect of the Company (or an analogous scheme of arrangement) is, or is likely to be,

proposed by another person.

ACTING ETHICALLY & RESPONSIBLY CONTINUED.

102

MERCURY 2024 INTEGRATED REPORTLEADERSHIP & GOVERNANCEMENU

DIVERSITY, EQUITY & INCLUSION.
REREKĒTANGA, MANA ŌRITE

ME TE WHAKAURU.

Mercury embraces and celebrates diversity in all

its forms. When we care, commit, connect and bring

our curiosity, we make a real difference.

Being inclusive of individuals with different backgrounds,

views, experience and capability working together makes

us stronger as an organisation. We are committed to

recruiting and retaining people who respect each other,

our customers, our stakeholders and our partners and

have a broad range of skills, experiences and frames of

reference to drive innovation, deliver improved financial

performance and help us to achieve our ambition.

Our commitment to diversity, equity and inclusion

starts with our Diversity, Equity and Inclusion Policy

and framework. A copy of this policy is available

in the Corporate Governance section of our website.

Our approach takes a strategic view that to build

diversity, equity and inclusion in our organisation

we must align a variety of initiatives. These initiatives

aim to enable and involve our people, build external

partnerships, grow capability, and ensure our work

environment and structure support a diverse,

equitable and inclusive culture. The activity we

undertake across these areas of focus is aligned

to the following principles:

• pursue diversity of our people at all levels;

• create a flexible and inclusive work environment that

values difference and enhances business outcomes;

• harness diversity of thought and capitalise

on individual differences;

• embrace leadership behaviours that reflect our

belief in the value of diversity, equity and inclusion;

• attract and retain a talented workforce through

increasing the diversity of the candidate pool and

maintaining a recruitment strategy that is attractive

to all candidates, and

• recognise the importance of investing in creating

a greater sense of belonging for our people.

This approach will be achieved across by:

• providing learning opportunities that raise awareness

of the benefits of diversity, equity and inclusion,

improve understanding of the biases that hinder

progress, and support leaders to create safe,

supportive, and equitable spaces where team

members of all backgrounds and experiences belong;

• ensuring our recruitment and selection, development

and talent management approaches are equitable

and enable inclusion and diversity at all levels;

• regularly reviewing and enhancing processes and

policies to encourage greater flexibility and diversity

and enable an inclusive and equitable environment

where everyone can belong;

• embedding diversity, equity and inclusion in our

culture through engaging internal communications

and events, active employee led network groups

that promote awareness, and seeking diverse

perspectives on issues that matter to our people;

• regularly tracking progress towards a diverse

workforce at all levels against specific targets;

• engaging with educational institutions and

partners in our communities to address inequity

and promote and encourage wide talent pools

for the industry;

• reporting on our progress to the Board and holding

ourselves to account.

In addition to the actions we undertake, we also

support a diverse, equitable and inclusive workplace

through not permitting or condoning any harassment,

discrimination or victimisation. Our Anti Bullying,

Harassment and Discrimination Policy outlines our

approach to this.

Our progress against diversity and inclusion goals is

measured against objectives set by the Board. These

objectives are made up of a mixture of targets and

benchmarks. Generally, targets exist where we believe

that achieving diversity in that area is aided by us

working towards a specific measure. In other areas,

we use benchmarks where comparison against those

identified data points will help inform our view of how

our work towards diversity in that area is progressing.

Diverse emerging leaders programme participants.

103

MERCURY 2024 INTEGRATED REPORTLEADERSHIP & GOVERNANCEMENU

ObjectivesFuture years - targets
Gender

We have clear and simple targets for gender diversity

of 40:40:20 at all levels.

This means we aim for a minimum of 40% female

and 40% male, with the balance being any gender.

Pay Equity

We ensure that everyone is rewarded fairly for their work.

Employee GroupOur Long Term TargetsJune 2023 Actuals (Female/Male)June 2024 Actuals (Female/Male)

Progress

against targets

All Employees40:40:20

51%49%49%51%


People Leaders40:40:20

47%53%

46%54%


EMT40:40:20

37.5%62.5%

29%71%


Board40:40:20

50%50%37.5%62.5%


Gender Pay EquityOur target is 100% Pay Equity.97.1%96.7%


Ethnicity

Aligned to our goal of having clear and simple targets, we have

simplified long-term targets for ethnicity of 15:15:10. This means

we aim for a minimum of 15% Māori, 15% Asian and 10%

Pasifika at all levels (these are closely aligned to our population

demographics and are minimums).

EthnicityOur Long Term TargetsJune 2023 ActualsJune 2024 Actuals

Māori

Employees

People Leaders


15%

15%


7%

6%


7%

7%




Asian

Employees

People Leaders


15%

15%


17%

10%


19%

11%




Pasifika

Employees

People Leaders


10%

10%


5%

2%


5%

2%




Age

To ensure our business is diverse in a range of ways, we monitor

our age profile to check that we are aligned to the national median.

The median age of the NZ workforce is 41.8 years (National Labour Force projections,

2023). Benchmark against national median age ofthe labour force in New Zealand

National Labour Force projections.

41.241.9


At 30 June 2024, the proportion of women on the EMT (who represent Mercury's Officers, including

the Chief Executive) was 28.6%, or two out of seven (as at 30 June 2023 this was 37.5% or three out

of eight). The proportion of women on the Board at balance date was 37.5%, or three out of eight,

including the Chair (as at 30 June 2023 this was 50%, or four out of eight). No Directors or EMT/

Officers self-identify as gender diverse (also the case as at 30 June 2023).

In order to maintain consistency of measurement against our targets, we have adopted the Stats NZ

prioritised ethnic groups. This involves each person being allocated to a single ethnic group based

on the groups they have identified with, which are, in order of priority: Māori, Pacific, Asian and

European/Other.

At 30 June 2024, our gender pay equity was 96.7% (as at 30 June 2023 this was 97.1%). Gender pay

equity is calculated as the average position in range (relative to the role’s band midpoint) of female

fixed remuneration compared with the average position in range of male fixed remuneration. Our

gender pay gap which compares the median hourly rate between males and females was 37%

(as at 30 June 2023 this was 41.9%).

Pay equity by ethnicity compared to “other” ethnicity was Māori 98.8%; Asian 98.2% and Pasifika

96.7% (as at 30 June 2023 this was Māori 99.9%; Asian 98.6% and Pasifika 97.6%). The ethnicity pay

gap which compares the median hourly rate between each ethnicity and “other” ethnicity was Māori

22.2%; Asian 2% and 37.9% for Pasifika (as at 30 June 2023 this was Māori 32%; Asian -2.7% and

Pasi fika 37.7%).

The Board believes that for this reporting period Mercury has continued to make progress towards

achieving our inclusiveness, equity, and diversity objectives. However, the Board notes that continued

focus is required.

DIVERSITY, EQUITY & INCLUSION CONTINUED.

104

MERCURY 2024 INTEGRATED REPORTLEADERSHIP & GOVERNANCEMENU

been a significant twelve months of execution,
and our people have been unwavering in their

commitment to our customers, stakeholders

and our company. I’d also like to acknowledge my

peers on the People and Performance Committee

for their support. Together we will continue to ensure

Mercury remains a great workplace, where our

people are empowered to excel for our customers

and shareholders.

REMUNERATION REPORT.

Dear Shareholder

As Chair of the People and Performance Committee

(PPC), it is my pleasure to present our Remuneration

Report for the year ended 30 June 2024.

Financial and operational highlights

We are pleased to be in a position to report strong

financial results in a year of challenging external

conditions. These results underscore the importance

of strategic clarity, investing for growth, prioritising

sector resilience, empowering our people to be

successful and maintaining strong relationships

with our community.

As noted elsewhere in this report, net profit after tax

was $290 million, up $178 million from the prior year.

We reported $877 million EBITDAF, up by $36 million

on the prior year’s $841 million.

Operating costs increased by $39 million on the prior

year, with increases in employee costs contributing

to this rise.

Enabling our strategic ambitions

Mercury has a clear ambition to play a leading role in

the electrification of the New Zealand economy, drive

greater value for our customers, provide an exciting

and rewarding environment where our people can

excel and continue to deliver sustainable growth

for our shareholders.

In a world that is rapidly changing, an adaptive culture

with an emphasis on performance and delivery will

be critical to our success moving forward.

We continue to focus on supporting our teams to be

more adaptive, grow our change leadership capability

and equip our teams to successfully execute on our

strategy in an evolving environment.

Changes to Mercury’s operating model were made

during the year to further support these aspirations.

These changes included the bringing together our

people and technology functions in recognition that

technology is a mission critical enabler for our people.

Concurrently, the integration of the Trustpower and

Mercury retail businesses was successfully completed.

This integration enables our Mercury team to apply

the best approaches to support more retail customers

to be successful.

Continuing to grow talent

Turning our sights to the future, the PPC spends

considerable time ensuring that we can continue

to attract and retain top talent, further invest in

our leadership capability at all levels and shape a

performance-led culture. These efforts are critical

for ensuring effective succession planning across

our business. We are delighted that this work enabled

the internal promotion of Stew Hamilton as Chief

Executive. More details of this work is captured in

the Governance at Mercury.

We believe that diversity, equity and belonging

are critical components of any healthy and high

performing team. At Mercury, we work hard to ensure

that we have an inclusive work environment where

contributions and diverse perspectives are valued

and our team members feel psychologically safe.

The Board has set clear goals and targets to track

our progress, which are captured more fulsomely

in Diversity, Equity and Inclusion.

We are also considering carefully how our reward

and recognition policies continue to evolve in

a way that empowers and motivates our people

and recognises the contribution that they make

to company performance.

Executive remuneration

With the departure of Vince Hawksworth in August

2024, the Board made no change to his base salary

for FY25. The Board also agreed that Vince would

not be eligible for any STI component for the FY25

year, nor be invited to participate in the FY25-FY27

LTI gr ant.

The Board approved managements performance

against the short-term incentives (STIs) Key

Performance Indicators (KPIs) at 53.1% of the maximum.

More detailed information can be found here.

Mercury benchmarks executive remuneration against

comparable companies in New Zealand, ‘matching’

each Mercury executive role to market roles with

broadly similar accountabilities in a comparative

environment. This is covered in more detail in

Remuneration Benchmarking.

Director remuneration

Mercury’s approach to director remuneration is to ensure

that our directors are rewarded fairly and equitably.

On 17 June 2024, Mercury adopted a Non-Executive

Director Remuneration Policy to align with the NZX

Corporate Governance Code recommendations on

director remuneration. The Policy provides a framework

for setting and reviewing Mercury’s non-executive

director remuneration arrangements to ensure that we

are able to attract and retain directors with the skills

and experience necessary to govern our business and

achieve our strategic objectives.

Note of appreciation

As another financial year ends, I’d like to extend

my thanks to all the people at Mercury who have

contributed to our success over the year. This has

“ We believe that diversity,

equity and belonging are critical

components of any healthy and

high performing team. At Mercury,

we work hard to ensure that we

have an inclusive work environment

where contributions and diverse

perspectives are valued.”

SUSAN PETERSON // CHAIR, PEOPLE

AND PERFORMANCE COMMITTEE

105

MERCURY 2024 INTEGRATED REPORTLEADERSHIP & GOVERNANCEMENU

EXECUTIVE REMUNERATION GOVERNANCE
Mercury’s Board is committed to a remuneration

framework that promotes a high-performance culture

and that aligns executive reward to the achievement

of strategies and objectives to create sustainable

value for our shareholders. The Board is committed

to demonstrating transparency in its remuneration

policy and practice.

The purpose of the PPC is to assist Mercury’s

Board in fulfilling its responsibilities relating to

Mercury’s People Experience strategy and plan,

People Experience policies and practices and the

remuneration and performance plan of the Chief

Executive and executives. More information on

the responsibilities of the PPC and members of the

Committee can be found in the 'Board Committees’

section of our Corporate Governance Statement

on pages 95 - 96 of this report. The Committee

Operates under a written charter. This charter is

available to view here.

The PPC reviews the annual performance appraisal

outcomes for all members of the EMT and endorses

the outcomes for approval by the Board. Annual

remuneration reviews take into account external

benchmarking to ensure competitiveness with

comparable market peers, along with consideration

of an individual’s performance, skills, expertise

and experience.

Use of discretion

The Board has discretion in relation to granting and

testing variable remuneration, including in relation to

assessing whether LTI and STI performance hurdles

have been satisfied. In addition, malus provisions

are available to the Board should an adverse event

occur or performance be deemed unacceptable,

enabling the Board to diminish or extinguish STI

or LTI outcomes. The Board also has discretion

on how to treat variable remuneration in a cessation

of employment scenario.

The Board did not apply discretion with respect to

grants to the CE and CFO during FY24. All grants

were made in accordance with the standard terms

and treatment applicable to the vested FY22-FY24

LTI grant and FY24 STI plan.

SIMPLICITY

Design is kept simple and easy

to understand

ALIGNMENT TO PERFORMANCE

Remuneration for EMT reflects

the level of performance and

delivery of successful outcomes

SUSTAINABLE

SHAREHOLDER VALUE

Remuneration is aligned to long-

term sustainable shareholder value

123

EXECUTIVE REMUNERATION POLICY

Mercury’s Executive Remuneration Policy is available

to view here. Mercury’s Executive remuneration

policy is founded on three guiding principles:

REMUNERATION REPORT CONTINUED.

Mercury office, Tauranga.

106

MERCURY 2024 INTEGRATED REPORTLEADERSHIP & GOVERNANCEMENU

EXTERNAL AND INDEPENDENT ADVICE
During FY24, Mercury sought external and

independent advice from PricewaterhouseCoopers

(PwC) to provide executive benchmarking data and

Long-term performance incentives (LTIs) calculations

to determine grant and vesting LTI values.

This Remuneration Report contains disclosure

of the employees who received remuneration and

any other benefits in their capacity, the value of which

was or exceeded $100,000 per annum, in brackets

of $10,000, as required by the Companies Act 1993.

This can be found on page 114.

REMUNERATION BENCHMARKING

PwC provided Mercury with benchmark

remuneration data from a core comparator group

of companies tested with and confirmed by the PPC

for this purpose. The comparator group comprised

large New Zealand energy sector companies, utility

companies and companies with a retail customer

focus. The majority of the core comparator group

are members of the NZX 20 Index. PwC's approach

in selecting proposed market comparators for Mercury

was to match each executive role with market roles

with broadly similar accountabilities within companies

of a comparable scale and complexity to Mercury.

The key factors for assessing scale and complexity

included industry/sector, key company metrics such

as revenue, total assets and employee numbers and

geographic/product scope and diversity. However, to

ensure strong role matching and robust sample sizes,

PwC included additional comparators for individual

executive roles where necessary. PwC did not provide

consent to list the peer group of companies that

was used.

EXECUTIVE REMUNERATION COMPONENTS

Total remuneration for all EMT is made up of three components: fixed remuneration, short-term performance

incentives and long-term performance incentives. Mercury’s remuneration philosophy is to pay for performance

and there is an opportunity for executives to receive, where performance has been exceptional, a total

remuneration package in the upper quartile for equivalent market-matched roles.

Fixed RemunerationShort-Term IncentivesLong-Term Incentives

PurposeAttract and retain Executives of

a high caliber and experience to

deliver our strategy.

To motivate and reward employees

for performance over the financial

year.

Reward the achievement of

performance measured over the

longer term aligning Executive

reward with shareholder returns.

FY24 and FY25

approach

Fixed remuneration consists

of base salary and benefits

including insurance and KiwiSaver/

Superannuation. Mercury’s policy

is to pay fixed remuneration with

reference to the fixed pay market

median.

Performance assessed against

a Company scorecard of

predetermined financial and non-

financial objectives over the course

of the financial year. Criteria closely

aligned with Mercury’s strategic

objectives, purpose and goals.

Performance measured by total

shareholder return against (1) an

industry peer group and (2) the

cost of equity, in each case over

the three year vesting period.

SHORT-TERM PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES

Short-term incentives (STIs) are at-risk payments

designed to motivate and reward for performance

fairly in that financial year.

The target value of an STI payment is set annually

as a percentage of the executive’s base salary.

For FY24 the relevant target percentage for the

Chief Executive was 60% and up to 35% for other

EMT members.

A proportion (70% for the Chief Executive and 50%

for other EMT members) of the STI is related to

a shared set of Group Key Performance Indicators

REMUNERATION REPORT CONTINUED.

(KPIs) based on business priorities for the next 12

months, with the objective of aligning the EMT’s

focus with the company’s priorities. The balance of

the STI for the Chief Executive is related to individual

performance measures set by the Board. In the case

of other EMT members, the balance is related to

business unit and individual performance measures.

The target STI opportunity for all Executives is 100%

and maximum STI opportunity is 160%. In the event

all on-target KPIs are not met on the Scorecard,

no STI payment will be made.

107

MERCURY 2024 INTEGRATED REPORTLEADERSHIP & GOVERNANCEMENU

FY24KPIsAlignment to 3 year ObjectivesKPI outcome
Commercial 40%1. EBITDAF

1

target achieved

2. EBITDAF target exceeded

• Increase the value of our business to

$800m EBITDAF

1. Achieved. EBITDAF target of

$834m exceeded by $38m

2. Not achieved. EBITDAF target

of $844m exceeded by $28m.

Second milestone not met

Retail 12.5%3. New propositions piloted

4. Successful retail integration delivery

• Create executable options for new growth

• Increase the value of our business to

$800m EBITDAF

3. Achieved. Two propositions piloted

4. Part achieved. Not all milestones met

Adaptive Organisation 10%5. Increased internal movement

6. Safety critical element verification completion

• Unleash the full potential of our people

through transforming culture

• Be adaptive and resilient organisation,

responsive to future needs

5. Achieved. Target met

6. Part achieved. Not all milestones met

Generation Growth 10%7. Pipeline of new renewables options

8. Reduce unplanned/forced outages

• Increase the value of our business to

$800m EBITDAF

• Create executable options for new growth

7. Achieved. Required milestones met

8. Not achieved. Milestones not met

Relationships 12.5%9. Deepening of partner relationships

10. Work closely with iwi partners

• Enhance our licence to operate through

collaborative work with our stakeholders

• Be adaptive and resilient organisation,

responsive to future needs

9. Achieved. Required milestones met

10. Achieved. Required milestones met

Climate 15%11. Role in electricity sector transition progress

12. Progress non-condensable gas reinjection

• Play a leading role in New Zealand’s

successful transition to a low carbon

economy

• Enhance our licence to operate through

collaborative work with our stakeholders

11. Achieved. Required milestones met

12. Part achieved. Good progress made

1

EBITDAF normalised for positive and negative annual variations in hydrology. For FY24 normalised EBITDAF was $872m.

BREAKDOWN OF STI PERFORMANCE (KPI)

MEASURES FOR FY24:

FY24 STI GROUP SCORECARD ASSESSMENT

Aligning to our FY22-24 three year goals, 12 Key Performance Indicators

(KPIs) were selected for the FY24 Group Scorecard. The Scorecard

consisted of on-target KPIs (aligned to 100% of the KPI) and stretch KPIs

(aligned to 160% of the KPI) and appropriately weighted in terms

Chief Executive

CFO / Other EMT members

IndividualGroup ScorecardIndividualGroup ScorecardBusiness Unit

IndividualGroup ScorecardIndividualGroup ScorecardBusiness Unit

of value. The PPC carefully considers delivery and achievement against

each KPI and recommends performance outcomes to the Board for

approval. Where the Board deems necessary, it applies discretion both

upwards and downwards to agree the final outcome.

REMUNERATION REPORT CONTINUED.

108

MERCURY 2024 INTEGRATED REPORTLEADERSHIP & GOVERNANCEMENU

The Board approved managements performance against the short-term
incentives (STIs) Key Performance Indicators (KPIs) for FY24 at 53.1% of

maximum. This recognises achievement of a mix of ‘on-target’, ‘stretch’

performance and those KPIs that were not achieved.

In terms of the individual targets the Board determined that the targets

were met for Commercial KPIs and that stretch targets were met for

the Relationship KPIs. The Generation Growth KPI targets were not met.

The Board applied discretion and agreed that the Retail, Adaptive

Organisation and Climate KPIs were partially met.

The Board elected to exercise discretion to determine a performance

outcome for the on-target Retail scorecard measure of 10% against

an on-target of 12.5%. Whilst the on-target measure had not been met,

the Board considered it appropriate to recognise the successful project

to integrate the Mercury and Trustpower Retail teams.

The Board elected to exercise discretion to reduce the performance

outcome for the Adaptive Organisation scorecard measure from 16% to

5%. Whilst considerable progress had been made against process safety

through the course of the year, the Board did not believe we were yet

where we needed to be.

The Board elected to exercise discretion to determine a performance

outcome for the on-target Climate scorecard measure of 10% against

an on-target of 15%. Whilst the on-target measure had not been met,

the Board acknowledged the significant programme of climate work

that was delivered during the year.

FY25 GROUP SCORECARD

The FY25 Group Scorecard aligns to our new FY25-FY27 three year

goals, with 12 Key Performance Indicators (KPIs). The Scorecard consists

of on-target KPIs and stretch KPIs and appropriately weighted in

terms of value. For FY25, in the event there is a fatality or the normalised

hydrology adjusted EBITDAF does not reach 80% then no STI payment

will be made.

For FY24 and FY25 Group Scorecards, the Commercial goal is

normalised for positive and negative annual variations in hydrology

as these are beyond management’s control.

The stretch performance levels within each goal allowed employees

to be rewarded for exceptional performance. The maximum amount

of an STI payment for an EMT member for the shared KPIs was

160% of the STI on-target amount.

The Board retains discretion to ensure the final outcome of STI

payments fairly reflects performance over the relevant financial year.

COMMERCIAL 50%

FY25KPIsALIGNMENT TO 3 YEAR OBJECTIVES

GENERATION GROWTH 10%

CLIMATE 10%

RELATIONSHIPS 10%

TECHNOLOGY 10%

ADAPTIVE ORGANISATION 10%

Providing what matters most through financial growth

Delivering more reliable and renewable energy to power Aotearoa

Creating success with others

Innovating with technology

Performing with an adaptive and inclusive culture

Accelerating the shift to a low-carbon future

EBITDAF target achieved

2

EBITDAF target exceeded

Generation availability target met

Advancement of pipeline activity exceeded

Deepening of iwi relationships

Broadening of iwi relationships

Deliver enhanced technology solutions

Deliver performance improvement use cases

Maintain health, wellbeing and safety employee voice scores;

and deliver integration synergies

Progress operational excellence and productivity

Deliver 2 of 3 outcomes of:

- Advancement of new demand or Commercial and Industrial electrification

- Progress emission reduction

- Sector and Government Energy Transition Framework in place

Deliver all 3 outcomes above

ON-TARGET AND STRETCH EBITDAF WORTH 50% / ON-TARGET AND STRETCH NON-FINANCIAL GOALS WORTH 10% EACH

1

3

5

6

7

9

8

10

11

12

2

4

REMUNERATION REPORT CONTINUED.

2

EBITDAF normalised for positive and negative annual variations in hydrology.

109

MERCURY 2024 INTEGRATED REPORTLEADERSHIP & GOVERNANCEMENU

LONG-TERM PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES
Long-term performance incentives (LTIs) are at-risk

payments designed to align the reward of executives

with the enhancement of shareholder value over

a multi-year period.

Under the LTI plan, grants are made annually with

performance measured over a three-year period.

The LTI plan is a dividend protected share rights plan

and executives are granted a number of share rights

determined by dividing the face value of the grant

by the value of one Mercury share at the date of the

grant. At vesting, subject to meeting the performance

hurdles, each share right is converted to one ordinary

share. The LTI outcome opportunity is capped at

100%, though executives may also receive additional

shares representing the value of dividends paid over

the vesting period. The executive is liable for tax on

the shares received at this point.

Each grant under the LTI plan has two tranches with different performance hurdles:

TranchePerformance hurdle

Tranche 150% of the grant is based on Mercury’s Total Shareholder Return (TSR) relative to

the performance of an industry peer group comprising Meridian Energy, Genesis Energy,

Contact Energy and Manawa Energy. There is no positive TSR performance gate on

this tranche but Mercury’s TSR must be at the 50th percentile of the comparator group

for any award to be made on this component.

Tranche 250% of the grant is based on Mercury’s absolute TSR against the company’s cost

of equity over the vesting period, plus 1%.

For the FY24 grant period commencing 1 July

2023, the value represented 40% of the Chief

Executive base salary and between 25% to 35% of

base salary for other EMT members.

The Board retains discretion over the final outcome of

the LTI plan, to allow appropriate adjustments where

unanticipated circumstances may impact performance,

positively or negatively, over a three-year period.

REMUNERATION REPORT CONTINUED.

Ngā Awa Pūrua geothermal station.

110

MERCURY 2024 INTEGRATED REPORTLEADERSHIP & GOVERNANCEMENU

CHIEF EXECUTIVE’S REMUNERATION
Chief Executive's remuneration (FY24 and FY23)

Salary

3

$Benefits

4

$Subtotal $Pay for performance $

Tot al

remuneration $

STILTISubtotal

Chief Executive – Vince Hawksworth

F Y241,371,00279, 22 11,450,2237 73,241 321,298

5

1,094,5392,54 4,762

FY231,391,38573,0111,464,396993,5881,388,127

6

2,381,7153,846,111

6

3

Actual salary paid includes holiday pay paid as per NZ legislation. The base salary for Vince Hawksworth for FY23 was $1,285,200 and $1,349,460 for

FY24. With a Company change from a monthly pay cycle to a fortnightly pay cycle during FY24, Vince was paid for 51 weeks for FY24 with the remaining

week paid in FY25.

4

Benefits include KiwiSaver and insurance.

5

The FY24 LTI value relates to the grant for the FY22-FY24 performance period ending 30 June 2024. Performance against the LTI measures for FY22-

FY24 was assessed as 35%. The value shown is the total value of 35% of the share rights issued to Vince at the time of the grant on 9 September 2021.

The value of share rights on grant date is calculated using the volume weighted average price of Mercury shares over the 10 trading days from the

commencement date of the grant. The share rights for the FY22-FY24 grant will transfer to Vince after this integrated report is published. The market

value of the vested share rights will be calculated at transfer date using the number of vested share rights including dividend shares multiplied by the

volume weighted average price of Mercury shares over the 5 trading days prior to the share transfer date and will be reported in our FY25 integrated report.

6

The FY23 LTI value relates to the grant for the FY21-FY23 performance period ending 30 June 2023. The value shown is the market value of the vested

shares at the 23 August 2023 transfer date. The value was calculated using the number of vested share rights including dividend shares multiplied by the

volume weighted average price over the 5 trading days prior to the share transfer date. This value has been updated following the FY23 integrated report

as the market value could not be calculated until transfer date. Total Chief Executive remuneration reported in the FY23 integrated report was $3,357,981,

with the LTI value reported as $899,997, being the value of the share rights issued to Vince at the time of the grant on 7 October 2020. The value of share

rights on grant date is calculated using the volume weighted average price of Mercury shares over the 10 trading days from the commencement date of

the grant.

Five-year summary – Chief Executive's remuneration

Total remuneration

paid

7

$

Percentage


STI against

maximum

8

%

Percentage


vested LTI against

maximum %

Span of LTI

performance

period

Chief Executive –

Vince HawksworthF Y242,54 4,76260352021 - 2024

FY233,846,111811002020 - 2023

FY222,072,44377Not eligibleNot eligible

FY211,799,51550Not eligibleNot eligible

FY20513,94051Not eligibleNot eligible

Chief Executive –

Fraser WhinerayFY201,653,47669872017 – 2020

7

Total remuneration paid including Salary, Benefits, STI and LTI payments. The FY23 value has been updated following the FY23 integrated report as the

market value of LTI could not be calculated until transfer date. Total Chief Executive remuneration reported in the FY23 integrated report was $3,357,981.

8

For FY22 to FY24 the Maximum STI was 160% of ‘on-target’ performance pay. All other years the Maximum STI was 178% of ‘on-target’ performance pay.

REMUNERATION REPORT CONTINUED.

Ray Ferguson and Andrew Smith.

111

MERCURY 2024 INTEGRATED REPORTLEADERSHIP & GOVERNANCEMENU

Breakdown of Chief Executive's pay for performance (FY24)
DescriptionPerformance measures

Percentage

achieved by

Vince Hawksworth

STI

9

Set at 60% of base salary. Based on a

combination of key financial and non-

financial performance measures

70% based on the six Company Shared goals

(weighted 10-40%)

53%

30% based on individual measures75%

LTI

10

FY22-FY24 grant set at 75% of

base salary. Share rights issued at 9

September 2021 with value of $917,994.

Volume weighted average price

(V WAP)

11

of 6.7.

50% relative TSR performance against Peer Group70%

50% absolute TSR against the company’s cost of

equity over the vesting period, plus 1%.

0%

9

The above STI percentages achieved by Vince is the percentage STI against the maximum STI percentage of 160%.

The above STI for FY24 will be paid in FY25.

10

The above LTI outcome for FY22-FY24 will be issued in shares in FY25.

11

The volume weighted average price calculated across the 10 trading days from the Commencement Date of 1 July 2021.

Chief Executive’s long-term performance incentives

LTI Tranche

12

Performance

Period

Grant

year

Share rights

issued date

Number

of share

rights

issued on

grant

Value

of share

rights on

grant date

$

13

Number

of share

rights vested

including

dividend

shares

14

Value of

shares on

transfer date

$

15

Share

transfer

date

FY21-FY23 1 July 2020 to

30 June 2023

FY217 October

2020

191,501$899,997214,085

16

1,388,12723 August

2023

FY22-FY24 1 July 2021 to

30 June 2024

FY229 September

2021

137,014$917,99454,040To be

determined

on transfer

date

August

2024

FY23-FY25 1 July 2022 to

30 June 2025

FY2316 September

2022

167,111$963,896To be

determined

after vesting

date

To be

determined

on transfer

date

August

2025

FY24-FY26 1 July 2023 to

30 June 2026

F Y2425 September

2023

83,178$539,78400N/A

12

With Vince Hawksworth’s departure in FY25, the Board agreed:

• FY25-27 tranche: Vince Hawksworth was not invited to participate in the FY25-27 grant;

• FY24-26 tranche: Vince Hawksworth will no longer be eligible for any LTI in respect of the FY24-26 grant and all share rights will be forfeited; and

• FY23-25 tranche: Vince Hawksworth’s FY23-25 grant will remain on foot and will vest in line with that year’s grant.

13

The value of share rights on grant date is calculated using the volume weighted average price of Mercury shares over the 10 trading days

from the commencement date of the grant.

14

Vesting is subject to the performance hurdles being met. See page 110 for the performance hurdles.

15

The value of share rights on transfer date is calculated using the number of vested share rights including dividend shares multiplied

by the volume weighted average price of Mercury shares over the 5 days prior to the share transfer data.

16

This figure was incorrectly reported as 214,805 in our 2023 Remuneration Report and has now been corrected to 214,085.

REMUNERATION REPORT CONTINUED.

Caroline Warwick and Hui Jia.

112

MERCURY 2024 INTEGRATED REPORTLEADERSHIP & GOVERNANCEMENU

Five-year summary – TSR Performance (company vs peer group)
KIWISAVER

The Chief Executive is a member of KiwiSaver. As a member of this scheme, the Chief Executive is eligible

to contribute and receive a company contribution of 3% of gross taxable earnings (including short-term

incentives). For FY24, the company’s contribution for Vince Hawksworth was $70,938.

FY25 CHIEF EXECUTIVE’S REMUNERATION STRUCTURE

With the departure of Vince Hawksworth and incoming Chief Executive appointment of Stewart Hamilton in

FY25, both remuneration structures for FY25 are outlined below. These figures are based on the annualised

amount in the Chief Executive role. Vince Hawksworth is not eligible for an STI for the FY25 year or invited to

participate in the FY25-FY27 LTI grant.

MCY

Peer

0

10

20

30

40

50

30 June 202030 June 202130 June 202230 June 202330 June 2024

-20

-10

TSR %

Incoming Chief Executive – Stewart Hamilton (FY25 appointment)

0.5

1.0

1.5($millions)

2.0

2.5

FIXED

Base salary & benefits

Annual variable with

performance hurdles

Long-term incentives

performance pay

granted (2027 vesting)

ON-PLANMAXIMUM

REMUNERATION REPORT CONTINUED.

FY25Base Salary $Benefits

17

$Subtotal $Pay for performance 'on-target' $Total remuneration $

Chief Executive –

Vince Hawksworth1,349,46048,7671,398,227

STI

N/A

LTI granted

18

N/A

Subtotal

N/A1,398,227

Incoming Chief

Executive –

Stewart Hamilton1,100,00027, 3811,127, 381550,000440,000990,0002,117, 381

17

Benefits include KiwiSaver and insurance.

18

This LTI will be granted in FY25 and, if hurdles are met, paid in shares in 2027.

113

MERCURY 2024 INTEGRATED REPORTLEADERSHIP & GOVERNANCEMENU

Remuneration Band
25

Currently

Employed

No longer

employedTot al

$100,001-$110,00071576

$110,001-$120,00073275

$120,001-$130,0001163119

$130,001-$140,00083487

$140,001-$150,00055560

$150,001-$160,00054256

$160,001-$170,00039443

$170,001-$180,00033538

$180,001-$190,0002626

$190,001-$200,00016420

$200,001-$210,00010414

$210,001-$220,00013316

$220,001-$230,00013316

$230,001-$240,00013215

$240,001-$250,00055

$250,001-$260,00066

$260,001-$270,00055

$270,001-$280,000314

$280,001-$290,00066

$290,001-$300,00044

$300,001-$310,00011

$310,001-$320,00033

SHARE OWNERSHIP

The Chief Executive and Chief Financial Officer’s ownership of Mercury shares as at 30 June 2024 are:

Executive

Number of shares owned (excludes

shares held in trust for the LTI scheme)

Change in shares owned since

30 June 2023

Chief Executive263,312

22

2 19,596

Chief Financial Officer040,438

23

Balance of EMT96,001

24

-127,7 15

22

Chief Executive shares include shares held in personal capacity as well as those held in trust. The Chief Executive also has a beneficial

interest in 100,000 MCY040 bonds and 30,000 MCY060 bonds held in trust.

23

The Chief Financial Officer disclosed in an Ongoing Disclosure Notice to the market dated 6 September 2023 a transfer of 40,438

shares to Tracey Meek, the Chief Financial Officer’s wife. The Chief Financial Officer ceased to have a relevant interest in these shares

upon transfer to Tracey Meek.

24

Balance of shares owned by other EMT members as at 30 June 2024, excluding shares owned by the Chief Executive and Chief

Financial Officer. This includes shares in which a beneficial interest is held and includes shares owned by Marlene Strawson who left

Mercury in December 2024.

Remuneration Band

25

Currently

Employed

No longer

employedTot al

$320,001-$330,00011

$330,001-$340,00011

$340,001-$350,00033

$360,001-$370,00022

$370,001-$380,00033

$390,001-$400,00011

$420,001-$430,00011

$450,001-$460,00011

$470,001-$480,00011

$580,001-$590,00011

$620,001-$630,00011

$680,001-$690,00011

$690,001-$700,00011

$720,001-$730,00011

$910,001-$920,00011

$980,001-$990,00011

$1,070,001-$1,080,00011

$3,830,001-$3,840,00011

Tot al66949718

TOTAL REMUNERATION RATIO

The total remuneration ratio for FY24 between employee (median) and

Chief Executive was 1:30. This is based on, for employees, actual

remuneration paid in FY24 (employee median was $83,973) and for

the Chief Executive, the amount specified in the table on page 111,

$2,544,762.

1:30

EMPLOYEE REMUNERATION

During the FY24 year the Group paid remuneration in excess of $100,000 including benefits to 718 employees

(not including directors) in the following remuneration bands:

25

The remuneration bands above include 19 employees who received

redundancy payments in FY24.

CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER’S REMUNERATION

In the interests of providing greater transparency of executive remuneration, the Board has elected to provide

details regarding total remuneration paid to the Chief Financial Officer in FY24.

FY24Base Salary

19

$Benefits

20

$Subtotal $Pay for performance $

21

Total remuneration $

Chief Financial

Officer567,75731,934599,691

STI

180,329

LTI

61,249

Subtotal

241,578841,269

19

Actual salary paid includes holiday pay paid as per NZ legislation.

20

Benefits include superannuation and insurance.

21

The STI payment relates to FY24 but to be paid in FY25. Performance against the LTI measures for FY22-FY24 was assessed as 35%. The LTI value

shown above is the total value of 35% of the share rights issued to the Chief Financial Officer (CFO) at the time of the grant on 9 September 2021.

The value of share rights on grant date is calculated using the volume weighted average price of Mercury shares over the 10 trading days from

the commencement date of the grant. The share rights for the FY22-FY24 grant will transfer to the CFO after this integrated report is published.

The market value of the vested share rights will be calculated at transfer date using the number of vested share rights including dividend shares multiplied

by the volume weighted average price over the 5 trading days prior to the share transfer date.

REMUNERATION REPORT CONTINUED.

At 30 June 2024, our gender pay equity was 96.7% (as at 30 June 2023

this was 97.1%). Gender pay equity is calculated as the average position in

range (relative to the role’s band midpoint) of female fixed remuneration

compared with the average position in range of male fixed remuneration.

Our gender pay gap which compares the median hourly rate between

males and females was 37% (as at 30 June 2023 this was 41.9%).

Pay equity by ethnicity compared to “other” ethnicity was Māori 98.8%;

Asian 98.2% and Pasifika 96.7% (as at 30 June 2023 this was Māori

99.9%; Asian 98.6% and Pasifika 97.6%). The ethnicity pay gap which

compares the median hourly rate between each ethnicity and “other”

ethnicity was Māori 22.2%; Asian 2% and 37.9% for Pasifika (as at

30 June 2023 this was Māori 32%; Asian -2.7% and Pasifika 37.7%).

114

MERCURY 2024 INTEGRATED REPORTLEADERSHIP & GOVERNANCEMENU

DIRECTOR REMUNERATION.
Mercury adopted a Non-Executive Director Remuneration Policy on 17 June

2024. The Policy can be found on the Corporate Governance section of our

website. As an exception to the NZX Corporate Governance Code, Mercury

did not fully comply with Recommendation 5.1 for part of the reporting

period because we did not have a director remuneration policy for the

whole period. Mercury is now compliant with Recommendation 5.1.

The directors’ remuneration is paid in the form of directors’ fees. Additional fees

are paid to the Chair and in respect of work carried out by directors on various

Board committees to reflect the additional time involved and responsibilities

of these positions. The total pool of directors’ fees includes headroom which

may be used to pay ad hoc compensation to directors for significant additional

work performed outside usual Board and committee responsibilities

(e.g. special projects). No additional compensation was paid in FY24.

The total pool of fees able to be paid to directors is subject to shareholder

approval and currently stands at $1,085,400 for a Board of eight directors.

Directors’ fees were last reviewed in 2021, with the increase taking effect

from 1 October 2021. These fees are set following consultation with

key stakeholders and having considered independent remuneration

benchmarking advice. Under the NZX Listing Rules, the size of the total

pool of directors’ fees may increase from time to time as the number

of directors on the Board increases. Mercury meets directors’ reasonable

travel and other costs associated with Mercury business. Mercury does

not pay any retirement benefits and does not offer share incentives

or share options to directors.

The following people held office as directors during the year to 30 June

2024 and the remuneration set out in the table was received during the

period. The number of meetings and attendance rate by directors during

the year to 30 June 2024 was as follows:

DirectorBoard

Risk Assurance


& Audit Committee

People & Performance


Committee

Nominations & Corporate

Governance CommitteeTot al

1

No. of meetings13

2

5

3

7

4

328

Fees $Meetings Attended Fees $Meetings Attended Fees $Meetings Attended Fees $Meetings Attended Fees $

Scott St John

5

154,000

(Chair)

13–

5


(3 as observer)

10,200

(Chair)

73,0003167, 200

Mark Binns

Joined as director on

1 September 2023. Fees

paid are representative

of part-year payments.

85,8331110,8333–

1


(observer)

––96,666

Hannah Hamling103,0001113,0005––––116,000

Adrian Littlewood

Joined as a director

on 1 August 2023. Fees

paid are representative

of part-year payments.

94,41712–

2


(observer)

9,167

7


(1 as observer)

––103,584

James Miller103,00013

28,000

(Chair)

5––6,0003137,000

Susan Peterson

6

103,00013–

2


(observer)

15,200

(Chair)

73,0002121,200

Mike Taitoko103,00012–

1


(observer)

10,0007––113,000

Lorraine Witten103,0001313,0005––––116,000

Prue Flacks

Retired as a director on

31 December 2023. Fees

paid are representative

of part-year payments.

102,5005–3–2–1102,500

Patrick Strange

Retired as a director on

19 September 2023. Fees

paid are representative

of part-year payments.

25,75023,2502––––29,000

Total97 7,50068,08344,56712,0001,102,150

7

1

Disclosure Committee is not reported on as these occur as ad-hoc and on an as required basis.

2

This includes nine regular Board meetings and four out of cycle Board meetings. The out of cycle meetings were

outside of, and in addition to, the usual meeting cycle and were in relation to our FY2023 annual results, our

drilling campaign and the Chief Executive transition.

3

This includes four regular Risk Assurance and Audit Committee meetings and one out of cycle meeting relating

to our FY23 climate-related disclosures.

4

This includes four regular People and Performance Committee meetings and three out of cycle meetings relating

to the Chief Executive transition.

5

Scott St John became Chair of the Board on 1 January 2024. Scott St John’s fees cover $102,500 as Chair and

$51,500 in the capacity of director. Scott’s fee for the People and Performance Committee and the Nominations

and Corporate Governance Committee reflect his participation in those committees as director and Chair of the

People and Performance Committee between the period of 1 July 2023 to 31 December 2023. Following that

period, Scott participated in committees in the capacity of Board Chair and did not receive payment for those

attendances in addition to his fees as Chair.

6

Susan Peterson was a member of the People and Performance Committee from 1 July 2023 to 31 December

2023 before becoming Chair of the People and Performance Committee and a member of the Nominations and

Corporate Governance Committee on 1 January 2024. Susan’s fees reflect part-year committee and committee

chair payments.

7

The total directors’ fee pool was last approved by shareholders at Mercury’s 2021 annual shareholders’ meeting

as $1,085,400. Under Rule 2.11.3 of the NZX Listing Rules, the Board may, without shareholder approval,

proportionately increase the total pool of directors’ fees to accommodate an increase in the number of directors

from the number of directors in office when the fee pool was last approved by shareholders. During FY24, the

number of directors on the Board increased from eight to 10 when Adrian Littlewood and Mark Binns became

directors, decreased to nine following Patrick Strange’s retirement and then decreased to eight again following

Prue Flacks’ retirement. The total directors’ fee pool was adjusted throughout FY24 to accommodate the changing

number of directors in accordance with the NZX Listing Rules, with the total fees paid to directors in FY24 of

$1,102,150 being less than the maximum amount by which the fee pool could have been increased.

For reference: Future Director Nicole Rosie was paid $3,333 in relation to her role as future director in FY24. Nicole Rosie's position as future director began on 1 May 2024.

115

MERCURY 2024 INTEGRATED REPORTLEADERSHIP & GOVERNANCEMENU

NZX CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CODE INDEX.
NZX CGC RecommendationSection titleLocation

Principle 1 – Ethical Standards

1.1 Code of ethicsActing Ethically & Responsibly

The Mercury Code & Our Governance and

Responsible Business Practices, p101-102

1.2 Financial product dealing

policy

Acting Ethically & ResponsiblyOur Governance and Responsible Business Practices,

p102

Principle 2 – Board Composition & Performance

2.1 Board charterMercury’s Board

Responsibilities, p92

2.2 Board nomination and

appointment

Mercury’s Board

Selection, Nomination & Appointment, p93

2.3 Director agreementsMercury’s BoardSelection, Nomination & Appointment, p93

2.4 a. Director profiles, tenure

and ownership interests

Your Board of Directors

Directors’ Disclosures

p86-88

Interests register, p117

b. Director meeting

attendance

Remuneration ReportDirector Remuneration, p115

c. Director independenceMercury’s BoardIndependence, p92

2.5 Diversity policyDiversity, Equity & Inclusion

p102

2.6 Director trainingMercury’s Board

Induction & Development, p93

2.7 Director performanceMercury’s Board

Board Skills Matrix, p94

Reviewing Performance, p95

2.8 Majority independent

directors

Mercury’s Board

Independence, p92

2.9 Independent chairMercury’s BoardIndependence, p92

2.10 Chair / CEO separationYour Board of Directors

Your Executive Management Team

p86-88

p89

Principle 3 – Board Committees

3.1 Audit committeeMercury’s Board

Board Committees, p95-96

3.2 Attendance at audit

committee by employees

by invitation

Mercury’s Board

Board Committees, p96

3.3 Remuneration committeeMercury’s Board

Board Committees, p95

As an exception to the NZX Corporate Governance Code, Mercury does not comply with

Recommendation 3.3 because it does not have a separate remuneration committee.

See the Board Committees section of this report for a full explanation of this exception.

3.4 Nomination committeeMercury’s BoardBoard Committees, p95-96

3.5 Other standing committeesMercury’s Board

Board Committees, p95

3.6 Takeover protocolActing Ethically & Responsibly

Our Governance and Responsible Business

Practices, p102

NZX CGC RecommendationSection titleLocation

Principle 4 – Reporting & Disclosure

4.1 Continuous disclosure policyActing Ethically & Responsibly

Our Governance and Responsible Business

Practices, p102

4.2 Code of ethics, charters and

policies on website

Acting Ethically & Responsibly

www.mercury.co.nz/investors/

corporate-governance

The Mercury Code & Our Governance and

Responsible Business Practices, p101-102

4.3 Balanced, clear and objective

financial reporting

Notes to the Consolidated

Financial Statements

p41-61

4.4 Non-financial disclosureClimate Statementp62-84

Principle 5 - Remuneration

5.1 Director remuneration policyRemuneration Report

Director Remuneration, p115

As an exception to the NZX Corporate Governance Code, Mercury did not fully comply

with Recommendation 5.1 for part of the reporting period because we did not have

a director remuneration policy for the whole period. Mercury is now compliant with

Recommendation 5.1.

See the Remuneration Report for a full explanation of this exception.

5.2 Executive remuneration

policy

Remuneration ReportExecutive Remuneration, p105-114

5.3 CEO remunerationRemuneration ReportChief Executive’s Remuneration, p111-114

Principle 6 – Risk Management

6.1 Risk managementAssurance & Managing Risk

The Risks We Face

Our Key Risks, Risk Management Framework & RAAC

Responsibilities, p97-100

Our Key Risks, p16

6.2 Health and safety risksThe Risks We Face

4. Ngā Tāngata / People

Our Key Risks, p16

Pursuing Safety Citizenship, p28

Principle 7 - Auditors

7.1 Audit frameworkAssurance & Managing Risk

Audit Plan & Role of Auditor, p97

7.2 External auditor attends

annual meeting

Assurance & Managing Risk

Audit Plan & Role of Auditor, p97

7.3 Internal auditAssurance & Managing RiskInternal Audit & Risk Assurance, p97

Principle 8 – Shareholder Rights & Relations

8.1 Investor website

www.mercury.co.nz/investors

8.2 Shareholder communicationsEngaging With Investors

p100

8.3 Right to voteOther Disclosures

Information About Mercury NZ Limited Ordinary

Shares, p126

8.4 Pro rata offersN/A during the reporting period

8.5 Notice of meetingSee the Notice of Meeting for 2024

on NZX and posted on our website

116

MERCURY 2024 INTEGRATED REPORTLEADERSHIP & GOVERNANCEMENU

DIRECTORS’ DISCLOSURES.
INTERESTS REGISTER

DISCLOSURE OF DIRECTORS’ INTERESTS

Section 140(1) of the New Zealand Companies Act

1993 requires a director of a company to disclose

certain interests. Under subsection (2) a director can

make disclosure by giving a general notice in writing

to the Company of a position held by a director in

another named company or entity. The following

are particulars included in the Company’s Interests

Register as at 30 June 2024:

Mark Binns

Crown Infrastructure Partners LimitedChair

1

Hynds LimitedChair

1

Auckland International Airport LimitedDirector

1

Meridian Energy LimitedShareholder

1

Manawa Energy LimitedShareholder

1

Contact Energy LimitedShareholder

1

Genesis Energy LimitedShareholder

1

Vector LimitedShareholder

1

Susan Peterson

Vista Group International LimitedChair / Shareholder

Craigs Investment Partners LimitedDirector

CIP Holdings LimitedDirector / Shareholder

Arvida Group LimitedDirector / Shareholder

Xero LimitedDirector / Shareholder

Mike Taitoko

Takiwa Limited Director / Shareholder

Waiora Consulting LimitedDirector / Shareholder

Toha Foundry LimitedDirector / Shareholder

Takiwā NZ LimitedDirector / Shareholder

Toha Network LimitedDirector / Shareholder

1

Toha Aotearoa 2030 LimitedDirector / Shareholder

1

RETIRED DURING THE REPORTING PERIOD

Prue Flacks retired as a director during the period on 31

December 2023 and Patrick Strange retired as a director

during the period on 19 September 2023. The following

are particulars included against their names in the

Company’s Interest Register during this period.

Prue Flacks

None

Patrick Strange

Auckland International Airport Limited Chair

TransgridDirector

Scott St John

Fisher & Paykel Healthcare

Corporation Limited*

Chair

Next Foundation (and associated

vehicles)

Director

ANZ Bank New Zealand Limited

Chair

1


(previously Director)

Australia and New Zealand Banking

Group Limited

Director

1

ANZ Group Holdings LimitedDirector

1

Fonterra Co-operative Group LimitedDirector

2

1

Entries added by notices given by the directors during the year ended

30 June 2024

2

Entries removed by notices given by the directors during the year ended

30 June 2024

* Lorraine Witten has given notice that she will retire from the Board of

MOVe Logistics Group Limited and other group entities in October 2024.

* Scott St John has given notice that he will retire from the Board

of Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Corporation Limited in August 2024.

Hannah Hamling

ArcActive LimitedShareholder

Adrian Littlewood

Craigs Investment Partners LimitedDirector

1

CIP Holdings LimitedDirector / Shareholder

1

Contact Energy LimitedShareholder

1

Spark New Zealand LimitedShareholder

1

James Miller

Channel Infrastructure NZ Limited Chair

Vista Group International LimitedDirector

Ryman Healthcare LimitedDirector

Lorraine Witten

VWORK LimitedDirector / Shareholder

MOVe Logistics Group Limited*

(and other group entities)

Director

1

(previously

Chair) / Shareholder

Rakon LimitedChair / Shareholder

Rakon PPS Trustee LimitedDirector / Shareholder


117

MERCURY 2024 INTEGRATED REPORTLEADERSHIP & GOVERNANCEMENU

DIRECTORS’ AND OFFICERS’ INDEMNITIES
Indemnities have been given to and insurance has been effected for, directors and senior managers of the

Group to cover acts or omissions of those persons in carrying out their duties and responsibilities as directors

and senior managers.

DISCLOSURE OF DIRECTORS’ INTERESTS IN SHARE AND BOND TRANSACTIONS

Directors disclosed, pursuant to section 148 of the New Zealand Companies Act 1993, the following acquisitions

and disposals of relevant interests in Group shares and bonds during the period to 30 June 2024:

Name of director

Date of acquisition/

disposal of relevant

interest

Nature of transaction

and relevant interest

Consideration

(NZD)

Securities in which a

relevant interest was

acquired/(disposed)

Scott St John29 September 2023

Acquisition of beneficial interest

in ordinary shares as a result of

participation in Mercury’s Dividend

Reinvestment Plan

$6,191.651,019

Scott St John 2 April 2024

Acquisition of beneficial interest

in ordinary shares as a result of

participation in Mercury’s Dividend

Reinvestment Plan

$4,485.07673

DIRECTORS’ DISCLOSURES CONTINUED.

DISCLOSURE OF DIRECTORS’ INTERESTS IN SHARES AND BONDS

Directors disclosed the following relevant interests in Group shares and bonds as at 30 June 2024:

Director

Number of Shares in which

a relevant interest is heldNumber of bondsChange since 30 June 2023

Mark Binns28,240150,000 MCY050 Capital BondsN/A

Hannah Hamling16,300––

Adrian Littlewood4,160–N/A

James Miller40,320––

Susan Peterson5,400––

Scott St John 48,931–+1,692 shares

Mike Taitoko2,200––

DISCLOSURE OF SUBSIDIARY DIRECTORS’ INTERESTS

The following are particulars included in the Interests Register for Mercury’s subsidiary companies

as at 30 June 2024:

DirectorInterest Entity

Prue Flacks

Refer to Disclosure of Directors’ Interests.

Phil GibsonNil

Stewart HamiltonNil

Vincent Hawksworth

1

Chief Executive OfficerMercury NZ Limited

James Miller

Refer to Disclosure of Directors’ Interests.

William Meek

1

Chief Financial OfficerMercury NZ Limited

Craig NeustroskiNil

Mike Taitoko

Refer to Disclosure of Directors’ Interests.

Marlene StrawsonNil

Howard Thomas

1

Nil

Timothy AynsleyNil

1

This person is a Director of more than one subsidiary of Mercury NZ Limited, please refer to Company Disclosures.

118

MERCURY 2024 INTEGRATED REPORTLEADERSHIP & GOVERNANCEMENU

SECURITY HOLDER INFORMATION.
SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION

Twenty largest registered shareholders as at 30 June 2024

1

Name

Number

of shares

% of shares

2


The Sovereign in right of New Zealand acting by and through their Minister of Finance

and Minister for State Owned Enterprises

716,140,52851.15

HSBC Nominees (New Zealand) Limited 70,623,3755.04

HSBC Nominees (New Zealand) Limited A/C State Street60,638,7894.33

Citibank Nominees (New Zealand) Limited54,385,2553.88

JPMorgan Chase Bank NA NZ Branch-Segregated Clients ACCT46,133,0133.30

Custodial Services Limited 39,838,1822.85

BNP Paribas Nominees (NZ) Limited 38,428,8152.74

Accident Compensation Corporation 20,520,4061.47

FNZ Custodians Limited17,076,9241.22

New Zealand Depository Nominee Limited 13,022,0780.93

JBWere (NZ) Nominees Limited 12,682,3020.91

Tea Custodians Limited Client Property Trust Account 11,924,17 10.85

BNP Paribas Nominees (NZ) Limited 9,725, 2320.69

Generate Kiwisaver Public Trust Nominees Limited 9,617,1930.69

HSBC Nominees A/C NZ Superannuation Fund Nominees Limited 9,529,74 40.68

Forsyth Barr Custodians Limited 8,122,0810.58

ANZ Wholesale Australasian Share Fund 7, 202,4910.51

Simplicity Nominees Limited 6,898,4960.49

PT (Booster Investments) Nominees Limited6,078,2050.43

Mercury NZ Limited

3

5,956,7850.43

Tot al1,164,544,06583.18

1

As required by the NZX Listing Rules, New Zealand Central Securities Depository (NZCSD) holdings are included above and not detailed separately.

2

Percentage calculated on the basis of Mercury having 1,400,012,517 ordinary shares on issue as at 30 June 2024, which included 5,956,785 ordinary

shares held as treasury shares.

3

Held as treasury shares.

Distribution of shareholders and holdings as at 30 June 2024

Size of holding

Number of

shareholders

% of

shareholders

1

Number of

shares

Holding

quantity %

1

1 to 1,00027,06239. 3318,175,3241.30

1,001 to 5,00033,21348.277 7,087,0655.51

5,001 to 10,0005,3867.8339,439,8282.82

10,001 to 100,0003,0454.4362,813,1544.49

100,001 and above 1030.151, 202,497,14 685.89

Tot al68,8091001,400,012,517100

1

Rounding applied.

Substantial product holders as at 30 June 2024

Class of Securities

Number of Securities

in Substantial Holding

Total Number of

Securities in Class

The Sovereign in Right of New ZealandOrdinary shares725,738,272

1

1,400,012,517

2

1

This comprises (a) 716,140,528 shares held by the Crown on its own account; (b) 9,529,744 shares forming part of the New Zealand Superannuation Fund

which are the property of the Crown; and (c) 68,000 shares held by Public Trust on trust for the Crown and certain iwi.

2

As at 30 June 2024, Mercury had 1,400,012,517 ordinary shares on issue, which included 5,956,785 ordinary shares held as treasury shares.

119

MERCURY 2024 INTEGRATED REPORTLEADERSHIP & GOVERNANCEMENU

BONDHOLDER INFORMATION.
Twenty largest registered holders of MCY020 capital bonds (3.60%) as at 30 June 2024

1

Name

Number of MCY020

capital bonds

% of MCY020

capital bonds

2

Forsyth Barr Custodians Limited 106,285,00035.43

Custodial Services Limited 52,932,00017.6 4

JBWere (NZ) Nominees Limited 31,217,00010.41

FNZ Custodians Limited12,803,0004.27

Forsyth Barr Custodians Limited 9,366,0003.12

Public Tr us t 9,313,0003.10

NZPT Custodians (Grosvenor) Limited 7,195,0002.40

Forsyth Barr Custodians Limited 4,530,0001.51

Tea Custodians Limited Client Property Trust Account 4,056,0001.35

Generate Kiwisaver Public Trust Nominees Limited 3,387,0001.13

Masfen Securities Limited3,200,0001.07

Best Farm Limited2,900,0000.97

Citibank Nominees (New Zealand) Limited 2,815,0000.94

The Tindall Foundation Inc1,800,0000.60

Forsyth Barr Custodians Limited 1,290,0000.43

Wharetukura Limited1,200,0000.40

Robert Murray Solloway1,025,0000.34

Richard Barton Adams and Allison Ruth Adams 1,000,0000.33

CML Shares Limited900,0000.30

Investment Custodial Services Limited 808,0000.27

Tot al258,022,00086.01

1

As required by the NZX Listing Rules, New Zealand Central Securities Depository (NZCSD) holdings are included above and not detailed separately.

2

Percentage calculated on the basis of Mercury having 300,000,000 MCY020 capital bonds on issue as at 30 June 2024.

Note: All MCY020 Capital Bonds were redeemed on 11 July 2024.

Distribution of MCY020 (3.60%) capital bondholders and holdings as at 30 June 2024

Size of holding

Number of MCY020

capital bondholders

% of MCY020 capital

bondholders

1

Number of MCY020

capital bonds

Holding

quantity %

1

1,001 to 5,000786.44390,0000.13

5,001 to 10,00023819.6 42,305,0000.7 7

10,001 to 100,00082568.0727,371,0009.12

100,001 and above715.86269,934,00089.98

Tot al1,212100300,000,000100

1

Rounding applied.

120

MERCURY 2024 INTEGRATED REPORTLEADERSHIP & GOVERNANCEMENU

BONDHOLDER INFORMATION CONTINUED.
Twenty largest registered holders of MCY030 green bonds (1.56%) as at 30 June 2024

1

Name

Number of

MCY030

green bonds

% of MCY030

green bonds

2

Custodial Services Limited 38,966,00019.4 8

Tea Custodians Limited Client Property Trust Account 26,769,00013.38

HSBC Nominees (New Zealand) Limited 16,507,0008.25

Forsyth Barr Custodians Limited 14,247,0007.12

ANZ Wholesale NZ Fixed Interest Fund 12,250,0006.13

FNZ Custodians Limited12,110,0006.06

BNP Paribas Nominees (NZ) Limited 11,384,0005.69

JBWere (NZ) Nominees Limited 8,364,0004.18

Adminis Custodial Nominees Limited6,000,0003.00

HSBC Nominees (New Zealand) Limited A/C State Street5,211,0002.61

MT Nominees Limited 4,448,0002.22

ANZ Custodial Services New Zealand Limited 4,367,0002.18

FNZ Custodians Limited 3,584,0001.79

Generate Kiwisaver Public Trust Nominees Limited 3,112,0001.56

Citibank Nominees (New Zealand) Limited 2,416,0001.21

Forsyth Barr Custodians Limited 2,392,0001.20

BGLIR Trustee Limited 2,000,0001.00

Mint Nominees Limited 1,918,0000.96

Forsyth Barr Custodians Limited 1,556,0000.78

Investment Custodial Services Limited1,240,0000.62

Tot al178,841,00089.42

1

As required by the NZX Listing Rules, New Zealand Central Securities Depository (NZCSD) holdings are included above and not detailed separately.

2

Percentage calculated on the basis of Mercury having 200,000,000 MCY030 green bonds on issue as at 30 June 2024.

Distribution of MCY030 (1.56%) green bondholders and holdings as at 30 June 2024

Size of holding

Number of MCY030

green bondholders

% of MCY030 green

bondholders

1

Number of MCY030

green bonds

Holding

quantity %

1

1,001 to 5,000175.4585,0000.04

5,001 to 10,0005818.59529,0000.26

10,001 to 100,00018559. 296,806,0003.40

100,001 and above5216.67192,580,00096.29

Tot al312100200,000,000100

1

Rounding applied.

121

MERCURY 2024 INTEGRATED REPORTLEADERSHIP & GOVERNANCEMENU

BONDHOLDER INFORMATION CONTINUED.
Twenty largest registered holders of MCY040 green bonds (2.16%) as at 30 June 2024

1

Name

Number of

MCY040

green bonds

% of MCY040

green bonds

2

Custodial Services Limited 47,205,00023.60

FNZ Custodians Limited30,336,00015.17

Forsyth Barr Custodians Limited 15,924,0007.96

BNP Paribas Nominees (NZ) Limited 13,061,0006.53

Tea Custodians Limited Client Property Trust Account11,950,0005.98

HSBC Nominees (New Zealand) Limited 11,875,0005.94

Southland Building Society 9,250,0004.63

PIN Twenty Limited 7,178,0003.59

Citibank Nominees (New Zealand) Limited 6,705,0003.35

NZX WT Nominees Limited 4,163,0002.08

FNZ Custodians Limited 3,465,0001.73

Dunedin City Council3,000,0001.50

MT Nominees Limited 3,000,0001.50

Forsyth Barr Custodians Limited 2,905,0001.45

Forsyth Barr Custodians Limited 2,686,0001.34

Investment Custodial Services Limited 2,211,0001.11

JBWere (NZ) Nominees Limited 2,013,0001.01

FNZ Custodians Limited 1,851,0000.93

JBWere (NZ) Nominees Limited 1,807,0000.90

JBWere (NZ) Nominees Limited 1,485,0000.74

Tot al182,070,00091.04

1

As required by the NZX Listing Rules, New Zealand Central Securities Depository (NZCSD) holdings are included above and not detailed separately.

2

Percentage calculated on the basis of Mercury having 200,000,000 MCY040 green bonds on issue as at 30 June 2024.

Distribution of MCY040 (2.16%) green bondholders and holdings as at 30 June 2024

Size of holding

Number of MCY040

green bondholders

% of MCY040 green

bondholders

1

Number of MCY040

green bonds

Holding

quantity %

1

1,001 to 5,000217.66105,0000.05

5,001 to 10,0005921.53568,0000.28

10,001 to 100,00014954.385,718,0002.86

100,001 and above4516.42193,609,00096.80

Tot al2 74100200,000,000100

1

Rounding applied.

122

MERCURY 2024 INTEGRATED REPORTLEADERSHIP & GOVERNANCEMENU

BONDHOLDER INFORMATION CONTINUED.
Twenty largest registered holders of MCY050 capital bonds (5.73%) as at 30 June 2024

1

Name

Number of

MCY050

capital bonds

% of MCY050

capital bonds

2

Forsyth Barr Custodians Limited 82,710,00033.08

JBWere (NZ) Nominees Limited 33,125,00013.25

HSBC Nominees (New Zealand) Limited 22,108,0008.84

Custodial Services Limited 18,610,0007.4 4

Citibank Nominees (New Zealand) Limited 11,550,0004.62

Forsyth Barr Custodians Limited 6,494,0002.60

Generate Kiwisaver Public Trust Nominees Limited 6,238,0002.50

FNZ Custodians Limited5,851,0002.34

Forsyth Barr Custodians Limited 4,966,0001.99

Adminis Custodial Nominees Limited3,780,0001.51

CML Shares Limited3,655,0001.46

Millar Capital Fund Limited3,000,0001.20

Investment Custodial Services Limited 2,476,0000.99

Masfen Securities Limited2,000,0000.80

Best Farm Limited1,500,0000.60

Forsyth Barr Custodians Limited 1,335,0000.53

Fletcher Building Educational Fund Limited1,000,0000.40

JBWere (NZ) Nominees Limited 1,000,0000.40

Robert William Bentley Morrison and Andrew James Stewart and Anthony

James William Howard

1,000,0000.40

RGTKMT Investments Limited800,0000.32

Tot al213,198,00085.28

1

As required by the NZX Listing Rules, New Zealand Central Securities Depository (NZCSD) holdings are included above and not detailed separately.

2

Percentage calculated on the basis of Mercury having 250,000,000 MCY050 capital bonds on issue as at 30 June 2024.

Distribution of MCY050 (5.73%) capital bondholders and holdings as at 30 June 2024

Size of holding

Number of MCY050

capital bondholders

% of MCY050 capital

bondholders

1

Number of MCY050

capital bonds

Holding

quantity %

1

1,001 to 5,00011710.96585,0000.23

5,001 to 10,00023421.912,224,0000.89

10,001 to 100,00064560.3921,418,0008.57

100,001 and above726.74225,773,00090.31

Tot al1,068100250,000,000100

1

Rounding applied.

123

MERCURY 2024 INTEGRATED REPORTLEADERSHIP & GOVERNANCEMENU

BONDHOLDER INFORMATION CONTINUED.
Twenty largest registered holders of MCY060 green bonds (5.64%) as at 30 June 2024

1

Name

Number of

MCY060

green bonds

% of MCY060

green bonds

2

Custodial Services Limited 64,546,00043.03

HSBC Nominees (New Zealand) Limited 20,600,00013.73

Forsyth Barr Custodians Limited 12,946,0008.63

FNZ Custodians Limited8,575,0005.72

BNP Paribas Nominees (NZ) Limited 7,634,0005.09

Queen Street Nominees ACF Pie Funds 5,900,0003.93

JBWere (NZ) Nominees Limited 3,820,0002.55

ANZ Fixed Interest Fund 2,950,0001.97

NZPT Custodians (Grosvenor) Limited 2,500,0001.67

Forsyth Barr Custodians Limited 2,449,0001.63

Investment Custodial Services Limited 1,959,0001.31

JBWere (NZ) Nominees Limited 1,000,0000.67

ANZ Custodial Services New Zealand Limited 682,0000.45

Fletcher Building Educational Fund Limited670,0000.45

Custodial Services Limited 625,0000.42

HSBC Nominees (New Zealand) Limited A/C State Street600,0000.40

Omega Investments Limited550,0000.37

Citibank Nominees (New Zealand) Limited 500,0000.33

Lee Paterson Family Trust Company Limited500,0000.33

Sirius Capital Limited500,0000.33

Tot al139,506,00093.00

1

As required by the NZX Listing Rules, New Zealand Central Securities Depository (NZCSD) holdings are included above and not detailed separately.

2

Percentage calculated on the basis of Mercury having 150,000,000 MCY060 green bonds on issue as at 30 June 2024.

Distribution of MCY060 (5.64%) green bondholders and holdings as at 30 June 2024

Size of holding

Number of MCY060

green bondholders

% of MCY060 green

bondholders

1

Number of MCY060

green bonds

Holding

quantity %

1

1,001 to 5,000248.14120,0000.08

5,001 to 10,0005217.6 3492,0000.33

10,001 to 100,00017860.345,494,0003.66

100,001 and above4113.90143,894,00095.93

Tot al295100150,000,000100

1

Rounding applied.

124

MERCURY 2024 INTEGRATED REPORTLEADERSHIP & GOVERNANCEMENU

COMPANY DISCLOSURES.
STOCK EXCHANGE LISTINGS

Mercury NZ Limited (referred to in this section as

“Mercury” or “the Company”) is listed on the New

Zealand stock exchange and as an ASX Foreign

Exempt Listing on the Australian stock exchange.

In New Zealand, Mercury is listed with a “non-

standard” (NS) designation. This is due to particular

provisions of the Constitution, including the

requirements regulating ownership and transfer

of Ordinary Shares.

ASX approved a change in Mercury NZ Limited’s

ASX admission category from an ASX Listing to

an ASX Foreign Exempt Listing, effective from the

commencement of trading on 19 February 2016.

The Company continues to have a full listing on

the NZX Main Board, and the Company’s shares

are still quoted on the ASX. The Company is primarily

regulated by the NZX, complies with the NZX Listing

Rules, and is exempt from complying with most

of the ASX Listing Rules (based on the principle

of substituted compliance).

MERCURY NZ LIMITED

The following persons held office as Directors of

Mercury NZ Limited during the 2024 financial year

and as at the end of the 2024 financial year, being

30 June 2024: Scott St John (Chair)

1

, Mark Binns

2

,

Hannah Hamling, Adrian Littlewood

2

, James Miller,

Susan Peterson, Mike Taitoko, Lorraine Witten, Prue

Flacks (Chair)

3

and Patrick Strange

3

.

SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES

The following persons held office as directors of

subsidiaries of Mercury NZ Limited during FY24:

Company nameDirectors

Mercury Solar Limited

Vincent Hawksworth

William Meek

Howard Thomas

Mercury SPV Limited

Vincent Hawksworth

William Meek

Howard Thomas

Mercury Wind Limited

Vincent Hawksworth

William Meek

Howard Thomas

Mighty Geothermal Power

International Limited

Vincent Hawksworth

William Meek

Howard Thomas

Mighty Geothermal Power Limited

Vincent Hawksworth

William Meek

Howard Thomas

Mighty River Power Limited

Vincent Hawksworth

William Meek

Howard Thomas

Ngātamariki Geothermal Limited

Vincent Hawksworth

William Meek

Howard Thomas

NOW New Zealand Limited

Timothy Aynsley

Vincent Hawksworth

Paul Callow

3

Hamish White

Craig Neustroski

2

Company nameDirectors

Blockchain Energy Limited

Vincent Hawksworth

William Meek

Howard Thomas

Bosco Connect Limited

Vincent Hawksworth

William Meek

Howard Thomas

Glo-Bug Limited

Vincent Hawksworth

William Meek

Howard Thomas

Kawerau Geothermal Limited

Vincent Hawksworth

William Meek

Howard Thomas

Mercury Drive Limited

Vincent Hawksworth

William Meek

Howard Thomas

M

[TRUNCATED]

Data sourced from publicly available filings. Our datasets may not be complete. Automated analysis can produce errors. If you believe any data on this page is incorrect, please contact us at hello@nzxplorer.co.nz. For informational purposes only. Not investment advice.

Other issuers discussed similar conditions around this time

Matched by meaning across NZX announcement text, not keywords — based on our semantic index of announcement bodies.

  • MEE — Me Today Limited: Me Today announces result for the Year Ended 30 June 2024
    2024-08-28

    Audited results announcement for the 12 months ended 30 June 2024 Results for announcement to the market Name of issuer Me Today Limited Reporting Period 12 months to 30 June 2024 Previous Reporting Period 12 months to 30 June 2023 Currency NZD Amount (000s) Percentage c…”

  • MLN — Marlin Global Limited: Strong result for Marlin
    2024-08-19

    Marlin Global Limited results announcement Results for announcement to the market Name of issuer Marlin Global Limited Reporting Period 12 months to 30 June 2024 Previous Reporting Period 12 months to 30 June 2023 Currency NZ$ Amount (000s) Percentage change Revenue/(Lo…”

  • MFT — Mainfreight Limited: Mainfreight Full Year Results to 31 March 2024
    2024-05-28

    Results announcement (for Equity Security issuer/Equity and Debt Security issuer) Results for announcement to the market Name of IssuerMainfreight Limited Reporting Period12 months to 31 March 2024 Previous Reporting Period12 months to 31 March 2023 CurrencyNZD Amount (000s)Per…”